Blog

Brand equity is – Sinaumed’s, do you know the reason why people line up for goods that are expensive and still sell well in the market? Well, there is a long process to be able to achieve something like that, one of which is increasing brand equity .

We can take the example of Apple products which are in great demand when launching new products. However, make no mistake, competing brands, such as Samsung, Xiaomi, and other mobile phone brands may also have launched products that are no less sophisticated than the iPhone or Apple products. However, enthusiasts and queues from competing brands have never exceeded Apple products.

So what is brand equity itself? and how important is the role of brand equity for the success of a business? How to build good brand equity? Everything you want to know about brand equity will be discussed further in the article below.

Definition of Brand Equity

You need to know that brand equity is one of the important things in a business. Brand equity or it can also be said as brand equity is the added value that a company has when compared to its competitors. Brand equity is also influenced by the perceptions and experiences of consumers.

Building brand equity is important and needs attention for business activists because surely every company will try to have positive brand equity. If a company has superior brand equity , then consumers also have confidence in the products they make.

Consumers will choose products from that brand compared to other products out there and are willing to pay high prices for the company’s products or services even though they can get the same thing from other brands.

However, a business also needs to provide value to its customers, not just products. Brands that carry values ​​will be closer to their consumers and superior to their competitors.

Basic Elements of Brand Equity

One of the most difficult things to do when increasing brand equity is to maintain the stability of consumer trust in the long term. Therefore, there are several basic elements in an effort to build brand equity , the following are the basic elements of brand equity:

1. Brand Awareness

The first element is brand awareness , which is the level of consumer recognition of the brand. In this stage, consumers will be familiar with a product. When consumers are familiar with the product, it is hoped that there will be an incentive to buy the product.

There are several ways you can do to increase brand awareness to consumers, such as providing free trials, sponsorships, or even event marketing and doing product placements in several places.

If you are new to starting a business or just starting out, you can increase brand awareness by creating a website, creating an Instagram account, writing a blog on topics related to your product.

2. Brand Associations

The next element in brand equity is brand association , this is the stage where your product sticks in the minds, minds and hearts of consumers. Brand association can be regarded as a connection between a brand and its concept so that it is easy to remember.

This association can be a name, logo, concept or emotion related to the experience when someone interacts with the product.

An obvious example is when you want to buy mineral water, the first brand that comes to your mind is Aqua. The reason is, aqua itself is a translation of water, so remembering it is not difficult. Another example is when you talk about instant noodles, the first brand that comes to your mind is Indomie. So, it can be said that this Indomie brand replaces the word instant noodle itself.

Brands with high equity can occur if they have positive associations from consumers. How a company positions their brand among its competitors. Brands that are positioned correctly will appear competitive and attractive in the eyes of consumers.

3. Perceived Quality

Apart from using a strategy, as a businessman you also need to give consumers an impression of marketing products. You need to find out if they are satisfied or disappointed with your product and find out the reasons so you can improve the quality of future production. Because perceived quality is related to products/services to get a positive impression you need to strengthen quality and customer experience .

4. Brand Loyalty

Brand Loyalty or loyalty to a brand is a positive perception in the minds of consumers on certain products. This perception will create loyalty, so consumers will continue to buy and use the products you create.

Brand loyalty refers to consumer loyalty to products from a brand. When it reaches this stage, consumers will find it difficult to switch to other products even though they are lured by low prices and so on.

Long-term relationships with customers will also be relatively more durable. If you launch new products, consumers are happy to choose their favorite brand instead of competitors

5. Property Brand Assets

Brand equity can increase positively if a brand continues to produce new innovations that keep up with the times. This is done to build a positive image in the eyes of consumers that a brand must actively pay attention to user behaviors in a flexible manner.

An example that we can take is the Nokia brand cellphone , which is the king of the cellphone market, which ultimately did not develop and collapsed because of competitors. This is because Nokia rejects Android and still insists on maintaining Windows. Meanwhile, user behavior will change over time, so innovation and brand flexibility are also needed.

Benefits of Building Brand Equity

Not only is it able to increase sales value and product marketing traffic, brand equity can also contribute many other benefits to the company. The following are the benefits of brand equity:

1. Able to survive in the midst of competition

When a brand or product has gained great trust from customers, this will make it a stage against existing competition. If we take a real example, the Iphone and Samsung brands are still equally in demand by gadget lovers even though there are already many brands that have sprung up. This is because both brands have earned the full trust of their users.

If you create a strong brand, you will also be able to get royal customers. You don’t need to move too much and walk as usual with whatever happens including increasing business competitors, but you already have loyal customers.

2. Getting Loyal Consumers

By increasing brand equity you will get loyal customers. If brand equity is formed consistently, consumers will increasingly trust and be loyal to the brand. Several studies have shown that more than 59% of consumers repurchase the same brand they trust.

This is because brand equity makes consumers believe in the quality of the products that appear. Even though some brands have expensive product prices, many loyal customers are still looking for them.

3. Increase Customer Retention

Customer retention is the company’s efforts to retain consumers. In this case, brand equity is able to increase consumer confidence in a brand, so that it makes them interested in buying other products with the same people because they have realized the superiority of the product they have previously purchased.

We can see a real example from Apple again. If someone already uses an iPhone, then he will also tend to buy other Apple products such as the Apple Watch, MacBook, iPad and iPod.

4. Price is not a problem

As explained above, the effect of brand equity on consumer loyalty is positive, so consumer loyalty will also be formed. Therefore, this can make consumers put aside the price issue. They will believe that the price increase will be proportional to the quality that will be issued.

The products issued by Apple always sell well at high prices, such as cell phones worth dozens to tens of millions of rupiah, which are willing to be searched for and queued for long. Companies will continue to compete in increasing brand equity because price is no longer a problem for consumers.

5. Can do product differentiation

Many companies with brand equity are able to compete in the global market because they present product differentiation. Differentiation is generally a differentiator in similar products between one company and their competitors. The high status of the company’s brand equity is able to have a positive impact on product differentiation activities which will affect promotion and market segmentation.

6. Increasing the existence of the company

The last benefit is that it can increase the existence of the company. Increasing customer demand and loyalty will have a big impact on the company. It will be better if the company continues to innovate, so that it remains superior to its competitors.

How to Build and Increase Brand Equity

To obtain the above benefits, the company will carry out various effective methods to build good brand equity in the eyes of consumers. Here are ways to build brand equity that you can see:

1. Create a strong brand identity

The steps you can take are to build brand equity by establishing a strong identity for your brand. Create a standout identity and determine what your brand looks like from a consumer perspective.

Brand identity must be in line with the product being carried. What is the target market like, and why do they need that product compared to other similar products on the market. A strong brand identity will make consumers closer to the brand.

2. Improving Customer Experience with product trials

Understand what consumers need and want, then adjust it to the standards of the products and services you provide. Companies must work hard to ensure consumer satisfaction and have a pleasant shopping experience, so that consumers will come back for more.

To find out if your product falls into that category, you can find out by improving customer experience . Improving customer experience can be done by providing free trial products so that the public can immediately assess the quality and superiority of your product compared to competitors’ products.

3. Deliver Brand Values

Communicate brand values ​​to consumers. Brand identity must also have a relationship with the brand value that is being carried. Consumers will tend to more easily build bonds with brands that have the same values. For example, a company that is committed to being green will easily attract bonds with consumers who also support those green values.

4. Execute an effective marketing strategy

How does your product reach customers? How do you convince customers that your brand is the best choice? This may indeed be a task that must be carried out by the marketing team.

Apply the right marketing strategy to market the brand. Think about how to effectively reach customers because every business has a different approach, according to the type of industry and target market.

Execute an effective marketing strategy to reach the right consumers. Choose media to carry out promotions, make offers and promos to attract buyers.

Examples of Brands Successfully Implementing Brand Equity

1. Starbucks

This coffee shop brand from America has successfully opened its outlets in several countries. Even in Indonesia, Starbucks has counted 440 outlets widely spread in densely populated urban areas, even on several tourist islands.

Starbucks managed to hook its target market in Indonesia. Even though they sell drinks starting at IDR 40,000, many people still prefer Starbucks over other coffee shops with lower prices. In fact, many of them become loyal consumers, why?

Of course there are many factors that influence it, one of which is the existence of the brand. The Starbucks brand itself is a selling point . It doesn’t always have to be about coffee, they ‘sell’ the convenience of being a meeting place for the community. This is what makes it superior to competitors.

2. Coca-Cola

What’s the first thing you call when you want to buy a soft drink? Coca cola, the most popular brand of soft drink in the world. Coca Cola is also known to be very iconic because of its unique marketing campaign. It has a profit margin of 26.7% as of June 2020. Even Coca Cola can replace the mention of soft drinks with Coca Cola.

3. Hansaplast

Who doesn’t know this plaster brand? Brand awareness of the hansaplast brand is very good, for example if we have a small wound on our hand or foot, we will automatically ask to take or buy hansaplast even though it is not certain that what is given or what is bought is the hansaplast brand but we are used to mentioning all brands of plaster instant wound called hansaplast. Even though hansaplast itself is a brand of instant wound plaster, not the term for the plaster.

4.Google

Google controls 9-% of the world’s search engine market sector. About more than four billion people worldwide use Google. Maybe you searched for this article also from Google. If you get lost somewhere, then the first thing you search for is Google. If you want to see a recipe, then you will search for it on Google. In fact, Google can also be a personal assistant.

5. Apples

Apple even surpasses Google in terms of brand equity. Most of their positive reputation is built on excellent electronic-type products such as iPhone, Mac, iCloud, and so on. For example, every time Apple releases an iPhone product, people will be excited and hunt for it even though the price is exorbitant. People will be more confident if they take out a cellphone with the Apple logo on it and that is the effect of the high brand equity built by Apple.

Sinaumed’s, that’s an explanation of Brand Equity , starting from the elements, how to build or improve it, to examples. Hopefully all the discussion in this article is useful and can also add insight to Sinaumed’s.

Brand ambassadors are – So far, we often see artists or actors who introduce themselves as brand ambassadors or brand ambassadors for a brand, organization or institution. They will then usually introduce organizations or brands whose function is to represent the public with various advantages and other positive things.

Interestingly, usually the salary of a brand ambassador (BA) is very high, so it is not surprising that many people are interested in becoming a BA from a well-known brand. But what is meant by a brand ambassador, what are the responsibilities and how much is the salary? The following is a more complete explanation.

Brand Ambassador is a Public Figure of a Brand

Before the internet era, word-of-mouth marketing or word-of-mouth marketing techniques was sufficient to then support a company’s marketing efforts. Now, word-of-mouth marketing has undergone many changes and modifications in new forms.

We live in a time when business on social media is growing rapidly. Then word of marketing techniques began to enter the era of using BA. But what exactly is a brand ambassador?

BA is someone who promotes a brand and its products to their network with the aim of increasing brand awareness and driving sales.

According to Referral Rock, BA is someone who loves your brand, wants your brand to be successful, actually uses your product. If the company chooses the brand ambassador, then it will promote your brand continuously according to the agreed and determined time.

Overall, they must agree according to the contract and choose your brand, either offline such as seminars and exhibitions or online through social media. Since this then calls for appearances on social media, events, shows, and more, they should then always choose your brand over a competitor’s brand.

Usually, a BA is someone who is well-known such as a public figure, actor, model, or musician with tens of thousands to tens of millions of social media followers.

In general, a brand ambassador is an influencer or someone who is known by many people and is paid to then receive an endorsement for a product. You can then call it influencer marketing.

Because you then collaborate with them, the message from the brand will then spread widely with their equally wide network. It didn’t end there. Just being famous is not enough.

A brand ambassador as a brand ambassador who will become the face of a brand. Hence the ‘face’ of a brand. That is why they must then be able to convey things about a product, service and brand that you have.

Ideally, these brand ambassadors are the lighteners in their communities. They must then be able to use the networks and relationships they already have to market a brand through word of mouth marketing tactics.

There are several reasons that make a Brand Ambassador for a company, including the following.

• Serves to protect the company’s reputation, when there is negative information related to a brand. In this case the brand ambassador will then provide a positive experience to those who are able to raise the prestige of the company again.
• Functions can increase traffic to the company’s site, because most of them will then include backlinks and references to the company’s site.
• Serves to help companies grow. The positive referrals that come from them will then have a big influence on sales and product knowledge for the community.

4 Types of Brand Ambassadors

Although it has been stated that brand ambassadors are people from influential circles, it turns out that brand ambassadors can be categorized into several types.

1. Influencer Brand Ambassador Program

As the name suggests, through this program you will work with someone who has a big influence in society or also known as an influencer, who will then become your company’s brand ambassador.

When carrying out a collaboration with the influencer, the sponsored content will be uploaded consistently for a certain period according to the agreement. Rewards for an influencer then earn income or fees and get a free product which is then intended for promotional purposes.

They have a voice that society can hear. Because of its broad influence, the form of corporate cooperation with a brand ambassador is fairly strict. The company then hires them professionally with transparent transactions and high expectations.

In carrying out their duties, they will then be directed directly by the company’s CRM or Customer Relationship Management Team. This team will then plan the program, prepare all requirements, and manage the brand ambassador program so that it runs according to company goals.

Several types of this first type of brand ambassador include celebrities, bloggers, and YouTubers.

2. Affiliate Brand Ambassador Program

Brand ambassadors as the second type then use affiliate marketing and both parties, both companies and brand ambassadors, will then benefit from this collaboration.

When doing this collaboration, the company will then collaborate with someone, usually a blogger or influencer, who will promote a particular product or service. The brand ambassador will then market the company by sharing links about the company on their social media or website.

In return , the affiliate marketer or affiliate marketer will then receive a commission every time he succeeds in making a purchase through that link. Sales made by the brand ambassadors themselves can then be tracked via affiliate links.

This program is the best method used to increase sales because companies only need to pay affiliates when brand ambassadors make sales.

3. Informal Brand Ambassador Program

Informal brand ambassadors can be anyone who likes your company’s products and services. Most of them originate from fanatical fans of a particular brand who freely and consciously promote the products of that brand to others.

This type of brand ambassador itself is the result of customer satisfaction with the company’s services or products. In this program there is no formal agreement which is then enforced and usually no payment is given to the brand ambassador for promotion.

Even though they are unpaid, informal brand ambassadors are happy to share stories about your company’s services or products because they are loyal customers who are enthusiastic about the services or products that are then created by a company.

Slowly, if their influence is big enough for a brand, they can become part of the micro-influencers.

4. College Brand Ambassador Program

College brand ambassadors are students who are appointed to promote a company’s products and services to other fellow students. They can then sponsor a brand on or off campus by giving away free souvenirs, organizing promotional events, putting up company posters, or posting content on social media.

College brand ambassadors are then very suitable for brands that have a target demographic of university students who are mostly between 18-25 years old.

Brand Ambassador Duties and Responsibilities

How to become a brand ambassador is actually not difficult. Below are some of the duties and responsibilities of a brand ambassador that you need to know about.

• Understand the vision and mission of the company.
• Represent the brand in a positive way.
• Helping various content creation, such as writing review articles, blogs, and captions.
• Participate in a marketing event.
• Work with marketing and sales teams to conceptualize campaign strategies.
• Build brand awareness through word-of-mouth marketing.
• Building a positive opinion about the brand in its network.
• Provide advice and insight regarding a new product or service
• Promote a brand through his personal social media account
• Maintain good relations with vendors or people who sell their company’s services or products.
• Monitor various feedback from consumers and complaints to the company’s marketing department.

You can understand that the duties and responsibilities of a brand ambassador are not easy. Brand ambassadors will be the first ‘face’ of a brand. Usually, then responsible in a certain contract that is quite long.

So, they have to really take care of themselves to describe the various values ​​that are espoused by a company.

When looking at the responsibilities and duties, several skills are required to become a BA, namely creativity, basic knowledge of marketing, leadership, influence from a large social media presence, originality, professionalism, networking, giving good feedback, brand knowledge and love for the brand, improving the brand image is one of the benefits of having a brand ambassador for the product held.

Benefits of Brand Ambassadors

Of course having a BA to represent a brand is very influential on one’s buying decision.

Apart from being a determinant of how a person’s purchasing decision for a company’s product brand, the benefits of BA itself include the following.

1. Maintain Reputation

The reputation of a brand can go up and down, depending on what situation is going on. For example, if there is media that reports unfavorable things about a brand, the company’s reputation will then fall.

However BA can be someone who then revives that reputation. Brand ambassadors have a lot of followers who then believe in them.

2. Bring the brand closer to the customer

Bringing a brand closer to the customer is not easy. Quoted from Keyhole, 63% of people believe more in what is conveyed by influencers or brand ambassadors than what is said by the brand itself. This is where the big role of a BA. They must be able to become a bridge between communities and related brands.

3. Give good reviews

The benefits of brand ambassadors also provide good reviews of the brand. Everyone can just give a review on the social media they have. However, bad reviews are of course unavoidable. However, a brand ambassador must still provide honest and best reviews to his followers regarding the brand being promoted.

Related Books

1. The Art of Being Influential and Liked

What do influencers do to get people to follow them? What’s the secret so that it seems as if they “hold” many people? And why are these people so interested in them?

Many people wonder what makes someone look so charismatic, while still others question the secret to attractiveness. Are these all inborn talents or the result of a “special formation”?

When you meet a figure who is so respected, attracts the interest of many people, and followed by his words, what comes to your mind? “How did he do it?” Our advice, stop wondering!

This book will examine in depth and thoroughly the techniques of attracting interest, taking heart, establishing relationships, instilling influence, and maintaining relationships. You will be “trained” on how to “manipulate” the people around you, to then influence them. Impressions, impressions, attraction, influence—they will all be yours.

2. The Magic of Influencers: How to Value Yourself

In the Metaverse era, we don’t just need a lot of capital money. However, we must have the ability to negotiate and influence others.

Someone who has the ability to influence others will easily manage and manage other people, even in large numbers. His speech is full of authority so that others follow all his directions.

His lifestyle, behavior and all things related to him, imitated by many people. That’s how Influencers are! This book clearly talks about what an influencer is and how one can become an influencer.

The presence of this book is expected to help anyone to become a great influencer. In addition, this book can help someone to value themselves so that they become positive influencers; able to develop themselves and others.

In other words, this book is not only good to read, but also to practice in order to benefit yourself and others. Hope it is useful.

3. Personal Branding Can Change Destiny

“Jenang falls is not a problem because it can still be eaten, but if jenang falls it is certain that it cannot be eaten anymore.” The Javanese philosophy above has always been the inspiration for the writer. This philosophy means that if a treasure falls, we can pick it up and look for it again.

However, if reputation and name (jeneng) fall, we will be wasted, distrusted, and will no longer be of use. Reputation is important and can change destiny. Armed with reputation, we don’t need money to get what we want.

This also applies to success and success, we will achieve it more easily if we have a reputation as a hard worker who keeps on trying. This book is not a motivational book.

This book contains experience and business knowledge that the author wants to share with you. In this book, the author will explain a lot about reputation (personal branding) which is very useful in business.

So, wake up from the lay! Read this book and from now on guard your reputation if you want to achieve success in the future. Change your destiny from now on!

Now we know that a brand ambassador is a person who carries the name of a product or brand. Sinaumed’s can get many books related to personal branding at sinaumedia.com . As #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia always provides the best products for Sinaumed’s.

Branches of Art – The existence of art is always closely related to everyday human life. Art has developed over a long period of time. This is because humans can be both subjects and objects in art.

Just like other disciplines that have their own branches, art also has that kind of thing. Presentation patterns in the branches of art are often encountered by Sinaumed’s or even applied in everyday life.

Then, what are the branches of art? Does each of its branches have a function for human survival? And what are examples of these branches of art in real terms?

So that Sinaumed’s understands it better, let’s take a look at the following review about what are the branches of art!

Definition of Art

According to KBBI, art means ‘works created with extraordinary skill, such as dance, painting, and carving.’

In fact, the definition of art is universal and becomes an ongoing polemic.

According to Selo Sumardjan, art is the ability of a person or group of people to create impulses through one of the five senses or maybe also through a combination of various senses, touching the subtle feelings of humans and the surrounding environment, thus giving birth to the values ​​of beauty in these impulses.

Meanwhile, according to Parker, art is an expression, an expression, a purpose, and a feeling that is not solely done for practical purposes but also for aesthetic purposes.

Then, according to Sapirin, art includes all things that can cause vibrations of a sense of beauty in humans.

Apart from prioritizing beauty, art can also influence the learning and development of an individual’s character, you know…

Arts Branches

Art has its own branches, namely fine arts, music, dance, drama, and cultural arts.

In order to understand it better, let’s discuss each branch of this fine art!

1. Fine Arts (Visual Art)

Fine art or visual art is a branch of art that relies on the eye as a tool to observe it.

Why is the sense of sight the eye the main tool for observing art? The answer is as stated by Sahman:

“The equivalent of the word art in English is Visual Art. In visual art, the role of the eye is very decisive whether in the process of creating from observation to visualization of ideas, or in the process of appreciating the visualization product. People who are color blind, even though at first glance they look fine, will not be able to become a competent artist or appreciator of works of art.”

This opinion is indeed considered discriminatory, because in fact, individuals who have color blindness can even produce a work of art, although it requires a separate approach in the effort to appreciate their works.

According to Oswald Kulpe in “Outline of Aesthetics”, art is divided into three forms, viz

1. Two-dimensional, which has the elements of line, light, color, shape and motion. For example painting and drawing.
2. Three dimensions, which have elements like two dimensions but there are additional elements that are more prominent, namely volume. For example sculpture and carving.
3. The combination of surface elements and forms, for example, architectural art and landscaping.

Based on its function, fine art is divided into fine art which prioritizes “beauty” rather than its use; and applied art ( applied art ) created for the practical purposes of human life.

Examples of Fine Arts

Painting and drawing are included in fine art or pure art which is more concerned with the value of beauty.

Applied art or applied art usually prioritizes the purpose of human use in everyday life. For example cabinets, chairs, tables, and others.

2. Art of Music

Music is one of the most popular means of entertainment among people today. Music is a sound that people perceive differently based on history, place, culture and individual tastes.

The art of music is a work of human art as an expression of the contents of the heart and ideas which are embodied in the form of sounds or voices that are regular, have rhythm and melody, and harmonization that can arouse the feelings of the listener.

Not all types of sounds or voices can be called musical arts because they are only considered “art” if they have a beautiful, melodious and harmonious voice so that they can be well received by the ears of the listeners.

The art of music has three types in its application, namely traditional music, modern music and contemporary music.

Traditional music is a type of music that is born and develops due to the influence of culture, customs, beliefs and religion from certain areas and is passed down from generation to generation by ancestors.

Then, modern music is a type of music that arises because of a new culture and usually uses more sophisticated tools for the process of making instrumentals.

Meanwhile, music is divided based on the genre of music, namely classical, jazz, R&B, rap, reggae, and others.

The art of music has several functions including: (1) religious function, (2) communication function, (3) recreational function, (4) communication function, (5) use function, and (6) therapeutic function.

In fact, the art of music also plays an important role in the learning process, namely helping the growth and development of students, as well as fostering the aesthetic development of students in their efforts to create art.

3. Dance Arts

According to Zahrain, dance is a type of movement besides gymnastics, martial arts, acrobatics or pantomime. So that it can be said that the art of dance is a movement performed by humans that is unique and beautiful.

The elements in the art of dance in general are motion, rhythm, beauty and expression. In each of these elements there is a uniqueness that represents the taste, aesthetics, and spirit of the dancers.

In addition, dance also has elements of accompaniment in the form of tone, rhythm, rhythm, and the number of musical instruments used in the process of accompanying the dance.

Meanwhile, the special elements of dance include elements of space, energy, and time. This space is related to position, level, and time. Position for example facing forward, turning, and others.

• as a means of ceremony
• as a means of entertainment
• as social media
• as therapy
• as education
• as a performing art
• as the development of individual talents and interests

In Indonesia, the art of dance has developed from generation to generation to become a traditional dance and is owned by each region. Different regions have different movements and musical accompaniment. For example, in traditional dances in Java and Yogyakarta, there are special hand movements such as ngithing , mopping and grunting .

There are even several types of traditional dances that demonstrate the act of being possessed by spirits as an important part of the dance.

Examples of Dance in Indonesia

4. Dramatic Arts

Drama has broad and narrow meanings. Broadly speaking, drama is meaningful as a form of spectacle that has a story and is shown to the general public. While narrowly, drama is meaningful as the story of human life in social life which is projected onto the stage.

In drama arts, there is dialogue and movement based on the script supported by stage setting, lighting, music, make-up, and fashion.

Drama is a branch of art that contains a combination of a number of other arts, namely:

• literary arts (in the form of story scripts)
• painting (make-up and stage design)
• the art of music (in the accompanying music)
• the art of dance (in the movements of the players)
• acting (playing the characters)

Dramatic art has also been developed from generation to generation by our ancestors which is known as traditional drama. In traditional drama arts, scripts are usually not used, so the characters’ characters, dialogues, and movements depend on the players.

Examples are ketoprak from Central Java, Ludruk from East Java, Lenong from Betawi, and others.

Examples of Dramatic Arts in Indonesia

5. Cultural Arts

The words art and culture are two related and inseparable words. This is because an art is created from the existence of culture in an area.

Cultural art is everything that has been created by humans or a group of people regarding how to live together in an area that has aesthetic elements that have been passed down from generation to generation.

Cultural arts have actually been developed from generation to generation by our ancestors in this archipelago. The art form emerged and developed in every region of Indonesia, from Sabang to Merauke.

Types of archipelago cultural arts such as traditional music, traditional dances, traditional languages, traditional traditional houses, and others.

The existence of this archipelago’s cultural arts clearly has a real function for human life, namely a practical function and an aesthetic function.

In a practical function, works in art and culture serve as functional fulfillment of human needs. For example chairs, tables, traditional houses, and others.

While in terms of aesthetic functions, works in cultural arts are used to fulfill human needs in terms of decoration. For example, the existence of a temple or temple is used as a ritual need for the community.

Examples of Cultural Arts in Indonesia

Related Article Recommendations

• Aceh Traditional House
• Sumatra Aceh Traditional House
• Names of Regional Dances in Indonesia
• Variety of Sundanese Culture
• Melodic Musical Instruments
• Rhythmic Instruments
• Kinds of Modern and Traditional Musical Instruments
• Types of Music Genres

Boyle’s Law – You must have known that when humans breathe, they will definitely inhale and exhale so that the volume of the lungs expands and contracts. Something that we inhale and exhale is air in the form of gas, aka we cannot see it with the naked eye, except when the weather is cold. Even though the presence of this gas cannot be seen with the naked eye, it can be calculated using a chemical formula, to be precise by adhering to the working principle of Boyle’s Law.

Boyle’s law is a part of chemistry which turns out to have many uses in our daily lives. In addition to the respiratory system of living things, it turns out that Boyle’s Law is also often applied to the tools around us. Then, how does Boyle’s Law sound? How does Boyle’s law apply to everyday life? Let’s look at the following reviews so that You understands these things!

How Does Boyle’s Law Sound?

As with other chemical laws, Boyle’s law also has a sound statement coined by its creator, namely Robert Boyle in 1662. Boyle’s law states that “in a closed room, the volume of a mass of gas will change inversely with pressure, when the temperature is constant” . Yep, Boyle’s law becomes one of the laws of chemistry and becomes an ideal chemical law. In this law, describes the existence of an inverse proportional relationship between absolute pressure and air volume, especially when the temperature remains constant in a closed system.

Boyle’s law is named after its discoverer, namely Robert Boyle, a chemist and physicist in 1662. At that time, Robert Boyle stated that ” For a fixed amount of ideal gas at the same temperature, P (pressure) and V (volume) are inversely proportional (where one doubles, the other half).” Well, in this case, what is called an ideal gas is a gas that meets the following assumptions:

• It consists of a large number of particles and there is no force of attraction between the particles.
• Each gas particle will always move in a random direction.
• The particle size is negligible in relation to the size of the container.
• Each collision that occurs is perfectly elastic.
• The gas particles are evenly distributed throughout the space in the container.
• The motion of gas particles will obey Newton’s laws of motion.

Robert Boyle also argued about the nature of gases, namely that the mass of the gas (zero amount) and the temperature of a gas must be kept constant, while the volume of the gas will be changed. While the pressure released by the gas will also change in such a way that there is a multiplication between pressure (P) and volume (V), always close to constant. Thus, that is the condition in which the gas becomes a perfect (ideal) gas.

The existence of Boyle’s Law cannot be separated from the experimental efforts that have been carried out many times. The relationship between pressure and volume was first put forward by amateur scientists, namely Richard Townley and Henry Power, which was then continued by Robert Boyle. When he wanted to “create” Boyle’s Law, Robert conducted an experiment with air, where he considered fluid particles in the middle of an invisible spring. At that time, air was still seen as one of the four elements, but Robert disagreed, so he did further research until he succeeded in publishing Boyle’s Law in 1662.

After that, a French physicist named Edme Mariotte appeared, who also discovered the same law but separately, in 1676 to be precise. Since this law was published by Robert Boyle, it is called the Boyle-Mariotte Law.

Boyle’s Law formula

The Basic Theory of Boyle’s Law

The existence of Boyle’s Law uses a theoretical basis in the form of “at a constant temperature, the pressure (P) of an ideal gas is inversely proportional to the volume of the gas (V), or PV = C (C is a constant)” . So it becomes the following.

Information:

Pu = room air pressure

Pk = air pressure in the air column

t = height of the air column

h = difference in height of the mercury surface

Boyle’s Law formula

The formula regarding Boyle’s Law was put forward by Robert Boyle which stated that the product of pressure (P) and volume (V) will be constant, as long as the mass and temperature of the gas are maintained consistently. Mathematically, the formula is written:

P x V = constant

P = gas pressure (N/ m²)

V = gas volume (mз)

Boyle’s Law Equation

In order for the gas and the two states to be in balance, especially at a constant temperature, the equation becomes:

P₁. V₁ = P₂. V₂ = …… = Pₙ. Vₙ

Information:

P₁ = Initial pressure of the gas in the chamber (Nm² or Pa)

V₁ = The initial volume of gas in the chamber (m3)

P₂ = Final pressure in chamber (Nm² or Pa)

V₂ = Final volume in space (m3)

Please note , You , to measure the gas pressure in a confined space, you can use a tool called a manometer. Here is the shape of the manometer:

Problems and Discussion of Boyle’s Law

Example Question 1

It is known that the amount of an ideal gas has a pressure of P and a volume of V. Then, the gas pressure rises and changes to 2 times the initial pressure. What is the volume of the gas now?

Discussion:

P₁ V₁ = P₂ V₂

P x V = 2P. V2

V = 2 . V2

½ V = V2

So, the gas volume is now ½ of the initial gas volume.

Application of Boyle’s Law in Human Life

The existence of Boyle’s Law certainly provides many benefits for everyday human life. Even indirectly, it actually affects the respiratory system of living things on this earth. What are the applications of Boyle’s Law in our lives? Let’s look at the following description!

1. Respiratory System of Living Things

Especially in the human respiratory system, during the respiration process, our lungs apply the working principle of Boyle’s Law. When inhaling air, the lungs will of course be filled with air, therefore they will expand. Lung volume will increase as the pressure level decreases. Likewise, when the lungs expel air, the lungs will shrink so that the volume decreases and the pressure increases. Changes in pressure and volume in the lungs are only temporary and periodic .

2. Bottles of Soda

Does You often drink soda from a bottle? Well, the existence of a soda bottle is a form of application of Boyle’s Law, you know… A soda bottle containing a mixture of carbon dioxide has a lid that closes tightly. This is because there are air molecules in the tightly packed container, causing the air to have no room to move.

When the bottle is opened, there will be a hissing sound and some air molecules will come out. Thus it will provide space for the movement of air molecules. This is where the change in pressure occurs according to changes in volume. Usually, when we shake the soda bottle, after opening the lid, the soda will expand and even spill onto our hands. This happens because the gas in the bottle is trying to get out and mixed into the fluid, so that when the gas is released it will emit a foamy liquid. The pressure inside the bottle goes down, while the gas volume goes up.

3. Use of Syringes

Syringes, which are often used as medical equipment, also use the working principle of Boyle’s law. In a syringe it consists of a cylinder that functions to collect fluid and a pusher to vary pressure. When the plunger is pressed, the fluid volume will decrease so that the pressure will increase. Likewise, when we pull the plunger, the volume will be increased while the pressure is reduced.

4. Spray Paint

Does You often see people using spray paint, when they are doing graffiti on the wall maybe? Spray paint also works with the principle of Boyle’s Law, you know… Although there are several types of aerosol cans in spray paint, basically all of them still use the working principle of Boyle’s Law.

Usually, before we want to spray the spray paint, we are required to shake the can so that the substance in the can can spread. There are two substances in the can of spray paint, namely the paint product itself and a gas that is pressurized to each other in the form of a liquid. Well, this liquefied gas has a boiling point far below room temperature. That’s why cans of spray paint need to be tightly sealed, so the gas doesn’t boil away.

After pressing on the spray paint or pressing the nozzle, it will press the paint inside the can. Under the high pressure, the paint will be “forced” out of the nozzle.

5. Astronaut Suits in Space

You must have known that in outer space there is no air or atmosphere, that’s why it’s called a vacuum. If you adhere to the working principle of Boyle’s Law, when the gas is under pressure it will enter the vacuum region, then it will expand without limit. This is then applied to the special clothes of astronauts who are going to outer space. If the special suit breaks, of course it will have fatal consequences for the astronaut in the form of boiling blood and liquid and cause him serious injury.

6. Scuba Diving Activities

Scuba diving, which involves diving under water, cannot be separated from the existence of Boyle’s law. When scuba diving divers want to dive, they are required to balance the relationship between volume and pressure so that they don’t feel sick or even injured. Of course this can happen because when we enter or approach water to a certain depth, our bodies will experience high pressure.

This high pressure affects the increased solubility of gases in the blood. Therefore, the diver must immediately ascend if the pressure is too high, but accompanied by a slow speed so as to minimize any injury.

Get to know the Gay Lussac Law

The existence of Gay Lussac’s Law turns out to be very closely related to Boyle’s Law, you know… Basically, Gay Lussac’s Law is a law of volume ratios. Yep, in general, the mixed gases will not show reaction symptoms. However, if given special treatment and conditions, it is likely to cause a reaction. For example, when there is a mixture of O2 gas with H2 it will not produce any reaction, but if it is mixed with an electric spark it will definitely form a reaction. This chemical law was created by a French chemist named Joseph Louis Gay-Lussac who has made a series of quantitative measurements of the volume of the gases involved in the reaction.

Since Gay Lussac’s Law talks about the relationship between gas volume and gas temperature at the same pressure, the law reads: “The volume of a gas is proportional to its temperature, as long as the pressure remains constant.”

When written in equation form, the formula becomes:

V/ T = constant

V₁ / T₁ = V2 / T2

Information:

V = Volumes

T = Temperature

Boyle-Gay Lussac law

Actually, Boyle-Gay Lussac’s Law is a synthesis of Boyle’s Law and Gay Lussac’s Law, so that the two formulas can be put together to become:

P x V / T = constant, or

P₁ x V₁ / T₁ = P2 x V2 x T2

Meanwhile, under ideal conditions, the ideal gas equation according to Boyle-Gay Lussac’s Law becomes:

P. V = N . k . Q

Information

k = Boltzmann’s constant

N = number of gas particles

General Ideal Gas Equation

Meanwhile, there is also a general ideal gas equation based on Boyle’s Law and Lussac’s Gas Law, with the formula in the form of:

p.m. V = nRT

Information:

p = gas pressure

V = gas volume

n = number of gas particles

R = gas constant

T = gas temperature (K)

Then, if you want to find the number of moles or gas particles, you can use the formula in the form of:

N = m/M = gr/Mr

Information:

N = number of gas particles

m = total mass of gas

M = relative molecular mass of the particle

Well, that’s a review of what Boyle’s Law is and its application to everyday human life. Does You understand how spray paint works?

Boundaries of the State of Indonesia – The State of Indonesia, which can also be called a maritime country, is the largest archipelagic country in the world. Indonesia itself has at least 17,508 islands in it.

Geographically, the boundaries of the Indonesian state can be divided into four parts, namely, East Indonesia, West Indonesia, North Indonesia and South Indonesia. See the following information for a full explanation.

Indonesian Territory Boundary

The territorial waters in the country of Indonesia can reach ⅔ of the total land area. Therefore, with the existence of territorial boundaries, the Indonesian state can maintain the existing marine wealth and has an important role in becoming a boundary for various other intersecting countries.

In general, finding out the boundaries of the Indonesian state can be done by looking at its longitude and latitude. If seen astronomically, the country of Indonesia is from 6 degrees north latitude and 11 degrees south latitude to between 92 degrees east longitude to 141 degrees east longitude (6LU – 11LS and 95BT – 141BT).

In addition, based on its geographical location, the country of Indonesia is located between the continents of Asia and also the continents of Australia. Indonesia is also located between two oceans, namely the Indian Ocean and also the Pacific Ocean.

The following details regarding the boundaries of the Indonesian state, see the following information.

1. Indonesian Territory Boundaries in the West

First, the boundaries of the Indonesian state in the west are on the direct border with the Indian Ocean and Indian State Waters. In addition, Ronde Island in Indonesia and Nicobar in India are directly adjacent to the Indian Ocean and the Andaman Sea.

2. Boundaries of Indonesia’s Territory in the East

Second, Indonesia’s territorial borders in the east are within the direct boundaries with Papua New Guinea and also the Pacific Ocean.

3. Indonesian Territory Boundaries in the North

Third, Indonesia’s territorial boundaries in the north are on the island of Borneo which is located on the direct border with East Malaysia.

In the northern part of the border, Indonesia is directly bordered by several countries, consisting of Malaysia, Singapore, Thailand and the Philippines.

4. Indonesian Territory Boundary in the South

Fourth, the southern part of Indonesia’s territory lies on the direct border with Timor Leste. This was before Timor Leste decided to separate from Indonesia in 1999. Timor Leste decided to become a separate state separate from Indonesia.

In addition, Indonesia’s territorial boundaries can also be divided into three, namely sea boundaries, land boundaries, and air boundaries. Check out the following information.

1. Sea Boundaries

First, the maritime boundaries of the Indonesian state can be divided into three types according to the results of the international convention on the law of the sea which was agreed upon by the United Nations or the UN which was carried out in 1982.

i. Territorial boundaries

The first sea boundary in the country of Indonesia is the territorial boundary which is a limit calculated from a baseline and has a distance of 12 miles to the sea.

The existing baseline itself is an imaginary line drawn on the beach when the sea water is receding, and connects various points on the tip of the island.

ii. Continental shelf boundary

The second sea boundary in Indonesia is the continental shelf boundary regulated in the 1982 Sea Law Convention, articles 78 to 85. In article 78l, the sea law convention consists of the following.

The seabed and subsoil beyond its territorial sea as long as there is scientific continuation of its land area to the edge of the continental margin, as well as the seabed and subsoil below it to a distance of 200 nautical miles starting from the baseline where the territorial sea is measured.

The existing continental shelf allows under it up to a distance of 200 nautical miles from the origin of the baselines by which the territorial sea is measured. The existing continental shelf allows the waters that lie beneath it to a distance of 350 nautical miles from the point of origin of the baselines at which the existing territorial sea is measured and does not exceed 100 nautical miles from the depth of the sea which is 2500 meters.

iii. Limits of the Exclusive Economic Zone or EEZ

The third sea boundary in Indonesia is the exclusive economic zone boundary which is a state boundary drawn 200 miles from the origin of the baseline towards the high seas or the high seas during low tide.

With the existence of this Exclusive Economic Zone, all natural resources or natural resources that are below sea level, on the seabed, or under the sea completely become the exclusive rights of the Indonesian state.

2. Land Boundary

Second, the land boundaries within the Indonesian state which consist of areas on the earth’s surface within various natural and artificial boundaries.

• The land boundary to the north of Indonesia consists of Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore and the South China Sea.
• The land boundary to the south of Indonesia consists of Timor Leste, Australia and the Indian Ocean.
• The western land boundary of Indonesia consists of the Indian Ocean.
• The land boundary to the east of Indonesia consists of Papua New Guinea and the Pacific Ocean.

3. Air Limits

Third, the air boundaries within the Indonesian state follow the sovereign boundaries of the state on land and at sea. These existing air boundaries are established based on developments in applicable international law.

Size and Location of Indonesia

The area of ​​Indonesia is 5,193,250 km2. The area also includes the depth of land and sea.

The land area of ​​Indonesia itself is 1/919,440 km2 which consists of at least 17,580 islands that are widely distributed.

The country of Indonesia stretches for 3,977 miles, and has an ocean area of ​​up to 3,273,810 km2.

The oceans owned by the Indonesian state have a limit of 12 nautical miles with an exclusive economic zone of 200 miles.

1. Geographical Location

Geographically, Indonesia is located between two continents and two oceans. The two continents are the continent of Asia and the continent of Australia. The country of Indonesia is also located between two oceans consisting of the Indian Saudera and also the Pacific Ocean.

With the existing geographical location, the country of Indonesia is affected by the west monsoon and east monsoons which causes the country of Indonesia to only have two seasons. The two seasons consist of the rainy season and also the dry season.

2. Astronomical Position

Astronomically, the country of Indonesia is located at degrees North Latitude or LU to 11 degrees South Latitude or LS and 95 degrees East Longitude or East Longitude to 144 degrees East Longitude or East Longitude. Because of its astronomical location, Indonesia has a tropical climate.

The northernmost territory of Indonesia is located at 6 degrees North Latitude or LU, which is located on Pulau We. Meanwhile, the southernmost territory of Indonesia is located at 11 degrees South Latitude or LS, which is located on Rote Island.

The easternmost territory of Indonesia is located at 141 degrees East Longitude or BT, which is located in Merauke City. Meanwhile, the westernmost territory of Indonesia is located at 95 degrees East Longitude or BT, which is located in the City of Sabang.

3. Geological Location

Geologically, the country of Indonesia can be divided into three parts, namely, mountainous, plate, and shallow. Geological location itself is the location of an area based on the type of rock that is on the surface of the earth. The following is the geological location of Indonesia.

The country of Indonesia is located on two of the world’s young mountain trails, which are divided into 2, namely:

• To the west of Indonesia is the Mediterranean Circum.
• To the east of Indonesia is the Pacific Circum.

Indonesia is located at the confluence of three plates, which consist of:

• In the northern part of the country of Indonesia which is bordered by the Asian shield which until now has experienced an expansion until it is known as the Asian Plate.
• In the western and southern parts of the country of Indonesia which is bordered by the continent of Gondwana India, the base of the Indian Ocean, Australia, and the extension which is often known as the Indo-Australian Plate.
• In the eastern part of the country of Indonesia which is located at the bottom of the Pacific Ocean.

The State of Indonesia is located on three shallows, which consist of:

• Sunda Shelf
• Sahul Shallow
• Asiatic Australian Mediterranean Sea

4. Geomorphological Location

Geomorphologically, it is the location of the Indonesian state based on the shape of the earth’s surface. Some examples that are included in the geomorphological location are lowlands, highlands, mountains, and many more.

5. Maritime Location

Maritime location is the location of a place that is seen or reviewed based on the existing marine angle. The maritime location of the Indonesian state itself is in the eastern part of Indonesia surrounded by the Pacific Ocean, in the southern part of Indonesia surrounded by the Indian Ocean, while in the northern part of Indonesia it lies in the South China Sea.

Pictures of Indonesia

(source: tribunnews.com)

Positive and Negative Impact Location of Indonesia

Because of its strategic location, the location of the Indonesian state has both positive and negative impacts being used as a world trade route, consider the following information.

1. Positive Impact

• The first positive impact, because of its strategic location, can make Indonesia easy to trade with other countries. That way, production from Indonesia can be easily marketed, and vice versa where the Indonesian state can easily import existing goods from various countries.
• The second positive impact, because of its strategic location, Indonesia is a meeting place for currents which often carry lots of plankton microorganisms in the sea. This is what causes fishing activities in Indonesia to run smoothly, because these plankton microorganisms are fish food. In addition, because of its vast territorial waters, existing natural resources or natural resources such as fish, shellfish, and existing minerals such as petroleum have an abundance in Indonesia.
• The third positive impact, because of its strategic location, Indonesia is rich in various flora, fauna, tribes, nations, cultures and ethnicities in it. That way, the diversity that exists often attracts the attention of tourists and becomes one of the capital for developing tourism potential in Indonesia.

2. Negative Impact

• The first negative impact, because it is an archipelagic country, existing territorial control becomes difficult. This is because, Indonesia as an archipelagic country consists of so many islands in it. That way, the government will find it difficult to supervise all areas that are territorial in Indonesia.
• The second negative impact, because it is an archipelagic country, it will be difficult to monitor security in Indonesia. In addition, this is often used by various irresponsible persons to carry out smuggling and criminal acts because the entrance is by sea which is easy to enter.

Indonesia’s Location Influence

Because it has a strategic location, the location of the Indonesian state also influences the lives of the people in it. This influence can have a direct impact on various sectors of activity, such as the economy, transportation, and community communications. These various impacts are influenced by climatic, geostrategic, and soil conditions in Indonesia itself.

As we know, the country of Indonesia has a tropical climate, which makes the country of Indonesia get almost the same amount of sunshine all year round. In addition, because it is located between two continents, namely the Asian continent and the Australian continent, the country of Indonesia has a wind pattern that always changes regularly, which is once every six months, which is divided into two, namely the west monsoon and also the east monsoon.

In addition, in general, the country of Indonesia only has two seasons, namely, the dry season and the rainy season which usually change regularly, which is every six months.

The following is a complete explanation of the influence of the location of the Indonesian state on various human activities.

1. Economy

The first of the influences from the location of the Indonesian state is economic activity. Where the soil is fertile, various kinds of plants can easily grow well in Indonesia. In addition, Indonesia also has sufficient rainfall and sunlight, so that these various factors support plants to grow well so that farmers can produce crops.

In addition, with climate conditions that are not too difficult to predict and play a strategic role in the economy in Indonesia. This is because, it can produce abundant crops so that it can be used as an economic source for most people.

2. Transportation

The second influence from the location of the Indonesian state is transportation activities. Where because of its location which is located between two continents and flanked by two oceans, making existing transportation activities very much needed.

The existing position of the Indonesian state provides advantages for companies in the field of international trade relations. This is because, the location of the Indonesian state can be likened to a crossroads in traffic that exists in international trade, so it is certain that international trade that occurs will pass through the Indonesian state first in various forms both land, sea and north.

Because of this strategic location, it can benefit the existing transportation system which can connect various nations that exist between the two continents.

3. Communication

The third influence from the location of the Indonesian state is communication activities. As we know, Indonesia is an archipelagic country that has various cultures, ethnicities, and races which affect the various cultural products used.

For example, on the island of Sumatra alone there are several languages, such as Acehnese, Minang, Batak, Malay, and Lampung. On the island of Java, there are Sundanese and Javanese languages. On the island of Borneo there are Dayak and Banjar languages.

The existing language can be used as the identity of a nation and a means of communication that has existed for a long time, this makes diversity in the Indonesian state which is one of the assets that the Indonesian people must be proud of.

Also read related articles:

• Atmosphere Layer
• Examples of Application of the Concept of Geography
• Structure of the Earth’s Layers
• Definition of Geography
• Geography Concept
• Groundwater
• Geographic Information System (GIS)
• Differences in Climate and Weather
• The Solar System
• Solar System
• Order of the Solar System Planets
• Theory of the Formation of the Earth and the Solar System

Bootcamp is – Information technology or IT jobs currently provide considerable career opportunities in industry 4.0 as it is today. However, to be able to gain expertise in the field of information technology is not an easy thing.

One way is to carry out a college education level so that you can gain expertise in the field of information technology. On the other hand, there are several ways you can gain expertise in information technology, such as bootcamps. You could say that bootcamp is the most appropriate and appropriate solution to be able to take an IT career without a degree.

If you are a company owner, then you can improve the skills and abilities of your employees by enrolling them in a bootcamp. Apart from that, you can also use talent management to be able to manage all the activities and performance of each existing employee more easily and practically.

So what exactly is bootcamp? So, to know more, see the explanation in this article, Sinaumed’s.

Short Definition

Bootcamp is a training program that will be carried out intensively with materials that have been designed and are related to careers in the field of IT or information technology.

The training will take place intensively by making information technology learning time shorter. When a trainee takes part in the bootcamp program, their soft skills and hard skills will be honed better.

This program itself will specifically be structured according to existing needs. That way, this program can be one of the right choices for those who want to have more skills in information technology or IT which can also help someone’s career development.

Benefits of Doing Bootcamp Training

The existence of a training program will certainly provide many benefits to the participants. So, for those of you who don’t know what are the benefits of training, you can read the explanation below.

1. Impressed More Private

Usually, the number of participants in one class is quite limited, or around 15 to 20 people. A relatively small number in one class will be able to create a more private atmosphere.

Of course, the material to be learned will be easier to convey. Although it has a relatively small number of trainees. However, deciding to meet new people during the training will add to your social network.

Moreover, the curriculum in the program is well prepared by professional and experienced instructors. This will make it easier for you to gain knowledge related to the world of information technology or IT.

2. A Career Acceleration System

You could say that bootcamp is an intensive program that has a shorter time compared to learning at the college level. In fact, these training programs usually only run for a few weeks to produce graduates with leadership skills and ready to work in information technology or IT.

Even so, to be able to understand what is conveyed and learned in the training program, the participants must also be diligent in participating in the training and have personal initiative.

When a trainee has a low level of activity and initiative, it will usually make the training program useless. This is because the material from the training taught to him cannot be mastered properly.

3. The curriculum is structured more specifically

As previously explained, the time in this training program is very short. This will make the learning materials in the program also have to be specifically arranged.

Therefore, learning materials will be created by experienced professionals. Where the material that is arranged will be adjusted to more practical needs and focus on the material needed by the training participants.

4. There Are Career Opportunities Without Degrees

The main objective of the bootcamp training program is to be able to create work-ready graduates and open career opportunities without the need to attend college.

This program will play a very important role in the process of developing the participants’ abilities to achieve certain careers. Usually, when a participant graduates from this program, he will get several graduation marks such as certification. Where is the existence of this training program certification that can be used to fill out a CV for a job application.

So, those are some of the benefits that the participants will get. Of course, we can know better if the bootcamp program is indeed very important as a support for developing one’s abilities.

Differences with Lectures

From the explanation of the benefits provided by the training program, we can more easily know in general terms the difference between it and the college program. Bootcamp with college level programs are indeed different. Some of the differences between this training program and lectures are as follows.

1. Study Time Used

The first difference with the level of college education is the length of study time used. Where the implementation of the bootcamp training program is usually only between 12 to 15 weeks.

The time in the bootcamp training process is quite short because learning about information technology is not easy. With such a short time there will be a possibility of difficulty in understanding the material in a short time.

Then, for the time needed at the lecture level to get a degree as an IT graduate it usually takes four to five years.

2. Material Provided

Judging from the material provided, this training program will usually have a more practical and specific type. The material taught will be adjusted to the needs.

Even so, the material for this training program will be neatly arranged so that the learning process can also be more focused. Meanwhile, for lectures with longer time levels, the material taught in them is also more numerous and broader.

3. Amount of Fees Paid

The costs that will be incurred for this training program will be far more affordable than the cost of a college program. This is because of the duration and material of the program, bootcamp training is somewhat shorter and fewer. If indeed you have limited funds, then this training program is the right choice.

4. Job Prospects

Even though it is quite cheap in terms of costs, the job prospects provided by this training program are quite limited when compared to IT graduates. This is because the material in the bootcamp training program is more limited compared to lectures.

Even so, many choose to use a bootcamp training program. In fact, large companies have also used this training program specifically for employees with the aim of being able to develop information technology skills.

Bootcamp Types

Bootcamp is divided into several types in which of course the participants can choose according to their needs. The types will generally be divided into commitment and flexibility schemes. So, to understand more about the explanation of the types of bootcamp, here is a full review.

1. Commitment Scheme Bootcamp

Commitment schemes will usually be subdivided into two types such as part time and full time. Bootcamp part time or part time will usually be held at night or on weekends.

Where this type of part time is very suitable for those who have their own activities. The duration of this part time bootcamp will usually take 34 weeks. Meanwhile, for a full-time bootcamp, it will take 15 weeks.

2. Flexibility Bootcamp

Types of flexibility will be divided into three different types. There are offline , online , and self-paced bootcamps . Easily offline bootcamps will carry out the learning process with a face-to-face system, online bootcamps use an online or from home learning system and self-paced bootcamps will use their own learning system without any demands.

For now, online bootcamps are more in demand because they can be done anywhere and at any time. Where this type of online bootcamp will be more helpful with learning systems such as e-learning that can be better organized.

Can Learn Coding Self-taught?

Bootcamp training programs can be done to hone information technology or IT skills such as coding skills quickly. If asked whether participating in a bootcamp program requires special experience or not, the answer that can be given also depends on the training program being attended.

Currently, there are many types of bootcamp programs that are quite varied and available, starting from the beginner level to the experience level. For beginner programs, usually the participants who enter the bootcamp really don’t have any experience.

Even so, it should also be noted that the level of experience mastered will later affect salary expectations when graduating and applying for a job.

So, there are several benefits that you can get when you decide to take part in a coding bootcamp training program. So what are these benefits? The following is a full explanation.

1. More Affordable Prices and Shorter Time

When compared to studying with study programs at the lecture level, it turns out that the cost of participating in a coding bootcamp is relatively more affordable. The relatively more affordable costs will make the participants more able to hone their skills and know what skills are needed when entering the world of work.

In addition, the time required to participate in the coding bootcamp is also relatively short. There is a certain time range, starting from 12 to 24 or another time depending on the location of the bootcamp training chosen by the participants.

2. Practical Learning Process

When participants decide to take part in a coding bootcamp, they will directly learn important aspects of programming such as programming languages, platforms and the various skills needed by a developer.

The material presented is also in accordance with current business developments. This will make the coding bootcamp participants better prepared for the world of work.

Typically, a coding bootcamp will have several courses. There are those who really focus more on Ruby, JavaScript, C and Python or even focus on full stack web development.

This will allow coding bootcamp participants to more easily learn the material they want to master.

3. It Can Easier to Expand the Network

Expanding the network will have quite a positive influence on the career development of each coding bootcamp training participant. Where when he joins a coding bootcamp, someone will have stronger opportunities in building his network.

Not infrequently coding bootcamp institutions also have connections or collaboration with several companies. This will make it easier for participants to find work. Although everyone has a way of forming a career and different goals. But with a strong network, of course, it will also open an easier career gate.

Whatever career goals a person has, the existence of a coding bootcamp can be one of the facilities and motivation to improve performance skills in the field of information technology.

Recommended Bootcamp Training Places

The higher the level of need for IT experts, the more bootcamp training places you can easily find. In several cities there are several bootcamp places that you can use.

So, some recommendations for bootcamp places that you can use are as follows.

1. Binary Academy

Binar Academy is an end to end digital career solution platform that provides many facilities to its participants. Starting from inside binaries, bootcamp binaries to job connect.

Specifically for Binar Bootcamp, it has provided class facilities for fullstack web development, Android engineering, UI/UX Design & Research, Business Intelligence Analyst, and Product Management. Where binnar bootcamp has also used a curriculum and practical learning methods such as self-study with real projects. This will make it easier for participants to master fundamentals and best practices.

Currently, Binar Academy has been used by many large companies in its bootcamp training program. For example, such as Bank Mandiri, Bank BCA, PT Astra Honda Motor, Telkom Indonesia, Home Credit, Indomaret, Sayurbox, Investree, Dana, Prudential, Kiostix and others.

2. Revou

Revou is the next bootcamp recommendation. Where Revou is able to offer three different bootcamp programs, namely an intro program with a duration of one week, an advance program with a duration of 7 weeks and a full program with a duration of 6 months.

However, to take part in the program from Revou, you must register and take an acceptance test and also process a payment. The payment process at Revou can be done in cash or in installments within a period of 6, 12 to 18 months.

Alumni from Revou have also taken part in several big companies such as Tokopedia, Shopee, Traveloka, Bukalapak, Gojek, Lazada, Grab, Qraved, Uangteman, Fabelio, Orami, docdoc, Alodokter, Halodoc, and Kompas.

3. Purwadhika

Purwadhika provides several facilities in it. Starting from job connectors, kob accelerators, digital for executives and also online workshops. Particularly for the Purwadhika job connector, it will be held for 6 months and classes for full stack development, data science and machine learning, digital marketing and UI/UX design are already available.

Then, the Accelerator or bootcamp program is held for 10 weeks with several classes in it such as advanced performance marketing, advanced seo, advanced social media, and machine learning engineering.

Meanwhile, digital for executive will be conducted in a duration of around 9 to 11 weeks with several classes such as introduction to digital marketing, strategic digital marketing for leaders, data science for leaders, and data analysis.

Finally, there is Purwadhika’s online class which lasts for two to four hours with topics of discussion such as web & mobile development, data science & machine learning, digital marketing, UI/UX Design, business and startups.

So, those are three recommendations for bootcamp places that you can use. But actually in Indonesia there are still many trusted bootcamp places that have produced graduates in several big companies.

After knowing more about bootcamp, especially its benefits, are you interested in joining bootcamp?

If you want to find various kinds of books about coding, then you can get them at sinaumedia.com . To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

Body Language – Not infrequently, a person will communicate with other individuals only with body expressions, alias without speaking at all. Even without spoken words, it turns out that these body expressions can also be a form of communication that reflects a person’s message or feelings. For this, surely Sinaumed’s also often does it right?

A simple example of body language is the use of the thumbs-up gesture to express agreement with the other person. Unfortunately, not everyone can read and understand the meaning of body language given by other people because sometimes in one area with another the meaning is different. This may be influenced by cultural differences that exist in the region concerned.

Then actually, what is body language? What forms of body language are often used by individuals in communicating? How do we read the gestures made by the other person so that we can understand the meaning of his thoughts?

So, so that Sinaumed’s isn’t confused about what body language is, let’s look at the following review!

Basic Concepts of Body Language

In short, body language is communication that contains a message and is conveyed non-verbally or without using words. This language is a process of exchanging thoughts or ideas that contain a certain message and is conveyed in the form of gestures, facial expressions, eye contact, touch, use of special symbols, postures and body movements, to silence.

According to David Cohen in his book entitled Body Language in Associations , suggests that body language can actually be a form of “mask” to express feelings to others. Everyone’s way of speaking is different as it reflects his personality, therefore the body gestures that people make will also be different from other people. Not only that, it turns out that the language spoken by each person can be included in semiotics, you know…

Meanwhile, according to Alo Liliweri in his book entitled Verbal and Non-Verbal Communication, he also argues that body language, aka body movement, is also part of non-verbal behavior, which conveys ideas or messages through communication symbols to other people. Since the process of communication in everyday life is something that is important, this language is also included in other options for communicating besides using words (verbal).

An example of this language that is often encountered is the use of the thumbs up sign which means agree. This language can also be a complement when communicating verbally to convince the other person. Usually the salesperson will use this language in the midst of their verbal communication to attract the attention of potential buyers to be willing to buy or use the product being offered.

Forms of Body Language

According to Beliak and Baker (1981), revealed that body language has three general forms and types, namely eye contact, facial expressions, and limb movements. Well, here is a brief description:

1. Eye Contact (Gaze)

The first form is eye contact, referring to the way someone looks at the other person, especially when carrying out verbal communication. In fact, not infrequently, eye contact that is made without any verbal communication can also convey messages to others. Yep, just paying attention or looking at someone without saying a word can actually send a message to other people, even though not everyone can read or understand that eye contact. Not only that, through eye contact can also support verbal communication that is being carried out. For example, the presence of a glazed look, anxiety, fear, enthusiasm can be seen from eye contact.

Does Sinaumed’s realize that the eye contact others make of us can also have meaning? In fact, not infrequently eye contact from someone can be a certain sign of the situation and condition they are experiencing, although some people often misunderstand the meaning of eye contact.

Let’s take the example of a ticket from the police. The police will usually use body language in the form of eye contact with transportation users, be it motorbikes or cars, to check the completeness of the documents they have. If these drivers do not bring complete paperwork, they will tend to have eyes or even dare not make eye contact with the police. Their “do not dare” to make eye contact because they simply know that they are at fault for the incomplete documents of the vehicle they are carrying. Actually, there is a certain science to learning this eye contact, especially with criminals. Unfortunately, the meaning of body language, especially eye contact, is different in every country, so it often causes misunderstandings.

2. Facial Expressions

The facial expressions that we often display when conversing with other people are also included in body language. This facial expression includes how the facial expressions are displayed when carrying out verbal communication, as a form of reaction to the message contained in the conversation. However, it should also be noted that facial expressions don’t have to be displayed only in verbal conversation, OK? Even when you’re in silent mode, you can do that too.

A person’s face can be likened to a mirror of the person’s thoughts and feelings, so that from the facial expressions displayed, we can “read” what message is to be conveyed. However, it should also be noted that facial expressions are not necessarily independent of their thoughts and feelings, because it all depends on how people look at them.

There are many people who do have a stern face, but their true nature is friendly. So many people misinterpret it and think the person is really curt, even though his face is like that. Facial expressions that reflect feelings and messages can usually be seen when they react to something.

3. Gesture or Body Movement

Gesture is a form of language in the form of hand, shoulder, leg, and finger movements. Usually, the use of this gesture is to support the conversation so that it is more convincing for the message to be conveyed. For example, if you want to talk about how big a building is, you will definitely describe it verbally accompanied by hand gestures above your head as if the building is towering.

Body Language Functions

According to Mark L. Knapp

According to Mark L. Knapp, body language as non-verbal communication has five functions as a complement to the ongoing verbal communication, which are as follows:

1. Repetition

The use of body language can function to repeat ideas that have been previously conveyed verbally. For example, a child is asked “Would you like to buy ice cream?”, then the child answers “Yes” out loud while jumping up and down with a happy face.

The act of jumping up and down accompanied by a happy face is also included in the body language which seems to give a repetition of the answer to his approval.

2. Substitution

The second function of using body language is to replace verbal symbols. In this case, one does not need to say any words to respond to something. Just by doing body language, surely most of the other people who are the other person will understand.

For example, body language in the form of body movements in the form of shaking the head can be interpreted as a sign of disapproval of the context of the conversation, especially in the Indonesian region.

3. Contradiction

The third function of using body language is to reject a verbal message by giving another meaning in the form of a non-verbal message. For example: when in the middle of giving a presentation, Deni gave a verbal compliment to his friend in the form of “You are great”, but after that he just pouted his lips.

4. Complements

The fourth function of using body language is to complement and support verbal messages. In this case, usually thoughts and messages are not conveyed verbally, so it is only limited to body language. Example: when someone is falling, because of the pain, one cannot say “it hurts” or “ouch”, but only shows a facial expression of pain.

5. Accentuation

The last function of using body language is to emphasize the verbal message to be conveyed. Example: when angry, someone will express his annoyance by hitting something around him as a form of confirmation to others that he is angry.

According to Paul Ekman

1. Emblems

The label can be a translation of a person’s non-verbal message. But in this case, the meaning or translation of the body language that is done varies in each region. For example: in the US, the gesture of the fingers forming a V sign means victory, while in many other countries the gesture means peace.

2. Illustrator

The function of usage is to explain or show an example of something being talked about in a verbal conversation. Example: Lita is talking about Fahrul who has a tall stature, so she gives more explanation by using body language in the form of gestures in the form of raising and lowering her hands from the ground to describe how tall Fahrul is.

This function is further divided into 8 forms, namely:

• Batons , namely a movement that shows a certain pressure on the verbal message to be conveyed.
• Ideographs , namely a movement that directs the mind to verbal messages. This form usually takes the form of facial expressions.
• Deictic Movements , namely movements to show something as a “substitute” for verbal messages.
• Spatial Movements , namely movements that describe the size of the situation.
• Kinetograph , which is a movement that describes a physical action.
• Rhythmic Movements , namely movements that show a certain rhythm.
• Pictographs , namely movements that describe something in the air.
• Emblematic Movements , namely movements that describe a certain verbal statement.

3. Regulators

The next use function is to direct, supervise, and coordinate verbal interactions with others. In this case, usually the use of body language is manifested in the form of eye contact.

4. Adapter

The fourth usage function is to describe iconic behavior that is usually conveyed consciously by the person concerned. Usually, the body language that is manifested is in the form of body gestures.

5. Affect Display

The last function of using body language is to describe feelings and emotions from someone without having to say it verbally. In this case it is usually manifested in facial expressions to show a reaction to something.

How to read other people’s thoughts from their body language

Actually, to read the other person’s mind based on their body language is not difficult. It’s just that, many people are smart in manipulating their body language so that the messages given are often not processed by us. But in general, when someone responds to something that is not much different. Well, here is the description.

Lying People’s Body Language

1. Touch nose. People who lie, usually tend to touch their nose when conversing. Not infrequently, they will also pretend to scratch their nose.
2. look away. People who lie, usually will look away alias unable to make eye contact with the other person.
3. Flashes frequently. The intensity of the blinking of people who are lying will usually continue to increase, as a form of nervousness over their lies.
4. Scratching the neck that shows the person lying is usually obvious, especially accompanied by a look in the other direction.

Body Language of People Who Are Interested in Something

1. Draw closer to objects or people that interest them. This language is unknowingly done, especially when he is interested in something.
2. Changes in the pupils of the eyes. Usually, if someone is interested in something or in a certain conversation, their gaze will change as if they want the conversation on that topic to continue.
3. Tidy up clothes and hair. This language is usually done by someone who is interested in someone, it can be in the form of smoothing the collar, pulling the skirt, or something else. This seems to give a good impression to the interlocutor who makes him interested.

The body language of people who are not comfortable with their surroundings

1. Cross your arms over your chest. This gesture indicates that a person is in a state of discomfort with the environment around him.
2. The combination of hand gestures with eye gaze. Especially someone who does not dare to express opinions or feelings of dislike towards others.

The Body Language of People Who Feel in Power

1. Put your feet on the table. This is of course impolite, so this gesture will directly show that someone is feeling in control of something. Even some opinions also say that someone does not have manners.
2. Exhale cigarette upwards. This is also actually impolite because smoking should be in a special room, not in a public place. Especially if the way to exhale cigarette smoke while slightly pouting his lips.

Body Language of People Who Feel Sad or Stressed

1. Bend down and his hands while rubbed on the back of the head.
2. Wiping the forehead. Body language is usually supported by facial expressions that show anxiety.

Body Language Through Hand Gestures

1. Rubbing the chin slowly, it can be interpreted that he is thinking.
2. Hands on waist, can show that he is aware of his environment.
3. Playing with glasses, can be interpreted that someone is stalling for time in making a decision.

Differences in Body Language and Their Meanings from Different Countries

Previously, it was written that body language has different meanings, especially from different countries. Maybe for a country, a language is interpreted as a positive thing, but in other parts of the world it can be interpreted as a negative thing. So, here are the differences in the meaning of body language in various countries.

1. Gesture Hand Movement

Not infrequently when you are having a verbal conversation, you will definitely include body language to support the message you want to convey. One of them is a hand gesture in the form of clenching the index finger and thumb. Generally, this hand gesture can mean approval or the word “OK”. However, in Greece, Spain and Brazil, these hand gestures are interpreted as calling someone with harsh words. Then in Turkey, the gesture is used to scold gay men.

2. Eye Contact

In some Western countries, making eye contact when conversing is a form of confidence as well as attention to the other person. This body language also indicates that the other person is interested in our conversation. However, in Middle Eastern countries, body language in the form of eye contact is considered impolite, especially to the opposite sex.

Then in several Asian, African and Latin American countries, body language in the form of eye contact for a long time is seen as aggressive and challenging at the same time. Especially in countries that are still thick with social hierarchies.

3. Moving Head

Body gestures in the form of moving the head either by shaking or nodding the head usually mean as a response to something. Shaking your head means disapproval, while nodding your head means agreement. However, in India, moving the head is seen as a form of actively listening to the conversation.

4. Physical Contact

Physical contact is also included in body language. In European countries, it is common to rarely make physical contact in the form of shaking hands when the other person is not well known. However, in Middle Eastern and Latin American countries, physical contact in the form of a handshake is mandatory, especially when getting acquainted or socializing.

So, that’s a review of what body language is and its forms that a person usually does, especially in non-verbal communication. Does Sinaumed’s often pay attention to other people’s body language when conversing?

Also Read!

• Understanding the Types of Communication
• Definition and Tips of Nonverbal Communication
• The Elements and Factors Influencing the Occurrence of Communication
• What Is Social Interaction?
• Communication Theory According to Experts
• Understanding and Characteristics of Mass Communication
• Definition and Types of Communication Media
• Tips for Implementing Effective Communication in Social Life
• Definition and Examples of Verbal Communication

Functions of Blood in the Human Body – Every human being must have blood in their respective bodies. Blood is a liquid in the human body that is endless. Even though a person bleeds a lot, blood can be recovered in various ways. An example is a blood transfusion.

Then what is blood? Is blood something very important in the human body? This article will discuss about blood. Starting from the definition of blood, types of blood cells, blood type to the function of blood.

Definition of Blood

Blood contains not only hormones, oxygen, nutrients and impurities in the body. Blood becomes the morning seat of plasma, cells and proteins. This is what makes blood have a thicker texture than water.

When viewed more deeply, blood cannot be interpreted only as a liquid that helps the nose run. However, it is also a means of channeling various things in the human body. In addition, blood is actually not completely liquid. Blood consists of solids and fluids.

The solid part of the blood contains various blood cells. The liquid part of blood is known as plasma. Plasma is made up of salt, protein and water. Blood plasma makes up at least 55% of the total blood composition. There are three types of blood cells in the blood. There are red blood cells whose job is to carry oxygen. Platelets are responsible for the blood clotting process. White blood cells are responsible for protecting the body from various diseases that might attack the body.

These blood cells are produced from the bone marrow. Red blood cells can live for about 120 days. Platelets can last up to six days. White blood cells live for less than one day.

These blood cells are produced by the bone marrow. Red blood cells can live for about 120 days, platelets can last up to six days, and white blood cells can live for less than one day.

Blood Components

1. Red blood cells

Red blood cells have the job of transporting oxygen and distributing it throughout the body. Through red blood cells, the oxygen needed by the body will be fulfilled properly.

However, the opposite can also happen. When there is a shortage of red blood cells in the human body, humans will experience anemia.

2. White blood cells

White blood cells have a function as an antibiotic. This means that white blood cells will fight diseases that the human body can succumb to. White blood cells are usually used to maintain the human body’s immunity. If a person lacks white blood cells, it will result in that person easily feeling sluggish, tired or tired.

This happens because the person’s immune system is not balanced. There are about 7,000 to 25,000 white blood cells in the human body. White blood cells work by looking for foreign objects. If on the way the white blood cells find a foreign object in the blood, then a will work to attack the foreign object.

In addition, the content in the white blood cells will also eat the incoming bacteria. Bacteria that enter the circulatory system will be eaten by these white blood cells.

3. Blood plasma

Another blood cell is blood plasma. Blood plasma is slightly yellowish in color. However, the yellow color present in blood plasma is clear and translucent. Blood plasma also has several substances that are beneficial to the human body. Substances carried by blood plasma are minerals, hormones, antibodies, carbon dioxide or waste substances, and the rest of protein breakdown. From this blood plasma that will transport the remaining substances that are not functioning. Then these substances will be absorbed in the small intestine.

4. Platelets

Blood Type Type

Knowledge of blood type is important. This is necessary when there are matters regarding blood such as blood transfusions. The blood used for transfusion must match the blood you have. Rhesus needs to be known during pregnancy. This is necessary, because blood type can also be seen whether it has the potential to become a threat to the life of the fetus or vice versa.

This blood type which is divided into 4 types has several characteristics or characteristics. The following are characteristics of each type of blood group

A blood type

This type of blood type A has characteristics, such as the antigen in this blood group is only A. While the antibodies in the blood plasma are B.

AB blood group

Type AB blood has characteristics, such as red blood cells consisting of antigen A and antigen B. Meanwhile, in the blood plasma there are antibodies A and antibodies B.

B blood group

Type B blood has characteristics, such as red blood cells where the antigen is B and antibodies in the blood plasma are A.

Blood type O

Type O blood has characteristics, such as antigens on red blood cells, namely antigen A and antigen B. Meanwhile, in blood plasma, antibodies are A and B.

Blood Functions

1. Transport oxygen

One of the first and main functions of blood is to transport oxygen. The air that enters the body and contains oxygen will go to the lungs. After that the air will undergo several processes. Then the oxygen will enter the capillaries in the human body.

The next process is oxygen will enter the blood plasma. The oxygen will diffuse into the red blood cells or called erythrocytes. This happens because of the function of red blood cells which contain hemoglobin or Hb to bind oxygen in the blood.

This process is referred to as deoxygenation. Oxygen in the body will turn into HbO2. Changes can occur around 97%. The rest will be in the blood plasma. After that it will be transported and circulated throughout the human body tissue.

2. Circulate food essence

The next function of blood is to transport and distribute food essences. Blood flows to all parts of the body by spreading food essences brought from oxygen uptake. These food extracts are also obtained from protein, some vitamins or carbohydrates which are obtained from the food that has been consumed.

The process of transporting and spreading this food essence occurs after the process of digestion of food occurs. Before the food extracts are distributed, the food essence will first pass through the liver. This happens to filter out all the toxins and other harmful substances present in the blood.

After the filtering process, then the nutrients or food extracts are circulated throughout the human body. This will make the body get enough food essence and evenly.

3. Circulate hormones

Blood also functions to circulate hormones that enter the body. The hormone is obtained because of a stimulus or stimulus. These stimuli can come from outside the human body, or from within the human body itself.

Blood will transport these hormones. Then the exocrine glands will take hormones that have no benefit. After that, it will be disposed of in special channels in the human body.

While the blood will carry the hormones that have been filtered earlier to the normal channels. This means that there is no special flow as required by the exocrine glands.

4. Attacking bacteria and germs

Blood also functions to attack bacteria and germs that enter the human body. Functions like this can occur because of the function of white blood cells or leukocytes. In the human body, there are five white blood cells. Among them are neutrophils, lymphocytes, basophils, monocytes and eosinophils.

The largest white blood or leukocytes are neutrophils. The amount can reach 60%. Neutrophils have a function to attack germs and bacteria that enter the human body.

Even so, other white blood cells also have other roles. Such as attacking germs, producing antibodies, and removing the remnants of damaged cells.

5. Heal wounds

Blood can also heal wounds. This is one function of the presence of blood in the human body. Part of the blood that plays a role in wound healing is called platelets. Platelets have a role to heal wounds on the human epidermis.

In the process, platelets will release the substances in them. This substance will combine with vitamin K. thus forming blood so that the blood becomes frozen. After the platelets freeze, slowly the platelets will try to cover the wound on the human epidermis.

If the number of platelets in the blood decreases, this will have an impact if there is an injury. Wounds become difficult to treat. Because there is no substance that is able to cover the wound and clot the blood in that part.

6. Carrying the remaining oxidation of body cells

The next function of the blood is to carry the rest of the cell oxidation. The oxidation of these cells is carried out because they are not useful for the body, so they will be removed from the body. This can be seen when the process of doing breathing.

There, there is a process of transporting oxygen. Oxygen is lifted through the blood to the heart organs. Then from the heart will experience a process and circulate to all parts of the body.

After being processed from the heart organ, the oxygen that produces carbon dioxide will eventually be removed through the blood. The disposal process occurs when exhaled simultaneously at the time of exhalation.

7. As a regulator of body temperature

Blood also functions to regulate the temperature of the human body. Body temperature will be kept stable from 36 degrees to 37 degrees Celsius. Body temperature is also affected by blood circulation. The human body temperature is not affected by environmental conditions. However, it is influenced by the human circulatory system.

The results of blood oxidation will produce heat in the body. If the oxidation is good, then the temperature in the body will tend to be good too. If the oxidation is not good, then the temperature in the body will also tend to be bad.

Blood will absorb and distribute heat throughout the body. This fluid will help to maintain homeostasis. Through the release or conservation of warmth. Homeostasis is the regulation of conditions that exist within the human body. Such as moisture content, temperature and carbon dioxide levels.

Blood vessels can also expand and contract when reacting to outside organisms. Like bacteria or internal hormones. In addition, when a chemical change occurs.

This action will cause more heat to be carried by blood on human skin. The heat can be lost into the air. Blood vessels can shrink again, this will have an impact on reducing heat loss through the skin after body temperature returns to normal again.

8. Removing waste products from cell metabolism

The next function of the blood is to remove waste products from cell metabolism or excretion processes. This happens because not all substances transported by blood are substances that are useful for the human body.

Some substances that do not have the function of the results of this metabolism will be transported by the blood and go to the secretory organs. These substances will flow into the excretion or disposal system. Such as the liver, kidneys and skin.

9. Keeping seeds of disease

Blood has another function, namely harboring germs of disease. In addition, blood can also keep the body fit and healthy. Prevention of diseases carried out by the blood is done through the pieces of blood or platelets in the blood.

This blood platelet functions to harbor germs so that they do not spread throughout the human body. Blood will control it. Germs of disease will also be killed by blood platelets. This is what makes the human body feel healthier.

10. Against disease

White blood cells, also known as leukocytes, are blood components that have a duty to fight disease. The number of blood cells is only a few. About one percent of circulating blood. However, these white blood cells or leukocytes can multiply. These white blood cells will multiply when there is inflammation or an infection. So it becomes more.

11. Transporting water

The volume of the human body is mostly made up of water. This water is in the blood plasma. Water in the human body will flow in the blood vessels and capillaries. This will allow water to reach all organs or parts of the human body.

The need for water in the human body will help prevent various kinds of health problems that can occur. In addition, it can also facilitate the digestive process. Another function of water in the body is that it can help the metabolic system that occurs in the human body.

12. Maintaining acid-base levels of fluids in the body

Blood also functions to maintain acid and alkaline levels of fluids or pH in the human body. This function is carried out to prevent damage to body tissues. This damage can occur because it can be caused by buffer compounds.

13. Carries body waste

Another function of the blood is to carry body waste to the human kidneys and liver organs. Blood has the function of transporting waste to the organs whose job it is to remove and process it for disposal. These organs are the kidneys and liver.

In the kidneys, substances such as uric acid, urea and creatinine are filtered from the blood plasma. The substance will then enter the ureter. Then it will be excreted from the body in the form of urine.

The liver will also remove toxins from the blood. Blood that is rich in vitamins is the result of the absorption of the digestive organs, then it will be cleaned by the liver. After that the vitamins will be circulated to the cells in the body.

Kinds of Blood Diseases

Blood Clotting

Blood clotting itself serves to heal injuries and wounds. The next disease caused by blood is blood clots. In this disease, blood clots will cause blood clots, which can endanger the sufferer.

Hemophilia

Hemophilia is a blood disease that can occur if a person already has a high enough blood clotting level. Therefore, people with hemophilia bleed easily and often experience bruising.

Anemia

Anemia is a disease caused by reduced levels of red blood cells (hemoglobin) in the body. Reduced red blood cells, the oxygen that is transported by red blood cells becomes less than optimal. Symptoms of this disease, such as pale face and skin, body feeling tired, and so on.

Blood cancer

Blood cancer is a disease caused by blood and is practically the same as leukemia. This blood cancer originates from blood cells where the division is not optimal.

Blood Enhancing Foods

Blood booster foods are very diverse. In addition, usually the content of substances in blood-boosting foods, such as iron, vitamin A, vitamin B12, folic acid, and copper.

Iron

Foods that contain iron, such as spinach, beef, broccoli, beans, chicken or beef liver, cabbage, and kale.

Vitamin A

Blood-boosting foods that contain vitamin A are usually in the form of fruits, such as melons, watermelons, sweet potatoes, pumpkin, spinach, carrots and peppers.

Vitamin B12

Foods that contain vitamin B12 can also increase a person’s blood. Here are some foods that contain vitamin B12, such as eggs, milk, cheese and red meat.

Folic acid

Some foods that contain folic acid in it, such as soybeans, spinach, rice, beef, and avocado.

Copper

Chicken, cherries, nuts, and liver are blood-boosting foods that contain copper.

That’s information about blood. Find other interesting information at www.sinaumedia.com . sinaumedia as #FriendsWithoutLimits will always provide interesting book recommendations for Sinaumed’s.

Also read articles related to ” Blood Function “:

• Biochemistry and Biomolecules
• Movement System in Humans
• tissue in plants
• Great Circulatory System
• Small Circulatory System
• Cell
• Hormone System
• Evolution Theory
• Genetic Material
• Biotechnology
• Evolution
• Cell Reproduction
• Heredity

Author: Wida Kurniasih

Source: from various sources

Blanching is – The most important thing about agricultural products such as vegetables and fruit is their freshness, because it is the main basis for considering the quality level of these foodstuffs. However, usually these products are very susceptible to damage. The damage experienced is generally caused by enzymes and microorganisms that can affect the taste, color and freshness of the product itself.

In the culinary world itself, there are various cooking techniques that can be used to maximize the function of these ingredients. To be able to maintain the taste, color and freshness of the product, there is a technique called blanching or blanching. Has Sinaumed’s ever heard of this word?

To be able to find out more about blanching or blanching techniques that you can use at home as your cooking technique, then you can see this review until it’s finished, Sinaumed’s.

Definition of Blanching

Blanching is a cooking technique by boiling vegetables or fruit in boiling water in a short time. In addition, blanching is often used in the process of preparing foodstuffs (vegetables or fruit) which will be further processed into other foods. Blanching can be applied in the process of storing vegetables at home or in industry.

In storage at home, it will usually be boiled using water and salt or it could be with broth, so that the vegetables have a savory taste. Meanwhile, at the industrial level, this technique is usually applied using a conveyor belt after the vegetables have gone through a pre-heating process by immersing them in hot water with a temperature of 70-100 degrees Celsius. Water is heated and cooled using a heat exchanger and recirculated for continuous use, this process can keep production costs down.

Food ingredients to be blanched will generally be put in boiling water for 1-2 minutes. After that, the blanched vegetables or fruit are removed and dipped in ice water (also known as shocking or refreshing ). This needs to be done to stop the further cooking process.

With the application of this technique, it can stop the enzymatic activity that can make vegetables rot, even though they have been frozen. In addition, this process will result in the color of green vegetables remaining green after processing.

In addition, blanched vegetables are vegetables that are usually served cold. In general, blanching is done for vegetables and fruits that will undergo canning, drying or freezing processes.

Blanching Method

There are 3 methods of blanching itself, here below is a complete explanation of the 3 methods.

1. Blanching with Hot Water (Hot Water Blanching)

This method is almost the same as the regular boiling process. Although this method is quite efficient, it has drawbacks. The drawback of this blanching method is that we will lose food components that dissolve easily in water and materials that are not heat resistant.

Usually, the temperature will be around 70-100 degrees Celsius. The equipment used is also quite easy, namely only a lid and a large pot. This method is said to be the cheapest method.

2. Blanching with Hot Water Steam (Steam Blanching)

Blanching with this method is often used. With this method, it will further reduce the components of food ingredients that are easily soluble in water or food ingredients that cannot stand heat such as vitamins, proteins, minerals, and others.

In addition, this method is recommended for several types of vegetables such as broccoli, squash, potatoes and winter squash. The time required in this method is also 1.5 times longer than using the water blanching method .

3. Hot Gas Blanching

In this technique using chimney gas from burning gas in a heating medium which is used to heat food, resulting in a blanching process. By using the gas blanching method , it will reduce the waste generated later.

However, this technique often results in reduced product weight. Usually, in industry, the most frequently used blanching methods are steam and water blanching techniques .

Cooking Techniques Series: All-Stir-Fried Cuisine

Blanching Purpose

It feels incomplete if you don’t discuss the purpose of blanching. The purpose of blanching is as follows:

1. To get good quality vegetables and fruits to be dried, canned or frozen.
2. To reduce the activity of enzymes that can cause changes in taste, flavor, color, texture and nutritional value.
3. To remove the gas that is in between cells.
4. Due to degassing, it will reduce the discoloration due to oxidation, and obtain a vacuum condition in the headspace when canned.
5. To fix the texture
6. To lower the initial microbial count
7. To simplify the filling process in canning due to softening of the texture
8. To remove unwanted odors and flavors
9. To remove mucus on some types of vegetables
10. To improve the color of products such as strengthening the green color of green vegetables.

Blanching function

The ability of the blanching process to obtain a good product is based on several functions as follows:

1. Inactivating Enzymes

This enzyme can cause changes in the quality of food ingredients, especially fresh food ingredients that are easily damaged due to high enzyme activity. Several oxidative enzymes that become inactive in the blanching process are peroxidase, catalase, polyphenol oxidase, lipoxygenase, and others.

One example of the blanching technique is the process of making apple cider with the aim of inactivating the polyphenolase enzyme. This polyphenolase enzyme can catalyze the oxidation reaction of phenolic compounds resulting in the formation of the desired brown color because it spoils the appearance of the product and is not liked by consumers.

2. Reducing Gas between Cells

The reduction in intercellular gas results in a decrease in oxygen levels in the material, which will result in a decrease in the activity of oxidative enzymes whose activity is affected by the oxygen content in the material.

3. Reducing Activity and Even Killing Microorganisms

The next function of blanching is to reduce or kill microorganisms. However, this technique can cause negative effects in the form of loss of heat-sensitive nutrients. Sensitive nutrients will dissolve in the blanching process which is carried out by the boiling method.

Technique 5-30-7

Has Sinaumed’s ever heard of this term? The term 5-30-7 actually has the same meaning as blanching . In this case, the number 5-20-7 is calculated in minutes and is usually used to process or cook meat. Then, what is the term for those minutes? Here’s the full explanation.

1. Prepare a pot filled with water. Then, simmer until it is completely boiling.
2. Place the beef in the pot containing the boiling water and cook the beef for 5 minutes.
3. After 5 minutes, turn off the stove then cover the pot and leave the meat for about 30 minutes in the pot.
4. After that, boil the meat again for 7 minutes.

Blanching Process Time

Each food ingredient has a different blanching time process for enzyme inactivation. This depends on the type of material, the blanching method used, the size of the material and the temperature of the heating medium used. If the immersion is too short it is called ( under blanching ) this makes the vegetables rot quickly, if the immersion is too long, it can be said ( over blanching ). This can make vegetables lose their taste, color, vitamins, minerals to texture.

So that you don’t go wrong in blanching , the length of time used for several types of food will be explained below.

1. Broccoli with 2-3 minutes
2. Corn with time 2-3 minutes
3. Spinach with 12 minutes
4. Small beets, whole in 3-5 minutes
5. Beet is diced within 3 minutes
6. 2 minutes for small asparagus, 3 minutes for medium size and 4 minutes for large size.
7. Chickpeas within 3 minutes
8. Cauliflower in 3 minutes
9. Celery in 3 minutes
10. Leafy green vegetables in 3 minutes
11. Okra within 3 minutes
12. Gambas within 3 minutes
13. Turnips within 3 minutes
14. Mushrooms and corn in no less than 9 minutes
15. Cabbage with time 1.5 minutes.
16. Onion with time 10-15 seconds
17. Potatoes with time 3-5 minutes
18. Half chili with 3 minutes, chopped chili with 2 minutes.

The length of time needed to carry out the blanching process must be just right, that is, not too deep and not too short. This is because the excessive blanching process can cause the product to overcook and lose the flavor and nutrients in the food.

As for food products from the results of blanching, for example, such as:

• Canned food
• UHT products
• Pasteurized milk
• Fruit juice, fruit juice
• Jelly drink yogurt

Complete Guide to Butchery Science, Meat Cutting and Processing Techniques

Influence on Food Quality During the Blanching Process

When the blanching process is carried out, it can have an impact on the quality of food, including:

1. Flavor

Directly or indirectly, the blanching process will affect the taste of various food products by inactivating the enzymes in these foods. This process often improves taste retention and can often remove unwanted bitterness in foods.

2. Texture

Blanching itself can cause softening of unwanted food products. Even so, this can be overcome by adding calcium to these foods. The use of a combination of low temperatures on raw materials proved to be quite effective in the friming process of canned vegetables. Then, the structure of food ingredients can also be assessed by measuring their crispness, crunchiness and instrument measurements such as maximum shear force.

3. Color

The color change that occurs in the blanching technique can occur directly or indirectly. For example, when processing potatoes which in this processing process, there will be a change in the color of the potatoes. The change usually occurs because of the Maillard reaction.

4. Nutritional Value

Blanching will reduce the nutritional value of food, especially when using hot water. Some of the nutrients that may be lost during processing include vitamin C, vitamin B1, vitamin B2, carotene and several other minerals.

Stage of Performing Blanching

There are several steps that you have to do when you want to do the blanching technique in cooking, including:

1. Material Preparation

Wash vegetables using running water. While washing, heat water in a saucepan until cooked.

2. Blanching Process

Place the clean vegetables in a pot of boiling water. The recommended temperature is around 75-95 degrees Celsius with a duration of 1-10 minutes, depending on the type of vegetable.

3. Keep Temperature

When all the vegetables have entered the pot, then close the pot and start counting the blanching duration . In addition, keep the temperature stable according to the specified time.

4. Chill

Prepare ice cubes first in a bowl of water. Then you drain the vegetables and put them in a container or basin filled with ice water or run them over with cold running water.

This is so that the food ingredients can cool immediately and also do not experience the cooking process from the remaining heat after boiling. Usually, this process is carried out with the same duration as the blanching process .

5. Dry

Dry the cooled vegetables, and make sure there is no water left in the vegetables because the remaining water can affect the quality of vegetables stored in the refrigerator.

6. Pack

Pack the vegetables in a container and put them in the freezer , so that the vegetables get the ideal temperature.

Tips for Good Blanching

There are several tips that you need to pay attention to when you want to use the blanching technique , including:

1. Don’t skip the part of soaking vegetables in ice water, this process can be said to be important in preserving food in the blanching method .
2. To make it easier to peel fruit like tomatoes, make an X-shaped cut using a knife before placing the fruit in boiling water.
3. Blanching can also be done by steaming or using a microwave
4. Blanching can be done to make broth so that the result is not rancid or fishy. The trick, can be done by putting meat or bones into boiling water, then remove the foam and dirt from the first boil.

Function of Blanching in Meat

Not only vegetables, if you want to prepare dishes from meat ingredients so that they become more tender and produce a delicious broth that also doesn’t smell fishy, ​​then you can use the blanching technique . So, here is the function of the blanching technique for meat.

1. Cleans Broth and Makes Food Appear Cleaner

If you want your cooking to have a clean and clear broth, then you can first blanching the meat or bones before making the stock and seasoning it.

You can start this method by boiling the meat or bones, stirring occasionally until the water boils for 10 seconds. After that, you turn off the heat and the surface of the cooking water will form foam.

If this foam is left, it can make your cooking cloudy. Therefore, you should be able to throw away the cooking water and rinse the meat with clean running water. In addition to the broth being clean, this will affect the appearance of your dishes and they will look smooth and clean.

2. Eliminate the Sharp Aroma of Meat and Offal

Blanching can be used to remove the unpleasant aroma produced from meat or offal such as intestines, lungs and others. After the smell of meat is reduced, your cooking will taste more delicious and won’t take away your appetite.

How to blanching meat or offal you can boil in plain water or water seasoned with herbs or spices.

3. Tighten the Texture of the Offal or Soften it

Some parts of the meat have a soft texture like the innards in general, such as the brain and lungs. If the innards are directly processed, then you will definitely have trouble. However, if you do the blanching technique , the texture of the innards will harden and be easier to process.

Cooking Techniques Series: Steamed, Teamed, and Boiled Cuisine

Well, in Sinaumed’s, he explained about blanching as well as tips and how to apply the blanching technique. If you want your cooking results to be better, you can try these tips and blanching techniques, so you can do this technique at home regularly. Hopefully all the discussion in this article is useful for Sinaumed’s. So, are you going to try this cooking blanching technique at home?

If Sinaumed’s wants to find out more about blanching or other books on cooking techniques, then you can get them at sinaumedia.com . To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information .

Author: Christin Devina

Also read:

Black Card Is – Does Sinaumed’s know what a Black Card is? In short, this Black Card is a credit card that is only owned by the elite because the number is indeed limited. Yep, you could say that this Black Card can only be owned by the rich, so it can be a source of pride for them. However, not all rich people can have it, there are several requirements and even the relevant bank will provide a special invitation for those who are entitled to become holders of this special credit card. In Indonesia alone, there is one artist who is known to be the owner of a Black Card. Try to guess, who do you think it is ?

The existence of this Black Card is increasingly recognized by the general public because it is owned by their idols, especially K-Pop idols. Yep, many of these idols turned out to be included in the elite so they are entitled to become Black Card holders. Then, what is a Black Card? What are the benefits provided by this elite card? Who are Black Card holders in this world? Come on, look at the following reviews so that Sinaumed’s understands these things!

What is a Black Card?

In short, this Black Card is a credit card that is only owned by the elite because the number is indeed limited. This special credit card was first issued by American Express (AMEX) in 1999. American Express (AMEX) is indeed the largest credit card issuing company in the world. Its existence can only be used by the upper middle class, aka the rich. In addition, the shape of the card is made of a material that is not arbitrary, namely titanium and is equipped with a luxurious and elegant design.

Even though there are lots of rich people in this world, not all of them can have this Black Card. This is because Black Cards can only be owned by those who have been directly invited by the American Express Centurion Bank itself. In addition, it can be said that the Black Card holders are VVIP customers. Invitations to own this Black Card will be given when prospective owners shop with a minimum transaction of USD 250,000 each year, which uses an AMEX Platinum or AMEX Gold card. This USD 250,000 in rupiah is around IDR 3,711,512,500! It doesn’t just stop there, Black Card owners must be able to pay a membership fee of USD 5,000 or the equivalent of IDR 66 million.

Then, what are the privileges of owning this Black Card? Is it the same as the credit cards that we generally have? Of course not! There are many privileges that only Black Card holders can enjoy. Starting from the convenience of accessing luxury facilities to getting super big discounts at five-star restaurants and hotels! Wow, that’s really profitable!

What are the advantages of having a black card?

Black Card owners can of course enjoy the many luxurious facilities offered by luxury places as well. However, these luxurious facilities are commensurate with their expenses, which can reach billions a year. Indeed, what are the luxurious facilities? Let’s look at the following description!

1. VIP Access Service

Anyone who owns a Black Card will of course feel the VIP access service to any place or event. Even if the owner of this special card wants to attend a concert, he will get a place in the front row and become a priority.

2. Entitled to Close Shop For Unlimited Shopping

The second special facility of the Black Card is that the owner has the right to close shops or even entire malls so that he can shop without limits. Yep, it can be said that this Black Card makes it an exclusive figure to get anything, including when shopping.

3. Get Exclusive Invitations from Famous Brands

Do you know about famous fashion events in the world such as the Victoria’s Secret Fashion Show? So, if you own a Black Card, you can easily get an exclusive invitation to attend the event. Not only that, many well-known brands will give you exclusive invitations for their big events.

4. Luxury Access on a Cruise Ship

Another advantage of having a Black Card is that he can access luxury facilities on cruise ships, from access to rooms to services. Wow, this advantage is very useful when you want to go on vacation!

5. Become an Elite Guest in a Luxury Hotel

The existence of this Black Card will provide more benefits by making us elite guests in luxury hotels. Through this ‘elite guest’ status, you will also get the best service and can even postpone the check-out time. Not only that, you will be entitled to access the Centurion Lounge at the airport.

6. Get Special Access to Elite Car Rentals

If you are a Black Card owner, then you will be entitled to special access, especially at elite car rental places, such as Hertz and Aviz. You can even get access to the Centurion Auto program, which is a luxury car rental service access program with various price options.

There are many luxury car brands that you can rent by showing this Black Card, let’s say there are Bentleys, Lamborghinis, to racing cars in F1.

Types of Black Cards in the World

Even though American Express (AMEX) was the originator of this Black Card, now this special credit card has several types. What are you doing?

1. American Express Centurion Card

Black Card holders issued by the American Express Centurion Card can enjoy a variety of luxury facilities, ranging from access to a spacious airport lounge, hotel concierge program (the front office staff of the hotel will escort guests to the room), ownership of elite status in luxury hotels, luxury car rental, and many others.

The Black Card from American Express is intended for customers who have high shopping intensity. Not only that, this Black Card will set a registration fee of $ 10,000 or around 148 million rupiah. Furthermore, the annual fee is $ 5,000 or 74 million rupiah.

2. Mastercard Black Card

The existence of this special credit card issued by Mastercard Black Card also has an annual fee but can be called the most affordable, which is $ 495 or around 7 million rupiah. In addition, the owner can still enjoy luxurious and exclusive facilities. Starting from VIP room access, luxury vacation packages, no overseas transaction fees, and many more.

3. JP Morgan Reserve Card

So, for this one Black Card, not all rich people can have it. Yep, Black Card holders issued by the JP Morgan bank must get an exclusive invitation. Currently, there are 5,000 users of this type of JP Morgan Black Card. One of these Black Card users even has assets worth 10 million US dollars.

If you want to register to have a JP Morgan Reserve Card, you have to pay an annual fee of around $ 595 or 8 million rupiah. Many benefits are obtained from the ownership of this Black Card, ranging from free airport lounge membership, annual bonuses, annual travel credits of up to $ 300, and many more.

Who Has Black Card Owners in This World?

In the world, there are lots of rich people but not all of them can have this special credit card. In addition, the owner of the Black Card doesn’t have to be a businessman, it turns out that many K-Pop idols also have this elite credit card. Who are the owners of this Black Card? Let’s see the review!

1. Nagita Slavina

Yep, Nagita Slavina as the wife of Raffi Ahmad who also owns many companies is also the owner of the Black Card. This appears in a video on his YouTube channel. It’s only natural that Nagita Slavina has this special credit card because the requirement to get it is that you have to have a minimum salary of IDR 18.5 billion per year!

2. G-Dragon BIGBANG

The 2nd generation K-Pop idol who is also the leader is also the owner of a Black Card. G-Dragon aka Kwon Ji-Young can be called a successful idol, because he is not only a BIGBANG K-Pop idol, but also a businessman and songwriter. Therefore, it is not surprising that his wealth will not run out in 7 generations! G-Dragon’s total wealth in 2017 was estimated at IDR 283 billion!

3. Girls’ Generation’s Taeyeon

The solo singer and leader of the second generation girl group, Girls’ Generation, is also known to have a Black Card. This was seen in an episode of Taengoo TV (TGTV), when he was paying for some items. Taeyeon has been in the South Korean entertainment industry for a long time, starting from singing solo, filling in drama soundtracks, to starring in several well-known advertisements.

4. Suho EXO

The leader of the EXO boyband is also the owner of the Black Card, which his fans have known for a long time. This was discovered on EXO’s Showtime, when EXO members were asked to unload their wallets. According to fans, Suho aka Kim Jun-Myeon has indeed become a wealthy figure since he has not debuted as an idol. He also often treats EXO members and other staff. Currently, Suho is still an active member of EXO and is a soloist and actor.

5. Jaehyun NCT

Jaehyun is a member of the boy band NCT which is still actively involved in the world of South Korean entertainment. Fans know Jaehyun is the owner of the Black Card when several videos of him accidentally show the existence of the Black Card in his hand. Currently, Jaehyun is not only active as a K-Pop idol but also as a songwriter and actor.

Last June, Jaehyun came to an event organized by the world’s leading fashion brand, Prada. At that time, Jaehyun also met several big actors, namely Win Metawin (Thailand) and Song Kang (South Korea).

6. Members of BTS

It is known that several BTS members also have this Black Card, namely Jin, Jungkook and Suga. For the other members it is not yet known because they have not shown it in any videos. On his 27th birthday, BTS’s official Twitter account shared a video of Jin making transactions for his staff and members. In the video, Jin can be seen taking out the Hyundai Black Card.

While on an episode of Run, BTS’s variety show, it also shows that Jungkook has this special credit card. Another BTS member who is known to have a Black Card is Suga. Suga is not only successful as a K-Pop idol, but he also works as a producer for various song projects, one of which is PSY’s song.

7. Sandra Park

Sandara Park is a former member of the girl group 2NE1 who also has a Black Card. 2NE1 is a 2nd generation girl group which at that time was under the auspices of YG Entertainment. This was known when he was on a television show titled Getting Beauty , and was seen taking out a Black Card to pay for eyebrow shaping services.

So, that’s a review of what a Black Card is and its benefits and who owns this special credit card. Is Sinaumed’s interested in becoming one of these elite card holders?

Also Read!

• Duties, Authorities, and History of the Central Bank
• Definition, Types, and How to Choose a Broker
• Definition and Characteristics of Economic Principles
• The 3 Highest Currencies in the World, What Are They?
• Short Term Investment Success Strategy
• Types of Economic Actors and Their Role in the Indonesian Economy
• Definition and Examples of Economic Goods
• Definition of People’s Economy and Its Application in Indonesia
• Forms of Economic Globalization and Its Impact on Indonesia
• Definition, characteristics, causes, and examples in Indonesia
• Mainstream Meaning and Examples of Its Use
• Definition of BEP and How to Calculate It
• How to Choose a Role Model?
• The Ups and Downs of Undergoing LDR with a Partner

Biotic natural phenomena – Humans interact with nature every day because the environment we live in also includes nature. If humans can get sick if contaminated by viruses or bacteria, so can nature which can cause an incident.

However, usually nature that is not good will usually cause natural phenomena which can have an impact on human life. In fact, some natural phenomena can also bring about a natural disaster that can be detrimental to humans and the surrounding environment.

Therefore, along with the times, many countries have used several tools to detect natural phenomena that are happening. That way, things that we don’t want can be minimized.

Are you about natural phenomena? Basically, there are natural phenomena that we have often seen. For example, when the appearance of lightning when there is rain. Then, there is rain which if too long can cause flooding, and of course there are many more.

However, did Sinaumed’s know that natural phenomena are divided into two? First, biotic natural phenomena and second, abiotic natural phenomena. To find out both, see this article to the end, Sinaumed’s.

Symptoms of Biotic Nature

Based on the term, the meaning of biotic is something that is directly related to living things, namely humans, animals and plants. The characteristics of the biotic itself, such as being able to move, being able to breathe, and being able to reproduce.

Meanwhile, the biotic environment is the environment that includes all living organisms in an ecosystem. In other words, biotic natural phenomena are an environment in which living things exist. For example, plant pests are rampant. In animals there are also natural biotic symptoms, namely the occurrence in animals that give birth and then raise.

Not only that, plants also experience biotic symptoms, namely in the process of reproduction that occurs due to photosynthesis or that comes from nutrients obtained from roots.

Examples of biotic natural phenomena

So, Sinaumed’s already knows what is meant by biotic natural phenomena, so in order to know more about biotic natural phenomena, Sinaumed’s also needs to know examples of biotic natural phenomena.

Then, what are examples of biotic natural phenomena? Find the answer in the discussion below, Sinaumed’s.

1. Extinction of Rare Species in Nature

The extinction of endangered species of flora or fauna in an ecosystem is an example of a biotic natural phenomenon. There are many factors that trigger the occurrence of this.

An example is poaching activities carried out by certain persons. Usually, these hunters will target or hunt rare animals which then take their body parts to be resold. If this happens, then the animal species will slowly become extinct. Examples of species that are considered extinct are birds of paradise, pandas, one-horned rhinoceros, and so on.

2. Number of Weeds or Pests in Plant Ecosystems

Another example of biotic natural phenomena is the number of weeds or pests that exist in a plant ecosystem. For example, in a lake, garden or rice field that has lots of weeds. If this is allowed to continue and not eradicated immediately, it can eat the plants that are being harvested, so that farmers can suffer losses.

One type of plant that becomes a pest when it grows too much is water hyacinth. Have you ever heard the name of this plant? Usually, water hyacinth will grow in waters, such as lakes because it can cause siltation in the lake.

Biotic Components

Biotic is a term used to refer to living organisms or things. The biotic component is a component that makes up an ecosystem other than the abiotic or inanimate components.

Based on the role and function, living things can be divided into two kinds, namely as follows:

• Heterotrophs / Consumers

Heterotrophic components are organisms that utilize organic matter. These organic materials are provided by other organisms as food.

The heterotrophic components can be called macroconsumers or phagotrophs . This is because the food eaten is smaller. Which include or are classified as heterotrophs such as humans, animals, fungi, and microbes.

• Decomposer / Decomposer

Organisms that decompose organic matter come from dead organisms which are decomposers or decomposers. Decomposers may be referred to as macroconsumers or sapotrophs . This is because the food eaten has a larger size.

Decomposing organisms can absorb some of the results of decomposition and release simple materials that can be reused by producers. Examples of decomposers are bacteria and fungi. There are also decomposers called detritivores , which are decomposer animals that eat the remains of organic matter. An example is wood lice. There are three types of decomposition, namely:

1. Aerobic: oxygen is an electron acceptor/oxidant
2. Anaerobic: oxygen is not involved. Organic materials as electron acceptors / oxidants
3. Fermentation: anaerobic is organic material that is oxidized as an electron acceptor. These components are found in a place and interact to form an orderly ecosystem unit.

For example, in an aquarium ecosystem consisting of fish as a heterotrophic component, then aquatic plants as an autotrophic component, and plankton floating in the water as a decomposer component. Which includes abiotic components such as sand, stone, water, minerals and oxygen dissolved in water.

Abiotic Natural Symptoms

Abiotic is the opposite of biotic. Therefore, this biotic has the characteristics of being unable to move, unable to breathe, and so on. In the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), abiotic is related to or characterized by the absence of living organisms.

So, abiotic natural phenomena are all natural events that occur in non-living things. Basically, we can see these biotic natural phenomena in natural events, such as rain, wind, humidity, and so on.

Currently, technology continues to experience development, including in the field of biology. Therefore, we should study biotechnology. Basically, there are various ways to study biotechnology, one of which is by reading books.

Examples of Abiotic Natural Symptoms

As with biotic natural phenomena, abiotic natural phenomena also have examples. Below will be given some examples of biotic natural phenomena.

1. Storm or Wind

There are storms or winds that hit a certain ecosystem due to differences in pressure and temperature in the air. When the difference in pressure and temperature in the air occurs on a large scale (see here the causes of hurricanes), storms can cause a lot of harm to plants, animals and humans.

However, if the wind occurs on a small scale, then the wind benefits biotic components such as plants because it can help in the pollination process.

2. Tsunami

Tsunami comes from the Japanese language which is used to name a disaster that occurs as a result of a shift in the earth’s plates in the sea area (see in full here the causes of a tsunami). As a result, there was a large basin that made the sea water recede and then produce big waves that move very fast.

3. Mount Erupts

Mountains are vulnerable places because they erupt easily, this is an example of an abiotic natural phenomenon. Volcanic eruptions are triggered due to high pressure on the gas in the volcano which pushes magma deposits out of the bowels of the earth. This makes a lot of losses, although there are also advantages, even if only very little. The advantage makes the soil more fertile than usual.

Today, microorganisms continue to be used primarily for fermentation. Knowing about microorganisms can be done through the book Biotechnology Utilization of Microorganisms & Bioprocess Technology. This book will discuss the legal aspects of biotechnology products. In addition to various basic concepts, this book also explains the scope, development, and application of biotechnology in the service and product industries.

Abiotic Components

In order to deepen our knowledge of abiotics, we need to know the abiotic components. Already know about abiotic components? Well, if you don’t know it yet, then you can see the discussion below, Sinaumed’s.

1. Temperature or temperature

Temperature-influenced biological processes which require energy to regulate body temperature are mammals and birds. In addition, temperature determines the conditions for a creature to live. The measure of heat intensity in standard units and usually using the degree Celsius scale is the meaning of air temperature.

2. Air

Whether or not the availability of water affects the distribution of organisms. Water is one of the elements that is needed by all living things, especially humans. This is not without reason because with the presence of water, humans can survive.

Not only that, all living things can survive because of the availability of water. For example, animals will become dehydrated if water availability continues to decrease. Meanwhile, plants can become dry if they are not watered for a long time.

3. Sunlight

Sunlight is also necessary for the balance of life. In plants sunlight is used for the process of photosynthesis. Photosynthesis occurs on surfaces exposed to sunlight only. Sunlight affects the global system because sunlight determines temperature intensity.

4. Soil and Rock

Soil characteristics, namely physical structure, pH and mineral composition limit the spread of organisms based on the content of their food sources in the soil.

Soil is a foothold for living things. For humans, land is useful for walking, building houses, growing crops, working and so on. For plants, the soil is a place for planting media.

For land animals it is useful for cages. Land for some people is a gold mine. But land can also be a dangerous place due to landslides, floods and so on.

This is because of our own carelessness as humans. For that we must be careful in cultivating the land so that the land is friends with us so it is not harmful. Be wise in cultivating the land.

5. Climate

Climate is the weather conditions that occur over a certain period of time. In addition, the climate is divided into two, namely tropical climate and sub-tropical climate. This sub-tropical climate has 4 seasons, namely autumn, spring, winter and summer. Meanwhile, the climate is tropical, namely summer and winter only.

6. Wind

The role of wind is very important for living things as a component for breathing. For this reason, wind humidity is needed so that the air on earth is not too hot, refreshing. Wind acts as a determinant of humidity and also acts as a disperser of certain plant seeds.

Closing

Natural phenomena that occur in this world are very diverse and are usually caused by the human factor. However, there are some natural phenomena that occur because of the natural conditions themselves. Natural phenomena are divided into two, namely biotic natural phenomena and abiotic natural phenomena.

Biotic natural phenomena are natural phenomena caused by living things. Meanwhile, abiotic natural phenomena are natural phenomena that are not caused by living things, such as rain, storms, and so on.

Thus the discussion of biotic natural phenomena and abiotic natural phenomena. Hopefully all the discussion above is useful for you.

Biography of WR Supratman – Sinaumed’s must be familiar with the song “Indonesia Raya” which we always sing every Monday at school during the flag ceremony. The song “Indonesia Raya”, which was later used as the national anthem, was composed by Wage Rudolf Soepratman, or WR Supratman as we know him. In fact, at every official national event or activity, even the lowest level, the obligatory anthem Indonesia Raya is always sung.

As valuable as the song “Indonesia Raya” WR Supratman is a figure who plays a role for the Indonesian nation. Even the day of his birth has been named a national music day since March 9 2013. This shows that WR Supratman’s role is very influential for the Indonesian nation. From the life journey of this national hero, we can learn a lot about his history and struggle for Indonesia.

WR Supratman’s biography traces his life story fighting for the Indonesian nation from a musician, journalist to a national hero. The story is certainly not a short journey but a long and not easy road to conquer the Indonesian invaders at that time.

WR Supratman is a national hero that Sinaumed’s needs to know about. Through WR Supratman’s Biography, Sinaumed’s can get to know this great figure and adopt positive values ​​that inspire. Learning history is a wise behavior that can be carried out by the nation’s younger generation.

The more Sinaumed’s friends understand history, it means that the nation’s younger generation has appreciated history and learned to become a better nation. The following is a review of WR Supratman’s biography that Sinaumed’s needs to know in order to get to know history and emulate the struggle of the Indonesian national hero.

WR Supratman biography

WR Supratman has six siblings, 1 brother and the rest are sisters. WR Supratman grew up in Makassar with his older brother, Roekijem, since 1914. Since then, Roekijem’s husband, Willem Van Eldik, has financed his schooling.

WR Supratman’s educational history was recorded at the age of 4, he attended Frobel School (Kindergarten) in Jakarta in 1907. He then continued his education at Tweede Inlandschool which finished in 1917.

WR Supratman took the Klein Ambtenaar Examen and passed to become a lowly employee candidate. After that, WR Supratman continued his education at the Normaalschool or Teacher Education School at that time. He eventually became a teacher at the Numbers 2 School until he finally got the Klein Ambtenaar diploma.

WR Supratman grew up in a family of musicians. His older brother, Roekijem is also very fond of plays and music. He even exhibited many of his works in military messes.

Roekijem is also good at playing the violin, his hobby is what made WR Supratman also able to play the violin and made him read a lot of music books.

WR Supratman started getting involved in the music world when his brother-in-law, WM Van Eldick gave him a violin as a gift on his 17th birthday. It was the violin that made WR Supratman become familiar with music, especially jazz. He and his brother-in-law eventually founded a jazz group called Black And White.

This jazz group was once popular among Dutch singers. Before the musician was transformed into a national figure, he often had spree and dated Dutch sinyos.

The various conditions of the nation succeeded in urging and attracting its attention to take part in the political field, such as various speeches and political readings. Especially WR Supratman really liked reading the Makasar Newspaper.

His political knowledge finally made WR Supratman have a desire to create a national anthem. He had experienced difficulties when writing the national anthem because WR Supratman felt that his political experience was insufficient. Eventually he got involved in the struggle and met movement figures.

Armed with WR Supratman’s violin, he went to the island of Java, to be precise, the city of Bandung, where the area is the center of the movement of young figures. Before arriving in Bandung, WR Supratman apparently stopped in Surabaya and got along well with the students there who were full of fighting spirit.

WR Supratman, A Musician and Journalist

After stopping briefly in Surabaya for several years, in 1924 WR Supratman finally went to Cimahi. It was there that he liked to read the Kaoem Muda newspaper which eventually led WR Supratman to become a journalist. Before he was accepted at the Kaoem Muda Newspaper, WR Supratman had taken courses on political cadres at the organization formed by Soekarno, namely the General Study Group.

His journalist career at Koran Kaoem Muda did not last long. He then moved to the Press Bureau of Algemene Pers News Agency (Alpena) as a reporter and editor. Because the economic condition of the media company where WR Supratman worked was stagnant, he finally decided to switch to other media. WR Supratman then joined the Sin Po Newspaper which made his economic life better.

In the media company, Sin Po also made WR Supratman closer to movement figures. Namely Sumarno, M. Tabrani, Bahder Djohan, Paul Pinontoan, and Sumarto. WR Supratman expressed his admiration for M. Tabrani and Sumarto during a speech at the First Indonesian Youth Congress.

It was from there that WR Supratman had the idea to compose the song “Indonesia Raya” with the inspiration “Aspirations of one homeland, one nation which is called Indonesia Raya.”

After the congress was over, WR Supratman began drafting the national anthem by writing it in musical notes and numeric notes. The song Indonesia Raya was finally created with three couplets with repeated verses and the rhythm of the song 6 by 8.

As a journalist he was assigned to cover the Second Congress on 28 October 1928 in Batavia. But this time, WR Supratman didn’t want to just write news, instead he took the initiative to sing his own song.

Leaflets copies of the Indonesia Raya anthem were distributed to the leaders of youth organizations. Finally WR Supratman got permission from Sugondo to sing it during recess.

However, because of Sugondo’s doubts after reading the very straightforward lyrics of the song, he was worried that the government might boycott the congress. Therefore Sugondo only allowed WR Supratman to perform it on the violin only.

When the break came, the song Indonesia Raya was sung with the amazing instrumental version of WR Supratman. All congress participants were stunned and moved by the beauty of WR Supratman’s violin friction.

That was the first time the Indonesian Raya anthem was sung and received a warm welcome from the audience. The lyrics and notation for the song Indonesia Raya were first published in the 10 November 1928 edition of the Sin Po Newspaper with a total of 5,000 copies.

It was from this issue of the Sin Po Newspaper that finally the title of WR Supratman’s song, which was all “Indonesia” became “Indonesia Raja” which is now familiarly known as Indonesia Raya.

After that the national anthem was then sung again by WR Supratman at the dissolution of the second congress committee in December 1928. At this event the national anthem Indonesia Raya was performed complete with the lyrics.

The performance of the Indonesia Raya anthem was also sung to the accompaniment of the choir. Next, the Indonesian song was performed at the opening ceremony of the PNI Congress from 18 to 20 December 1929.

The congress participants then stood up and joined in singing following the curation and WR Supratman’s violin accompaniment as a form of respect for Indonesia Raya.

WR Supratman’s work worried the Dutch 

The popularity of the Indonesian Raya anthem was even wider, making the Dutch worried that the song could awaken the spirit of independence.

Due to the Dutch’s unrest, in 1930 it was forbidden to sing the Indonesia Raya anthem at any event or occasion.

The colonial government used the excuse to the public that the Indonesia Raya anthem could disturb order and security.

Not only was he banned, WR Supratman as the songwriter also received threats, he was even detained and interrogated for the lyrics of the song he composed (merdeka, merdeka, merdeka).

Thanks to finances from various groups, the Dutch East Indies government finally withdrew its claim against WR Supratman and allowed the Indonesian song to be sung on condition that it was only sung in closed spaces.

The success of the song Indonesia Raya prompted WR Supratman to re-create a song called Matahari Terbit. The Dutch government again detained WR Supratman because his song creations were considered dangerous to their position.

The Song of the Rising Sun was considered by the Dutch government to praise Dai Nippon, namely the Japanese. However, WR Supratman was free from accusations by the Dutch thanks to the help of Van Eldik. After being released from detention briefly, WR Supratman actually fell ill.

This bad condition made the Dutch government happy. Due to his deteriorating condition, on August 17, 1938 WR Supratman died at the age of 35.

Before his departure, WR Supratman had said to his brother-in-law, Oerip Kasansengari that he was sure that Indonesia would definitely be with them.

Unexpectedly, the day of his death finally coincided with Indonesia’s Independence Day 7 years later. WR Supratman is buried in a public cemetery on Jalan Kenjeran, Surabaya.

The departure of WR Supratman certainly means that the Indonesian people have lost a very brave warrior. He has fought for Indonesia in his own way with his favorite violin.

His ability in music he used to fight for the nation and show his courage against the Dutch. Thanks to WR Supratman’s ability and role in creating the Indonesian national anthem, he finally set his birthday as National Music Day.

Based on Presidential Decree (Keppres) Number 10 of 2013 concerning National Music Day which was first established on March 9, 2013.

The determination of this National Music Day has sparked debate because many have stated that WR Supratman’s birthday was March 19, not March 9.

However, Megawati Soekarnoputri as the 5th President of the Republic of Indonesia at that time had already set March 9 as National Music Day.

The decision actually referred to WR Supratman’s date of birth. This decision has not been revised even though the Purworejo District Court has determined that WR Supratman was born on March 19, 1903. Until now we still celebrate National Music Day on March 9.

Apart from the national anthem Indonesia Raya, WR Supratman also composed several national anthems which we now know as the national anthem. The following are WR Supratman’s past works that you need to know about:

1. Indonesia Raya: The National Anthem of the Republic of Indonesia which was composed in 1924
2. Ibu Kita Kartini: National Compulsory Song composed in 1929
3. Di Timoer Matahari: Compulsory Song which was composed in 1931
4. Indonesia Iboekoe : Created in 1926
5. Our Flag is Red Poetih : Created in 1928
6. Bangoenlah Hai Kawan : Created in 1929
7. Mars KBI: Indonesian Pandoean Song Created in 1930
8. Mars PARINDRA: Indonesian Party Song Composed in 1930
9. Mars Soerya Wirawan: Created in 1937
10. The Rising Sun: Created in 1928
11. Selamat Tingga : Unfinished song WR Supratman wrote in 1938

In addition to writing songs, WR Supratman also wrote several books, namely Perawan Desa, written in 1929, Moeda’s Blood, and Kaoem Fanatik. One of his books was once confiscated by the Dutch East Indies government and banned from circulation, namely the book Perawan Desa.

Thanks to the role and great work, the government built the WR Supratman museum which is located on Jl Mangga No. 21 Tamansari, Surabaya, East Java Province. This museum contains several items belonging to WR Supratman, one of which is the legendary violin of the Musician.

The museum apparently was WR Supratman’s residence before he died in 1938. Before being made into a museum, the place was occupied by a family until 1974 and finally was empty for 27 years.

The traces of WR Supratman’s struggle are also on display at the Youth Pledge Museum located at JL Kramat Raya Number 106, Jakarta.

WR Supratman is a national hero who played a role with other youth leaders of the national movement in the event that gave birth to the Declaration of the Youth Pledge on October 28, 1928.

It was because of his role that WR Supratman became an activist for the national movement who created the song Indonesia Raya as a form of the Indonesian nation’s sense of unity and desire for independence.

So, that’s WR Supratman’s biography that Sinaumed’s friends need to know about his role for the Indonesian nation. Even today WR Supratman’s work has become the national anthem that unites all Indonesian people.

His work has succeeded in becoming a trace of the Indonesian nation’s historical struggle towards independence until now. Apart from the Indonesia Raya anthem, there are several national and regional obligatory songs that Sinaumed’s need to know about.

These song works are symbols of nationalism created by great figures who tell about the Indonesian nation.

sinaumedia friends can visit sinaumedia’s book collection at www.sinaumedia.com to find book references on national and regional obligatory songs.

These books are recommended for Sinaumed’s to read because they contain a complete collection of national and regional obligatory songs. As a nationalist generation, of course, Sinaumed’s must know what and how national and regional obligatory songs are as a form of love for the nation and respect for the works of heroes.

Book & Article Recommendations

The following are books recommended by sinaumedia that sinaumedia friends can read. Have a good study. #Friends Without Limits

Biography of Tuanku Imam Bonjol – The Minang people have so far been known as a tribe with customs that are not weathered, rain decks, hot decks (have a strong and unchanging stance) . Not only that, the tribe that used to call itself urang crew has given birth to many golden generations in the history of the Indonesian people and world history.

One of the figures that many of us know is the proclaimer, Mohammad Hatta. Not only being a pioneer of independence, Hatta was also known as a respected diplomacy expert. In addition, he is also known for his admirable simplicity. It’s not an exaggeration if the title of hero is pinned on him.

However, Hatta is not the only crew member who is honored and enshrined in the currency of the Republic of Indonesia (RI). The next known figure is Muhammad Syahab or better known as Tuanku Imam Bonjol.

This one figure is no longer a stranger to the ear. He was a scholar, leader and warrior who fought against the Dutch in the Padri War in 1803–1838. He became a figure who was very tough to be conquered by the Dutch at that time.

Who exactly is the figure of Imam Bonjol who is known to be polite and uncompromising towards the Dutch? The following is a brief biographical presentation of the figure.

Background of the Life of Tuanku Imam Bonjol

Tuanku Imam Bonjol.

Tuanku Imam Bonjol was born in Bonjol, Luhak Agam, Pagaruyung on January 1, 1772 with the name Muhammad Syahab. He was later known by the local community as Syekh Muhammad Said Bonjol or Inyik Bonjol.

Bonjol itself is a village in West Sumatra. This village is famous because Muhammad Syahab was born and fought with all levels of society in that place. They worked together against colonialism and fought for Indonesian independence.

Syahab is a scholar, fighter, and an elder figure by the community. He became a place to ask for advice, directions, and complain about all things, both related to religious and worldly matters. This is what caused him to obtain several titles, namely Peto Syarif , Malin Basa , and Tuanku Imam.

As one of the leaders of Harimau nan Salapan , Tuanku nan Renceh from Kamang, Agam appointed him as i mam (leader) for the Padri people in Bonjol. He eventually became better known as Tuanku Imam Bonjol.

Imam Bonjol’s life reflects exemplary and simplicity. It is appropriate if the Religious Research and Development Agency (Litbang) chooses him to write his biography, with the hope that his struggle can be used as a way of life for the next generation.

Imam Bonjol is the only son of the couple Bayanuddin Syahab and Hamatun. His father was a religious scholar who came from Sungai Rimbang, Suliki, Fifty Cities. Bonjol was born into a family of traders and enjoys traveling. This is what caused him to be sent to Malaysia to get a formal education at Sekolah Rakyat Desa (elementary school level) in 1779.

As an adult, he studied Islam with Sheikh Ibrahim Kumpulan in Bonjol in 1809–1814. Furthermore, between 1818 he deepened knowledge of the Naqsyabandiyah Order in Bonjol. He was also interested in studying noble manners, conduct, and wisdom.

He had several wives, but only one accompanied him to death, namely Hajjah Solehah. Through his marriage to Solehah, he was blessed with 10 children, namely five boys and five girls. His children are Hasan, Hasyim, Harun al-Rashid, Syahrudin, Djusnah, Sawwadjir, Hasanah, Rofiah, Cholidi, and Nur Baiti.

The habits of Imam Bonjol that should be emulated are as follows.

1. Accustomed to sleeping in the mosque, but almost 2/3 of his time is spent praying and teaching;
2. Always wears a white robe and turban;
3. Often reduce sleep time at night to seduce Allah SWT;
4. Eat with simple side dishes;
5. Everyone who came to him was served well, without discriminating against anyone.

Imam Bonjol has expertise in the fields of Sufism and Jurisprudence. In addition, he also has expertise in traditional medicine. He is known in the community to be able to cure various diseases that are often said to be mysterious. Before curing these ailments, he performed istikharah prayers and prayed to God, so that his patients also recovered as if mysteriously too.

The role of Tuanku Imam Bonjol

1. As a Teacher

Imam Bonjol educates and teaches in every surau, mosque and Islamic boarding school he has built in every village, as well as being the leader of his congregation. After it went smoothly, he then handed it over to the disciple he trusted the most. The work was done with sincerity.

2. As a role model

As a role model, he is very close to the community, and vice versa. This is what makes him very concerned about the lives of his people, both his physical life and his spiritual life. If he sees members of his community who are having a difficult life, he will help them and encourage them to find a more profitable income.

3. As a Warrior

As a nation’s son who has lived since the Dutch colonial era, he had intended to fight against Islam through the media by establishing the Naqsyabandiyah Order. Through the tarekat, he taught his students about lessons related to colonialism.

Imam Bonjol and the Padri War

Imam Bonjol was a national hero who pioneered independence, a scholar, and the leader of the Padri War who opposed Dutch colonialism in Minangkabau lands in the 19th century. The Padri movement emerged in Minangkabau after three people returned from pilgrimage from Mecca in 1803, namely Haji Miskin, Haji Sumanik, and Haji Piobang who wanted to improve the Islamic sharia that was practiced by the Minangkabau people.

Knowing this, Tuanku Nan Renceh supported the wishes of the three hadjis along with other clerics in Minangkabau who were members of the Nan Salapan Tiger. Harimau Nan Salapan then asked Tuanku Lintau to invite Yang Tuanku Pagaruyung Sultan Arifin Muningsyah and the Indigenous People to abandon several customs that were contrary to the teachings of Islam.

In several negotiations, there was no agreement between the Padri and the Indigenous People. Along with that, several villages in the Pagaruyung Kingdom were in turmoil. The climax of the Padri under the leadership of Tuanku Pasaman attacked the Kingdom of Pagaruyung in 1815 and war broke out in Koto Tangah.

This attack forced Sultan Arifin Muningsyah to step aside and flee from the royal capital. Based on Raffles’ notes who had visited Pagaruyung in 1818, he said he only found the remains of the Pagaruyung Royal Palace which had been burned down.

Due to being pressured in the war and the whereabouts of Yang Tuan Pagaruyung was uncertain, the Indigenous People led by Sultan Tangkal Alam Bagagar asked the Dutch for help on February 21, 1821, even though at that time he was actually considered not entitled to make an agreement on behalf of the Pagaruyung Kingdom.

As a result of this agreement, the Dutch made it a sign of the surrender of the Pagaruyung Kingdom to the Dutch government. Sultan Tangkal Alam Bagagar was then appointed as Regent of Tanah Datar .

The Dutch were finally involved in the war because they were invited by the Indigenous People. Dutch intervention in the war was marked by the attack on Simawang and Succubus Air by the troops of Captain Goffinet and Captain Dienema in April 1821 on the orders of Resident James du Puy in Padang. On December 8, 1821, additional troops arrived led by Lieutenant Colonel Raaff to strengthen positions in the area that had been controlled.

On March 4, 1822, Dutch troops under the command of Lieutenant Colonel Raaff succeeded in driving the Padri out of Pagaruyung. The Dutch then built a fort in Batusangkar under the name Fort Van der Capellen, while the Padri gathered strength and defended themselves in Lintau.

On June 10, 1822, the movement of Raaff’s troops in Tanjung Alam was blocked by the Padri, but Dutch troops were able to continue advancing to Luhak Agam. Furthermore, Captain Goffinet suffered serious injuries in the battle at Baso on August 14, 1822 until he died on September 5, 1822. In September 1822, the Dutch troops were forced to return to Batusangkar because they were continuously pressured by attacks from the Padri led by Tuanku Nan Renceh.

After receiving additional troops on April 13, 1823, Raaff tried to attack Lintau again, but the Padri fought persistently, so the Dutch were forced to return to Batusangkar on April 16, 1823. Meanwhile, Yang Tuan Pagaruyung Sultan Arifin Muningsyah returned to Pagaruyung at the request of Lieutenant Colonel Raaff in 1824.

However, the last Minangkabau king finally died in 1825 and was buried in Pagaruyung. Raaff himself died suddenly in Padang on April 17, 1824 after previously experiencing a high fever.

In September 1824, Dutch troops under the command of Major Frans Laemlin had succeeded in controlling several areas in Luhak Agam, namely Koto Tuo and Ampang Gadang. The troops later also occupied Biaro and Kapau, but Laemlin eventually died at Padang in December 1824 from wounds received in battle.

The resistance put up by the Padri was quite tough, making it very difficult for the Dutch to beat them. Therefore, the Dutch through their resident in Padang invited the Padri leaders, who at that time had been led by Imam Bonjol, to make peace with the Masang Agreement edict on November 15, 1825. This was understandable because at the same time the Dutch also ran out of funds in dealing with another war in Europe and the Diponegoro War.

During the period of the ceasefire, Imam Bonjol tried to restore strength and also tried to re-embrace the Indigenous People, so that finally a compromise emerged known as the Puncak Pato Plakat on Marapalam Hill, Tanah Datar Regency which embodied a consensus with Adat Basandi Syarak, Syarak Basandi Kitabullah , which meaning that Minangkabau customs are based on the Islamic religion, while Islam is based on the Al-Qur’an.

After the end of the Diponegoro War and the recovery of Dutch power in Java, the Dutch East Indies government again tried to subdue the Padri. This is based on a strong desire to control coffee cultivation which is currently expanding in the darek area (inland Minangkabau).

Until the 19th century, the coffee trade commodity was one of the main products of the Netherlands in Europe. The British historian, Christine Dobbin, called it more of a trade war because this was in line with the dynamics of social change in the Minangkabau people in the twists and turns of trade in the interior and the west coast or east coast. Meanwhile, the Dutch on the other hand wanted to take over or monopolize coffee.

The Netherlands then weakened the opposing force by violating the agreement that had been made before. They attacked the village of Pandai Sikek, an area capable of producing gunpowder and firearms. The Dutch troops then built a fort in Bukittinggi known as Fort de Kock to strengthen their position.

Since 1833, a compromise of mutual resistance began to appear on the other side between the Indigenous People and the Padri. On January 11, 1833, several fortifications of the Dutch garrison were suddenly attacked, throwing things into chaos. It is said there were around 139 European soldiers and hundreds of indigenous soldiers killed.

Sultan Tangkal Alam Bagagar who was previously appointed by the Dutch as Regent of Tanah Datar , was arrested by Lieutenant Colonel Elout’s troops on 2 May 1833 in Batusangkar on charges of treason. The Dutch then exiled him to Batavia, although he denied involvement in the attacks on several Dutch posts. The Dutch East Indies government here did not want to take the risk of rejecting reports from its officers. The position of Regent of Tanah Datar was then given to Tuan Gadang in Batipuh.

Realizing this, the Dutch were not only facing the Padri, but Minangkabau society as a whole. The Dutch East Indies government then issued an announcement called Plakat Panjang in 1833. It contained a statement that the arrival of the Dutch to Minangkabau did not intend to control the country, they only came to trade and maintain security, the Minangkabau people would still be governed by their princes and were not required to pay taxes.

The Dutch East Indies government also argued that the arrival of its troops was to maintain security, build roads, open schools, and so on. This is what makes the people are obliged to grow coffee and have to sell it to the Dutch. However, the Padri and Minangkabau people ignored this.

The failure of the conquest really hit the policy of the Governor General of the Dutch East Indies in Batavia, which at that time was held by Dominique Jacques de Eerens. He then sent a warlord named Major General Cochius in early 1837 to directly lead a massive attack on Fort Bonjol. Cochius is a high ranking Dutch officer who has expertise in the war strategy of Fort Stelsel .

Furthermore, the Dutch intensively surrounded Bonjol from all directions for about six months (16 March–17 August 1837) led by generals and several officers. This joint force consisted mostly of various ethnic groups, such as Javanese, Madurese, Bugis and Ambonese.

There were 148 European officers, 36 native officers, 1,103 European soldiers, and 4,130 native soldiers, including the Sumenapsche hulptroepen hieronder begrepen (Sumenap alias Madura auxiliary troops). The list of names of the Dutch army officers included Major General Cochius, Lieutenant Colonel Bauer, Major Sous, Major Prager, Captain MacLean, First Lieutenant van der Tak, First Lieutenant Steinmetz, and so on. There are also indigenous (native) names such as Kapiten Noto Prawiro, Indlandsche Luitenant Prawiro in Logo, Karto Wongso Wiro Redjo, Prawiro Sentiko, Prawiro Brotto, Merto Poero, and others.

Troops from Batavia were brought in as an additional force for the Dutch army. On July 20, 1837, the force arrived by ship Perle at Padang, which included a number of Europeans and Sepoys and soldiers from Africa serving in the Dutch army. They were recruited from Ghana and Mali, consisting of 1 sergeant , 4 corporaals and 112 flankeurs , and were led by Kapitein Sinninghe.

The wavy and successive attacks were carried out by artillery troops armed with large cannons for approximately 6 months. Infantry and cavalry troops also continued to arrive. On August 3, 1837, Dutch troops led by Lieutenant Colonel Michiels as commander of the front field began to take control of the situation little by little.

On August 15, 1837, Bukit Tajadi finally fell and Bonjol Fort as a whole was conquered on August 16, 1837. However, Imam Bonjol was able to withdraw from the fort accompanied by several of his followers and continued towards the Marapak area.

While on the run and in hiding, Imam Bonjol kept trying to consolidate all of his troops which had been scattered and weak. However, it turned out that only a few of his troops were left and were still ready to fight again. This is because they have been fighting the Dutch continuously for more than three years.

Imam Bonjol finally surrendered to the Dutch in October 1837, with the agreement that his son who had participated in the war, Naali Sutan Chaniago, be appointed as a Dutch colonial official.

So, that’s a brief explanation of the Biography of Tuanku Imam Bonjol: Background of His Life and Struggle History . Appreciating the services of national figures, like Prince Diponegoro, is not only by remembering and thanking them in their hearts, but also by emulating their attitudes and actions.

Sinaumed’s can visit sinaumedia’s book collection at www.sinaumedia.com to get references about other heroes, starting from their life background, education, and struggle history.

The following is a recommendation for sinaumedia books that Sinaumed’s can read to learn about Indonesian history so they can fully interpret it. Happy reading.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Author: Fandy Aprianto Rohman

• 6 Very Inspiring Heroes of Independence
• Biography of Ir. Sukarno, the proclaimer of Indonesian independence
• Sultan Ageng Tirtayasa Biography: His Life History and Struggle
• Biography of WR Supratman, the creator of the song Indonesia Raya
• After the Proclamation, Why Should the Indonesian Nation Defend Independence?
• History and Meaning of the Proclamation of Independence for Indonesia

Biography of Ridwan Kamil – Dr. H. Mochamad Ridwan Kamil, ST, MU D is an architect and politician from Indonesia. Ridwan Kamil has currently served as Governor of West Java since September 5 2018. Then what was the story of Ridwan Kamil when he was a child, who was often called Kang Emil, until he could serve as Governor of West Java.

The following is the story of little Kang Emil and his experiences in the world of politics in Indonesia.

Profile of Ridwan Kamil Kecil

Ridwan Kamil, whose full name is Mochamad Ridwan Kamil, was born in Bandung, West Java 50 years ago, on October 4, 1971. Ridwan Kamil’s father was named Dr. Atje Misbach Muhjiddin, SH who works as a Doctor and is also a lecturer at the Faculty of Law, Padjadjaran University.

Ridwan Kamil’s father is descended from kyai Muhyidin or known as Mama Pagelaran who is the founder of three Islamic boarding schools in Sumedang and Subang, West Java. Ridwan Kamil’s mother was named Tjutju Sukaesih. Ridwan Kamil is the second of five siblings.

Ridwan Kamil is known as a smart and active child since childhood. Ridwan Kamil is a hard worker and also never gives up. Little Ridwan Kamil was good at selling his own mambo ice. The results from selling mambo ice also get quite large. Ridwan Kamil spent his childhood to youth in the city of Bandung.

In 1978 Ridwan Kamil entered elementary school at SDN Banjarmasin III Bandung. Then in junior high school, Ridwan Kamil attended Bandung 2 Public Middle School in 1984. Then, he continued his studies finally at Bandung 3 Public High School in 1987.

After graduating from school in 1990 Ridwan Kamil took undergraduate or bachelor’s degree studies at the Faculty of Architectural Engineering, Bandung Institute of Technology and successfully graduated in 1995. Since college Ridwan Kamil was known to be active in various activities, both student groups and art activity units in campus, ITB. Even when he was in college, Ridwan Kamil was already living independently.

Ridwan Kamil ended his bachelor life by marrying a girl named Atalia Praratya Kamil. His second marriage was held in 1996. Now Ridwan Kamil and Atalia already have three children named Emmiril Khan Mumtadz, Camillia Laetitia Azzahra and Arkana Aidan Misbach.

Four years later, Ridwan Kamil took and continued his Masters studies at the Master of Urban Design, University Of California, Berkeley from 1999 to 2001. Ridwan Kamil also continued his Doctoral studies by taking an Honoris Causa Doctorate, Dong-a University in 2019.

Ridwan Kamil’s career

Ridwan Kamil, or often called Kang Emil, had a career as an architect who also served as a non-permanent lecturer at the Bandung Institute of Technology or ITB before finally serving as the Governor of West Java.

In 1995 Kang Emil got his Bachelor’s degree, then Kang Emil started his career in the United States. But his career was only around four months, in the end Kang Emil stopped working which was due to the impact of the monetary crisis that hit Indonesia at that time. However, Kang Emil did not immediately intend to return to his native country. He chose to stay in the United States before getting a scholarship at the University of California, Berkeley.

After getting the opportunity to study for free, Kang Emil took the opportunity to study at the university. Kang Emil also took a part-time job while in college, Kang Emil worked part-time at the Berkeley Urban Planning Department. In 1999 after Kang Emil graduated from the University of California, Berkeley, Kang Emil continued to work professionally as an architect at various firms located in the United States.

In 2002 Ridwan Kamil returned to Indonesia and two years after his return Kang Emil founded Urbane in July 2004 with his friends, such as Achmad D. Tardiyana, Reza Nurtjahja and Irvan W. Darwis. Urbane is a company engaged in planning, architectural and design consulting services. The Urbane team consists of young professionals who are creative and have an idealistic mind to find and create solutions to environmental and urban design problems.

Urbane also has a Community-based project within the Urbane Community Project where the vision and mission is to help people in an urban community and to provide donations and expertise in improving the surrounding area. Urbane has received many awards from international media such as the BCI Asia Awards three years in a row, from 2008, 2009 and 2010 and also the BCI Green Award in 2009 for the Bottle House design project , namely the recycling of used bottles.

Urbane also often takes part in competitions in the field of national-level architectural design, such as winning 1st place in the Tsunami Museum design competition in Nanggroe Aceh Darussalam in 2007, winning 1st place in the 1st campus design competition at Tarumanegara University in 2007, winning first place in the design competition for the Faculty of Cultural Sciences at the University of Indonesia in 2007. 2009, first winner in the Sanggar Nagari design competition in Kota Baru Parahyangan in West Bandung Regency and first winner in the Art Center design competition at the University of Indonesia in 2009.

Until now, Emil has been actively serving as a Principal at PT. Urbane Indonesia, serves as a Lecturer in the Department of Architectural Engineering at the Bandung Institute of Technology, and also as a Senior Urban Design Consultant at SOM, EDAW or Hong Kong and San Francisco, and SAA or Singapore.

Thanks to Ridwan Kamil’s career as a lecturer at the Bogor Agricultural Institute, he has become increasingly known in the city of Bandung. Ridwan Kamil is also known as a person who has a strong caring personality about progress in his city, namely the city of Bandung.

Besides that, Ridwan Kamil has also appeared in Indonesian films several times, Sinaumed’s! Ridwan Kamil appears as a cameo or the appearance of a famous person in film, theater, video and television. Ridwan Kamil has appeared in several films and soap operas, including: Demi Ucok in 2013, Hijabers In Love in 2014, Preman Pensiun soap in 2015, The Wedding and Bebek Betutu films in 2015, Total Chaos in 2017 , Film Dilan 1990 in 2017 and 2018, Dilan 1991 in 2019, Film Serendipity in 2018, Film Yowis Ben 2in 2019, Young Mangga Film in 2020, and voice actor for Riki Rhino Movie in 2020.

Career While Serving as Mayor of Bandung

In 2013 Ridwan Kamil was nominated by the Prosperous Justice Party and the Great Indonesia Movement Party as mayor of Bandung. Ridwan Kamil took Oded Muhammad Danial as a candidate for deputy mayor. In the plenary meeting of the General Election Commission for the City of Bandung on June 28 2013, Ridwan Kamil and Oded Muhammad Danial won a landslide victory over the other seven pairs by winning 45.24% of the vote and making the two winners.

On September 16 2013, Ridwan Kamil and Oded Muhammad Danial were officially appointed Mayor and Deputy Mayor of Bandung for the period 2013 to 2018. One of their work programs is to create the Bandung Command Center, which is a control center for the city of Bandung, supported by GPS tracking and CCTV . in various places to monitor the condition of the city of Bandung, besides that it is useful in order to create a smart city of Bandung.

On February 4 2017 Ridwan Kamil inaugurated a pedestrian bridge from Cihampelas to Tamansari which was named Teras Cihampelas, the purpose of this bridge is to overcome congestion on Jalan Cihampelas. The Cihampelas Terrace Bridge was built with a budget of Rp 45 billion. The Cihampelas Terrace has a length of 450 m, which is divided into three zones, namely culinary, souvenirs and gardens and can accommodate 180 traders. Even for vehicles can also be parked at Tamansari.

1. Biography of Ganjar Pranowo, Governor of Central Java
2. Variety of Musical Instruments From West Java
3. Biography of Joko Widodo, the 7th President of Indonesia
4. Traditional Clothing From West Java
5. Biography of BJ Habibie
6. Get to know the Traditional Houses of West Java
7. Biography of WR Supratman, Creator of the Indonesian National Anthem
8. Prabowo Subianto’s Career Journey

Career While Appointing Governor of West Java

In the 2018 general election for the Governor of West Java which was held on July 27 2018, Ridwan Kamil was nominated as a candidate for governor. Ridwan Kamil took Uu Ruzhanul Ulum as his representative for PPP, PKB, Nasdem Party and Hanura Party. The election schedule for this period was postponed, namely on February 24, this was because it followed the schedule for the third wave of simultaneous regional head elections in June 2018.

Under current regulations, only political parties with 20 or more seats in the West Java DPRD can submit as candidates. Meanwhile, political parties that have less seats can nominate candidates only if they have received support from other political parties.

Ridwan Kamil and Uu Ruzhanul Ulum became the first pairs of candidates for Governor and Deputy Governor to register with the West Java KPUD. And the KPU determines the nomination of the Governor and Deputy Governor of West Java on February 12 2018.

The General Election Commission or KPU of West Java Province officially appointed Ridwan Kamil and UU Ruzhanul Ulum as the elected Governor and Deputy Governor of West Java for the 2018 to 2023 period. in 2018 addressed at the West Java KPU Office, Jalan Garut.

West Java KPU Chairman, Yayat Hidayat said in his speech that, based on West Java KPU Decree No. 145 of 2018 concerning Determination of the Vote Count Results for the 2018 West Java Governor Election, determined the result that pair number 1. Ridwan Kamil and Uu Ruzhanul Ulum received the most votes of 32.88% or 7,226,254 votes.

Ridwan Kamil’s leadership as Governor of West Java

• Ridwan Kamil’s leadership style includes task and relation aspects. The task aspect is one which shows firmness in a clear work standard and is able to carry out regular coordination with its subordinates. While the relation aspect is a leader who will act as a good listener of what is conveyed by his subordinates and accept input and criticism as an evaluation given.

1. Ridwan Kamil’s Visionary Leadership.

In 2019, Ridwan Kamil was awarded the Asia Pacific Inspirational Leader at the 2019 Govinsider Innovation Awards which was held at the UN Headquarters. This award was given because Ridwan Kamil was considered a visionary and innovative leader in carrying out his leadership. One of Ridwan Kamil’s programs that was appreciated was the digital village program to accelerate development in West Java.

Ridwan Kamil has also issued many other digital-based innovation programs in order to face the industrial era 4.0 or the digital era. These various digital-based innovation programs show that Ridwan Kamil is able to identify changes that will occur in the future, especially in the industrial era 4.0. Advances in technology are increasing rapidly so that the West Java Provincial Government will be very left behind if it does not use digitization in its public services. Ridwan Kamil’s ability to identify these changes has succeeded in being considered a visionary leader and even recognized by the international community.

2. Ridwan Kamil’s Leadership in Decision Making.

Basically the leadership style of a person depends on each individual. Likewise in Ridwan Kamil’s leadership style which is required to be able to make a decision as a regional leader whose goal is to carry out the government process in the area he leads. One basis for determining the type of decision making can be based on situations of certainty, risk, uncertainty and conflict.

At the beginning of 2020, Ridwan Kamil, who served as Governor of West Java, was faced with a situation of uncertainty and risk. This was due to the entry of the corona virus into Indonesia in early March 2020. The first case occurred in the Depok area, West Java, which was under the leadership of Ridwan Kamil. Because it was the first case of the entry of the corona virus into Indonesia and it spread the Covid-19 virus throughout Indonesia until now.

The decision-making style taken by Ridwan Kamil is a directing leadership style. Decision-making style is synonymous with a rational attitude in the way of thinking, efficiency and logic. The directing style is also characterized by making decisions quickly and focusing on the short term, so it is not uncommon for decision making to occur based on limited information and few alternatives.

We can see decision-making in a directing style from the response given by the West Java Provincial Government to deal with the Covid-19 pandemic in March 2020 or one month after the first case was confirmed. At that time, Covid-19 was a new thing for the world, especially Indonesia.

In addition, the available information is also very limited. So it is necessary to have a concrete response to suppress the spread of the corona virus to other areas. Ridwan Kamil as the Governor of West Java Province decided to have mass rapid tests and swab tests independently amid the condition of the Central Government which could not carry out mass tests.

So, that’s a biography of Ridwan Kamil’s life journey, who was currently serving as Governor of West Java Province. If you want to know more about Ridwan Kamil and his leadership, Sinaumed’s can read and get his book which is available at www.sinaumedia.com . As #FriendsWithoutLimits we always try to give the best!

Author: Yufi Cantika Sukma Divine

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

RA Kartini Biography   – Who doesn’t know Kartini? The figure of a beautiful woman who is so adored by Indonesian women. Because of him, women in this country can feel equal with men.

Women don’t just spin in wells, mattresses and kitchens. Because Kartini is an Indonesian woman who deserves to be reckoned with. What he did has opened wide the door of emancipation. Women now have a role that is no less important for this country.

To know more, let’s discuss RA Kartini’s brief biography which has been summarized from various sources

RA Kartini’s biography

1. Birth of RA Kartini

RA Kartini’s short biography begins with her birth. Kartini was born on April 21, 1879 in Jepara, Central Java. He is still a Javanese noble family. That is why the title Raden Adjeng alias RA was pinned on him.

In accordance with Javanese customs that are still attached, this noble title was later changed to Raden Ayu when he married. Kartini’s father was named Raden Adipati Ario Sosroningrat son of Prince Ario Tjondro IV. Kartini’s mother was named MA Ngasirah. She is actually the first wife but unfortunately, that status does not make her the main wife.

MA Ngasirah was just a simple girl who was born as a commoner. She is the daughter of a kyai in Teluk Awur. Raden Adipati Ario Sosroningrat already fell in love with him. Even though they are of different castes, love cannot choose.

His status of not coming from a noble family violated the Dutch colonial rule. The rules applied by the Netherlands required that a regent must choose a noble family as his partner when he married.

This certainly made it difficult for Ario to take over as regent of Jepara with his first wife. Ario racked his brains so that the position of regent could still be held without having to let go of his first wife.

In order to continue to fulfill the colonial rule, Kartini’s father also married Raden Adjeng Woerjan who still had royal royal blood from Madura. Finally Kartini’s father was able to take his share to become regent after complying with Dutch rules.

Shortly after his second marriage, Ario was appointed Regent of Jepara at the same time that his little daughter, Kartini, was born. Ario gets 2 happiness at once, namely position and offspring. The full story of RA Kartini’s life can also be found in the National Hero Series: RA Kartini.

2. RA Kartini’s Adolescence

Luckily Kartini had Prince Ario Tjondro IV, the first regent of Jepara who was her grandfather. It turned out that his grandfather was used to giving western education to his children, so the way of teaching was far from being conservative.

Kartini is the 5th child of 11 siblings (siblings and half-sisters), but Kartini is the oldest daughter of all her siblings. Because of her grandfather’s open mindedness, Kartini had the opportunity to study at school at ELS (Europese Lagere) . School ) when he was 12 years old.

Studying at this school made him learn Dutch. Kartini’s intelligence was increasingly honed in the school world. Unfortunately his desire to go to school could not last long. At the age of 15, Kartini had to stop going to school.

RA Kartini had to stay at home because she was secluded like other women at that time. Kartini also had no choice. This of course makes him upset. Fortunately, he has a friend in the Netherlands named Rosa Abendanon with whom he can exchange ideas during his confinement.

The exchange of thoughts is done by correspondence. His fluency in Dutch makes it easier for the two friends from different countries to communicate. As an intelligent woman, Kartini also studied the mindset of European women. Newspapers, magazines and even books were devoured.

From what she read, Kartini knew that the lives of European women and Indonesian women were very different at that time. In Indonesia, women have a low status. Indonesian women have never received equality, freedom, and legal autonomy and equality.

This condition made Kartini sad. The desire to advance the fate of women also grew in his heart. Kartini felt moved and determined to change the fate of her people. Her determination is getting stronger and stronger which is also told in Raden Ajeng Kartini’s book which you can get at sinaumedia!

3. RA Kartini’s Adulthood

After being secluded from the age of 15, RA Kartini finally married at the age of 24. On November 12, 1903, KRM Adipati Ario Singgih Djojo Adhiningrat married him. But unfortunately Kartini was not the first wife, but the fourth wife of the Rembang Regent.

It turned out that Kartini’s husband could understand Kartini’s way of thinking. Her husband also supported Kartini’s wish to establish a women’s school. Kartini’s desire was getting stronger and imprinted in her soul. He can no longer contain the desire to free the women.

Unfortunately, fate had other plans. Kartini could not fight any longer in elevating the dignity of women because Kartini died at the age of 25. 4 days after giving birth to her only son, RM Soesalit Djojoadhiningrat who was born on September 13, 1904, Kartini breathed her last.

Kartini’s death was quite surprising because during her pregnancy and childbirth, Kartini appeared to be in good health. No one thought that Kartini would die at a young age. Many dreams that have not been achieved, of course.

Fortunately, 8 years later, right in 1912, the Kartini School was built by the Kartini Foundation in Semarang. It was the Van Deventer family, an Ethical Political figure at that time, who initiated the construction of the school. Soon construction was spread across Yogyakarta, Malang, Madiun, Cirebon, and several other areas.

B. Letters made by RA Kartini

Unexpectedly, Jacques Henrij (JH) Abendanon managed to collect Kartini’s letters to her friends in the Netherlands. JH Abendanon is the husband of one of Kartini’s pen pals, Rosa Abendanon. They were usually sent letters by Kartini. It was to them that Kartini used to convey her writings.

Through correspondence or correspondence between Kartini and her pen pals in the Netherlands, she reported on the inequality and inequality in the condition of women’s education in Indonesia and this is discussed in the book Kartini Guru, Emancipation of Women in the Archipelago .

About 115 letters were collected. These letters are Kartini’s heartfelt words for her friends, including:
1. Estelle H Zeehandelaar or Stella (14 letters)
2. Mrs. Ovink-Soer (8 letters)
3. Prof. Dr. GK Anton in Jena and his wife (3 letters)
4. Dr N Andriani (4 letters)
5. Mrs HG de Booy-Boissevain (5 letters)
6. Ir HH van Kol (3 letters)
7. Mrs N van Kol (3 letters)
8. Mrs RM Abendanon-Mandri (49 letter)
9. Mr JH Abendanon (5 letters)
10.EC Abendanon (6 letters)
11. Abendanon’s husband and wife (combined letters)
12. The recipient of one letter cannot be concluded

C. RA Kartini’s thoughts

RA Kartini’s thoughts were able to attract a lot of attention from the people at that time, especially the Dutch. They were interested in letters addressed to Europeans which turned out to be the ideas of indigenous women.

RA Kartini’s thoughts were able to replace the views of the Dutch people on native women at that time. They also took off their hats for Kartini’s thoughts. Kartini is admired not only within the country, but throughout the country.

Through the Tempo Series: Kartini below, the figure of Kartini is raised, discussed, and told in another perspective regarding the major role her work played in that era.

D. RA Kartini’s book

It was the letters that had been collected by JH Abendanon that later became the forerunner to the printing of a book with the initial title “Door Duisternis tot Licht”.

Then the title was translated into “From Darkness to Light” in 1922 by the Balai Pustaka publisher, this book was published 5 times. What’s interesting about this book is that in the fifth printing there are attachments to Kartini’s letters.

The following are some of RA Kartini’s books that are sold at sinaumedia:

E. RA Kartini Controversy

Most of Kartini’s letters were sent to her best friend, Mrs. Rose Abendanon Mandri, wife of JH Abendanon. JH Abendanon, is the Dutch Minister of Culture, Religion and Crafts. It was he who had an important role in publishing Kartini’s books.

Kartini’s age when she was diligent in sending letters was 23 years. Kartini was always eager to tell what she saw, felt and thought. Having the opportunity to sit on the school bench made Kartini’s thinking broad and open. Kartini wrote down everything she thought and felt, including discussing intimacy and the Chinese race.

The Chinese at that time were only used as shields by the Dutch against the anger of the natives and also made scapegoats for the chaotic bureaucracy. Because they were considered dangerous, several letters about the Chinese were finally censored by Abendanon.

Apart from that, Kartini also discussed the policy of the Dutch government in controlling the opium trade in Java. Kartini also issued scathing criticism of the move of a resident from Jepara. Even this letter was again censored by Abendanon because it was considered unfit to be opened. Kartini’s book was printed when ethical politics began to roll, while Abendanon was known as a supporter of ethical politics. Many suspected Abendanon’s trick in sorting Kartini’s letters.

However, in 1987, Kartini’s complete letters were published by Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land-en Volkenkunde (KITLV) with the title ‘Kartini: Brieven aan Mevrouw RM Abendanon-Mandri en Haar Echtgenoot’ It turned out that there were a total of around 150 correspondences.

In 1989, the Indonesian translation was published. In the book, it was revealed that Abendanon had sorted the letters as “sensitive” which, according to him, were not worth seeing.

In fact, several letters were also deliberately torn in certain parts, especially letters that he considered too spicy or cornered the Dutch government. Meanwhile, only letters that he thought were safe were issued.

Of course this is very unfortunate, because in fact Kartini’s letters
are not only because they discuss feminism, as many people know. Apart from the controversy over the letters, Kartini’s determination as a hero has also been met with opposition.

Many feel that it is too much for Kartini to be named a national hero. First, Kartini only fought in the Rembang and Jepara areas and secondly, Kartini never took up arms like Cut Nyak Dien or Christina Martha Tiahahu who took part in the war.

Kartini’s pro-polygamy stance also seems to contradict her thinking as an activist for women’s emancipation. However, those who are pro-Kartini managed to convince that Kartini’s struggle in voicing women’s equality is a national struggle.

No less controversial is the death of Kartini. As we already know, Kartini breathed after giving birth. This is quite surprising considering that it is said that Kartini was healthy during pregnancy and after giving birth.

But strangely, on the fourth day, Kartini closed her eyes. There are those who suspect that the Dutch killed Kartini through the hands of Dr van Ravesteyn.

Kartini’s daring thoughts cornered the Dutch, and Kartini was considered dangerous. There was a story that on the day Kartini died Dr van Ravesteyn invited her to drink wine as a sign of farewell.

Shortly after that, Kartini lost consciousness and died soon after. According to doctors’ view these days, Kartini’s condition is preeclampsia or high blood pressure in pregnant women. Although it also cannot be proven by the record of Kartini’s death somewhere.

None of the family tried to find the cause of Kartini’s death and accepted this as destiny.

F. Commemoration of Kartini Day

On May 2, 1964, President Soekarno designated RA Kartini as a National Hero of Independence. Not only that, President Soekarno set RA Kartini’s birthday on April 21 to be commemorated as Kartini Day until now.

G. Street Names RA Kartini in the Netherlands

It is undeniable that RA Kartini and her enthusiasm inspired not only Indonesian citizens but also the Dutch government. The Dutch government’s admiration for Kartini’s thoughts made Kartini’s name immortalized as a street name there. Cities in the Netherlands named Kartini are:

a. In Utrecht

Jalan Kartini in this city is located in middle class housing. The size of Kartini’s street is bigger than the streets with the names of other figures.

b. Venlo

In Venlo, the O-shaped street RA Kartinistraat in the Hagerhof area. Street names in that area are synonymous with female characters, such as Anne Frank and Mathilde Wibaut.

c. Amsterdam

In Amsterdam, the Zuidoost area, or better known as Bijlmer, is an area that has Jalan Raden Adjeng Kartini.

Women from all over the world who have had an impact on history, such as Rosa Luxemburg, Nilda Pinto, and Isabella Richards, are indeed used as street names there.

d. Harleem

Jalan RA Kartini in Haarlem is close to Jalan Mohammad Hatta, Jl Sutan Sjahrir

H. Photo gallery

There are quite a lot of photos of RA Kartini that can be enjoyed. As a noble family, it seems that capturing in the form of photos is common.

Here are some photos of Kartini

I. RA Kartini’s film

Kartini’s story has been made into a wide screen version. It was recorded that a film letter to Kartini had been made where Kartini was played by Rania Putri Sari in 2016. The film Letter to Kartini tells the story of a widower named Sawardi who works as a postman who falls in love with Kartini.

Kartini is a smart woman who dares to break with tradition. She didn’t want her fate to be like the women of that time. It’s a shame that Sawardi’s love didn’t come because Kartini was married by the Regent of Rembang.

Then in 2017, Dian Sastro also managed to play Kartini beautifully in a film called Kartini. Hanung the seasoned director made this film extraordinary. We are taken to that time to feel what Kartini’s struggle was like.

J. Lyrics of Our Mother Kartini’s song

WR Supratman’s admiration for Kartini’s thoughts was expressed in a song called KARTINI. In 1929, this beautiful song was created. The song describes the figure of Kartini as an emancipation fighter. Songs that we certainly have memorized by heart

Our Mother Kartini

Our mother Kartini,
the true
daughter of Indonesia,
has a fragrant name

Our mother, Kartini,
the Warrior of the Nation,
the Warrior of her people
, for independence

O our
noble mother Kartini Daughter
What a great dream
for Indonesia

So many biographies about RA Kartini or who is also known as a fighter for women’s emancipation. Hopefully her enthusiasm and struggle can inspire everyone, especially women in modern times.

Book & Article Recommendations

Biography of Prince Diponegoro – Friends of Sinaumed’s, of course, you already know this character. He was an actor in the Java War that erupted from 1825–1830. The Java War became one of the major changes in the world in the late 18th and early 19th centuries.

For the Javanese, especially in Surakarta and Yogyakarta, these periods showed the decline of the Javanese order, especially in the palace. In addition, the uncontrollable Dutch interference exacerbated the situation.

Prince Diponegoro’s resistance to the colonial government deserved high appreciation. His resistance gained the support of the people and also the considerable involvement of the court, which shows that he had a considerable influence on the social life of society and the kingdom at that time.

This rebellion was the first event of resistance faced by the Dutch colonial government which succeeded in changing the face of Java almost as a whole. The strategy and sacrifices he made cannot be doubted, even though his party was eventually defeated by the Dutch colonial government. However, this event has succeeded in growing a spirit of unity and nationalism within the Javanese people.

So, to get to know this figure more clearly, let’s look together at a brief explanation about Prince Diponegoro which has been summarized from the following sources. Happy reading.

Prince Diponegoro Family Background

1. The Origins of Prince Diponegoro

Portrait painting of Prince Diponegoro.

Prince Diponegoro was born in Yogyakarta on November 11, 1785. His mother was a garwa ampeyan (concubine) named RA Mangkarawati who came from Pacitan. His father’s name was Gusti Raden Mas Suraja, who later ascended the throne with the title Hamengkubuwana III.

When he was born, Diponegoro was named Bendara Raden Mas Mustahar, then changed to Bendara Raden Mas Antawirya. His Islamic name is Abdul Hamid. After his father ascended the throne, Antawirya was graduated as a prince with the name Bendara Prince Harya Dipanegara.

Towards adulthood, Diponegoro rejected his father’s wish to become king. She reasoned that her mother’s position was not that of an empress consort. That’s what makes him feel unfit for the position.

Diponegoro was known as an intelligent person, well-read, and an expert in the field of Javanese-Islamic law. He was also interested in religious matters rather than matters of court administration. That’s what allows him to mingle with the people.

He prefers to live in Tegalrejo, close to where his daughter’s great-grandmother lives, namely Gusti Kangjeng Ratu Tegalrejo, queen consort of Sultan Hamengkubuwana I, rather than living in the palace.

Diponegoro began to pay attention to palace issues when he was appointed as a member of the trusteeship to accompany Sultan Hamengkubuwana V, who was only three years old at that time. Because it was still small, the daily administration of the palace was controlled by Patih Danureja IV and the Dutch Resident. He did not approve of such guardianship, so he protested.

2. Prince Diponegoro’s Personal Life

Prince Diponegoro in his daily life was a person who liked betel and Javanese cigarettes, specially rolled by hand, collecting gold and gardening. His meditation places in Selarejo and Selarong also planted various flowers and vegetables.

At least, he married eight times in his life. He first married at the age of 27 to Raden Ayu Retno Madubrongto, a religious teacher and the second daughter of Kiai Gede Dadapan. Through the results of this marriage, Diponegoro had a son named Putra Diponegoro II.

On February 27, 1807, Diponegoro married a second time to the daughter of Raden Tumenggung Natawijaya III, a regent from Panolan Jipang, Sultanate of Yogyakarta, named Raden Ajeng Supadmi. The marriage was a request from Sultan Hamengkubuwana III.

Diponegoro then divorced three years after his marriage and was blessed with a son named Prince Diponingrat, who had an arrogant nature according to Putra Diponegoro II.

The third marriage occurred in 1808 with RA Retnadewati, a daughter of a kiai in the southern region of Yogyakarta. This was because his first and third wives, namely Madubrongto and Retnadewati, died when Diponegoro was still living in Tegalrejo.

He then remarried in 1810 to Raden Ayu Citrawati, daughter of Raden Tumenggung Rangga Parwirasentika with one of his concubine wives. However, his wife died not long after giving birth to their child due to the riots in Madiun. The baby was then handed over to Ki Tembi to be raised and given the name Singlon ( a pseudonym) which is known as Raden Mas Singlon.

Diponegoro married for the fifth time on 28 September 1814 to Raden Ayu Maduretno, daughter of Raden Rangga Prawiradirjo III and Ratu Maduretna (daughter of Sultan Hamengkubuwana II). His wife is a half-sister with Sentot Prawiradirdja, but from a different mother. Raden Ayu Maduretno was appointed empress with the title Kanjeng Ratu Kedaton I on 18 February 1828, when Prince Diponegoro was crowned as Sultan Abdulhamid.

In January 1828, he married for the sixth time Raden Ayu Retnoningrum, daughter of the Middle Prince or Dipawiyana II. He married the seventh time to Raden Ayu Ratnaningsih, daughter of Raden Tumenggung Sumaprawira, a regent of Jipang Kepadhangan. His last marriage was with RA Retnakumala, daughter of Kiai Guru Kasongan.

The extended family of Prince Diponegoro.

From his several marriages, Diponegoro has 12 sons and five daughters, whose descendants are currently living in various parts of the world, including Java, Madura, Sulawesi, Maluku, Australia, Serbia, Germany, the Netherlands and Saudi Arabia.

Diponegoro War (1825–1830)

The Diponegoro War or the Java War began with the decisions and actions of the Dutch colonial government which installed stakes on Diponegoro’s land in Tegalrejo Village. This action was exacerbated by some Dutch behavior that did not respect local customs and excessive exploitation of the people with high taxes. This made Prince Diponegoro even more fed up with it and sparked resistance.

According to the former Minister of Education and Culture Professor Wardiman Djojonegoro, there is historical distortion in some literature written by the Dutch East Indies regarding the causes of Prince Diponegoro’s resistance.

He is said to have felt hurt by the Dutch colonial government and the palace, which had refused to let him become king. The resistance that was actually carried out was because he wanted to release the suffering of the poor from the Dutch tax system and free the palace from madat.

Diponegoro’s decision and attitude to openly oppose the Dutch then won support and sympathy from the people. On the advice of his uncle, GPH Mangkubumi, Diponegoro stepped aside from Tegalrejo and made a headquarters in Selarong Cave.

At that time, he stated that his resistance was a “crusade”, that is, resistance against infidels. The spirit of the “crusade” that he waged had a wide influence on the Pacitan and Kedu regions. The battlefield includes Yogyakarta, Kedu, Bagelen, Surakarta, and several areas such as Banyumas, Wonosobo, Banjarnegara, Weleri, Pekalongan, Tegal, Semarang, Demak, Kudus, Purwodadi, Parakan, Magelang, Madiun, Pacitan, Kediri, Bojonegoro, Tuban, and Surabaya.

Dutch tactics in the Diponegoro War

For the Dutch, the Diponegoro War was an open war by deploying various types of troops, ranging from infantry, cavalry, and artillery, which since the Napoleonic Wars had always been a mainstay weapon in frontal battles.

The battle fronts took place in various villages and towns throughout Java and were very fierce. Domination of a territory is always changing. If an area was controlled by Dutch troops during the day, at night that area would have been recaptured by native troops, and vice versa.

Logistical routes were built from one region to another to support the needs of the war. Tens of gunpowder plants were built in the forests and at the bottom of the cliff. Production of gunpowder and bullets continued while the war was raging. Ciphers and couriers worked hard to find and convey the information needed to devise a war strategy.

Information about enemy forces, distance and time, terrain conditions, rainfall made headlines, because the right tactics and strategies can only be built through the mastery of information.

At the peak of the war in 1827, the Dutch deployed more than 23,000 soldiers, something that had never happened in an area that was not too large as Central Java and parts of East Java, but was guarded by tens of thousands of soldiers.

From a military point of view, this was the first war that involved all the methods known in a modern war, both the open warfare method and the guerilla warfare method which were carried out through hit and run tactics and ambush.

This was not a tribal war, but a modern war using tactics that had not yet been put into practice. This war was complemented by psywar tactics (psychological warfare) through insinuation and pressure, as well as provocation by the Dutch against those who were directly involved in the battle. Apart from that, this war also used espionage activities with both parties spying on each other and seeking information about the strengths and weaknesses of their opponents.

Various cunning methods were also used by the Dutch to arrest Diponegoro, and a competition was even used by issuing an announcement on September 21, 1829, namely anyone who could catch Prince Diponegoro, whether dead or alive, would be given a prize of 50,000 Gulden, along with land and respect.

Changes in Dutch strategy occurred when Governor General De Kock was appointed commander of all the Dutch East Indies in 1827. To limit the space for movement and guerrilla strategy from Diponegoro, De Kock used a fortification strategy (Benteng Stelsel).

Forts with barbed wire were erected once the Dutch troops succeeded in seizing the territory under the control of Diponegoro’s troops. The aim was so that the Diponegoro troops could not return and narrow their space. The distance between the forts is close together and connected by fast troop movements.

Diponegoro’s resistance had weakened since the end of 1828, namely after Kiai Madja, the spiritual leader of the rebellion, was arrested on October 12, 1828. Followed by Sentot Prawirodirdjo and his troops on October 16, 1828. his son was caught on October 14, 1829.

Negotiation and Betrayal

On 16 February 1830, Diponegoro agreed to meet with General De Kock’s envoy, namely Colonel Jan Baptist Clereens and sent Kiai Pekih Ibrahim and Haji Badaruddin so that Clereens could come to Remo Kamal, Bagelen (now part of the Purworejo Regency), upstream of the Cingcinggulung River.

Furthermore, a meeting on 20 February 1830 between the two sides did not result in an agreement, although it went smoothly and intimately. Finally, Diponegoro wanted to meet De Kock in person, who was then in Batavia and intended to wait for him in West Bagelen. However, Clereens suggested that Diponegoro wait for him at Menoreh. He finally arrived on 21 February 1830 and was cheered by his 700 followers.

At that time, the month of Ramadan took place from 25 February to 27 March 1830 and Diponegoro confirmed to De Kock that during the meeting there would be no serious discussions and only ordinary hospitality until the month of Ramadan ended. De Kock agreed. While in Magelang, all troops and their followers were marked with black turbans and robes given by Clereens.

De Kock showed kindness to Diponegoro by giving a gift of a gray horse and f 10,000 in two installments to finance his followers during the fasting month. De Kock also allowed the prince’s wife, his mother, his two sons and young daughter (Raden Mas Joned and Raden Mas Raib), his eldest son who was in North Kedu (Basah Imam Musbah) to join Magelang.

In De Kock’s mind, the voluntary arrival of Diponegoro and his followers showed that he had lost de facto . Meanwhile, during the fasting month, De Kock met him three times, namely twice during a dawn walk at the residency park and once when De Kock came alone to the guest house.

However, the spy who was implanted by Resident Valck in the Diponegoro unit, Tumenggung Mangunkusumo, reported that Diponegoro continued to insist on receiving Dutch recognition as the sultan of southern Java or as queen paneteg panatagama wontening Tanah Jawi sedaya (king and religious administrator throughout Java or head of the Islamic religion).

After that, De Kock gave secret orders to his two commanders on March 25, 1830, namely Lieutenant Colonel Louis du Perron and Major AV Michels, to prepare military equipment to secure Diponegoro’s arrest.

Finally, on March 28, 1830, coinciding with Idul Fitri, General De Kock met with Diponegoro. General De Kock was accompanied by Resident Kedu Valck, Lieutenant Colonel Roest (De Kock’s officer), Major FVHA de Stuers, and Javanese translator, Captain JJ Roefs.

Prince Diponegoro was accompanied by his three sons, religious advisors, two clowns, and commander Basah Mertanegara. De Kock started the meeting by asking Diponegoro not to return to Metesih. Diponegoro was surprised and again questioned De Kock why he was not allowed to return, even though he was only staying in touch at the end of the fasting month. De Kock immediately said he would arrest Diponegoro and the atmosphere immediately became tense.

Painting of the arrest of Prince Diponegoro by Lieutenant General Hendrik Markus de Kock on 28 March 1830, by Raden Saleh.

Diponegoro immediately responded by asking about the reasons why he had to be detained. He feels innocent and does not harbor hatred for anyone. Mertanegara interrupted the conversation and asked that political problems be resolved at another time. De Kock immediately interrupted the conversation and emphasized in a high tone that the political problems would be resolved that very day.

Diponegoro immediately spoke up and accused De Kock of being rotten because his decision was rushed and had never been discussed before during the fasting month. He said that he had no other wishes, except for the Dutch colonial government to recognize him as the religion of Islam in Java and the title of sultan he bears.

De Kock then ordered Lieutenant Colonel Roest for Du Perron to prepare troops. Diponegoro responded to this action by saying, “In such a situation and because of your evil nature, I am not afraid to die. I am not afraid of being killed and have no intention of avoiding it.”

De Kock was shocked to hear Diponegoro’s tough attitude and said in a low voice that he would not kill Diponegoro. However, it will still fulfill Diponegoro’s wish. It had occurred to Diponegoro to stab a dagger into De Kock’s body, but the intention was reversed because it would humiliate his dignity.

After drinking tea and approaching his followers, Diponegoro went out and he was successfully arrested. He is willing to surrender on condition that the rest of his army members are released. After being arrested in Magelang, he was exiled to the Semarang Residency Building in Ungaran, then taken to Batavia on 5 April 1830 by ship Pollux.

Diponegoro arrived in Batavia on 11 April 1830 and was taken prisoner in the stadhuis (Fatahillah Museum Building). He was then exiled to Manado on 30 April 1830 with his sixth wife, Tumenggung Dipasena, and other followers such as Mertaleksana, Banteng Wereng, and Nyai Sotaruna.

They arrived in Manado on 3 May 1830 and were taken prisoner at Fort Nieuw Amsterdam. In 1834, Diponegoro was transferred to Makassar until his death at Fort Rotterdam on January 8, 1855.

So, that’s a brief explanation of Prince Diponegoro’s Biography and His Role in the 1825–1830 Java War . Appreciating the services of national figures, like Prince Diponegoro, is not only by remembering and thanking them in their hearts, but also by emulating their attitudes and actions.

Sinaumed’s can visit sinaumedia’s book collection at www.sinaumedia.com to get references about other heroes, starting from their life background, education, and struggle history.

The following is a recommendation for sinaumedia books that Sinaumed’s can read to learn about Indonesian history so they can fully interpret it. Happy reading.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Author: Fandy Aprianto Rohman

• 6 Very Inspiring Heroes of Independence
• Biography of Ir. Sukarno, the proclaimer of Indonesian independence
• Sultan Ageng Tirtayasa Biography: His Life History and Struggle
• Biography of WR Supratman, the creator of the song Indonesia Raya
• After the Proclamation, Why Should the Indonesian Nation Defend Independence?
• History and Meaning of the Proclamation of Independence for Indonesia

Biography of Prabowo Subianto – Who doesn’t know the great figure of Prabowo Subianto? His name is always widely discussed in the world of politics and the military. Not only “mastering” the world of politics and the military, it turns out that he has carried out many important tasks in our country, both in the economic field and the Indonesian movement.

Then, who exactly is Prabowo Subianto? How was the progress of his career in the military world until finally he was in the world of politics? Let’s look at the following description!

Who is Prabowo Subianto?

General TNI (Purn.) H. Prabowo Subianto Djojohadikusumo is the third child and first son who was born on October 17, 1951. His father was named Soemitro Djojohadikusumo who came from Kebumen, Central Java. Prabowo’s father was an economist and also a politician from the Indonesian Socialist Party, who at that time had just finished serving as Minister of Industry in the Natsir Cabinet in April 1952. Meanwhile, his mother was named Dora Marie Sigar, also known as Dora Soemitro. She is a Protestant Christian woman of Minahasa descent. His mother comes from the Maengkom family in Langowan, North Sulawesi.

After the birth of Prabowo Subianto, his father, Soemitro, was reappointed as Minister of Finance in the Wilopo Cabinet. Prabowo has two older sisters, named Biantiningsih Miderawati and Maryani Ekowati. He also has a younger brother named Hashim Djojohadikusumo. Prabowo is the grandson of Margono Djojohadikusumo, a founder of Bank Negara Indonesia and also the first Chairman of the Supreme Advisory Council.

The Djojohadikusumo family descended from Raden Tumenggung Kertanegara, who was the commander of the army of Prince Diponegoro. Prabowo’s name itself is a name taken from his uncle, Captain Soebianto Djojohadikusumo, who was an officer in the People’s Security Army who died in the Lengkong Battle in January 1964 in Tangerang.

Prabowo’s childhood was spent abroad, especially after his father’s involvement in opposing President Soekarno’s government in the Revolutionary Government of the Republic of Indonesia in West Sumatra. Prabowo completed his secondary studies at the Victoria Institution in Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia; Zurich International School  in Zurich, Switzerland; and  The American School  in London, England. After the fall of Sukarno and the rise of Suharto, the Soemitro family returned to the Indonesian state. Then Prabowo entered the Military Academy in Magelang, Central Java.

In May 1983, Prabowo married Siti Hediati Hariyadi who was the daughter of President Suharto and Tien Soeharto. Prabowo and Siti Hediati were blessed with a son, namely Ragowo Hediprasetyo or Didiet. However, their marriage did not last long. Shortly after the New Order collapsed, the two separated in 1998. Their son, Didiet, grew up in Boston, United States of America and chose a profession as a designer based in Paris, France.

Prabowo Subianto’s Military Career

Prabowo Subianto is an Indonesian politician, businessman and high-ranking military officer. Prabowo was educated and had a career in the military for 28 years. It all started in 1976, when he started his military career in the Indonesian Army as a Second Lieutenant after graduating from the Military Academy in Magelang. From 1976 to 1985 Prabowo served in the Sandi Yudha Troop Command or Kopassandha which at that time was the Army’s special forces. One of his first assignments was as a platoon commander in Group I/Para Command which was part of the Nanggala operations force in East Timor.

At the age of 26, Prabowo became one of the youngest Platoon Commanders in operation. He played a major role in leading a mission to arrest Nicolau dos Reis Lobato , who was a Fretilin leader who served as Prime Minister during Operation Seroja . In 1985, Prabowo became deputy commander of the 328th Airborne Infantry Battalion. In 1991, Prabowo served as Chief of staff of the 17th Airborne Infantry Brigade headquartered in Cijantung.

In 1993, Prabowo returned to the Special Forces which is now called the Special Forces Command or Kopassus. Prabowo was appointed Commander of Group 3/Sandi Yudha, which is one of the Kopassus counter-insurgency Commands. Afterwards, Prabowo served as deputy commanding officer under the leadership of Brigadier General Agum Gumelar and Brigadier General Subagyo Hadi Siswoyo.

December 1995, Prabowo was appointed commander of the Kopassus General with the rank of Major General. One of his first assignments was the operation to free Mapenduma hostages. On March 20, 1998, Prabowo was appointed Commander of the Army Strategic Reserves Command with the position held by his father-in-law.

Prabowo oversees around 11 thousand ABRI reserve troops. Prabowo asked the Commander of the Armed Forces General Wiranto to be allowed to deploy his reservists from outside Jakarta to help quell the riots in May 1998. Although this request was ultimately refused by Wiranto, Prabowo allegedly flew hundreds of people who had been trained by the Kopassus unit under his supervision to Timor Leste from Dili to Yogyakarta, and then to Jakarta by train. On May 14, Prabowo met with several reformers such as Adnan Buyung Nasution and Bambang Widjojanto to discuss the current situation.

On May 21, 1998, President Soeharto announced his resignation and was replaced by Habibie who was directly inaugurated on the same day. In the afternoon, Prabowo met Habibie and asked him to appoint Prabowo as Armed Forces Commander to replace Wiranto. But Habibie dismissed Prabowo from his post as commander of Kostrad.

Prabowo met Suharto after being removed from office, but Prabowo’s father-in-law did not support him. Finally, Prabowo was assigned as Commander of the Armed Forces Staff and Command School in Bandung, replacing Lieutenant General Arie J. Kumaat. On July 14, 1998, the Armed Forces Commander formed the Officer Honorary Council which was chaired by General Subagyo Hadi Siswoyo along with 6 other lieutenant generals, namely: Fachrul Razi (Deputy Chair), Djamari Chaniago (secretary), Arie J. Kumaat, Agum Gumelar, Susilo Bambanv Yudhoyono, and Yusuf Kartanegara.

This council examines Prabowo on 7 points of accusation; one of which is deliberately making mistakes in task analysis, carrying out and controlling operations in the context of national stability which are not under his authority, but are the authority of the Pangab, not involving organic staff in staff procedures, control and supervision, and often going abroad without permission from the Kasad or Commander

During the trial, Prabowo claimed he was a prisoner of war protected by the Geneva Conventions and frequently exercised his right to remain silent, frustrating assembly members who already had to wear bulletproof vests. Prabowo was tried based on the Criminal Code and the Military Criminal Code.

DKP found Prabowo guilty and committed the crime of disobedience (Article 103 of the Military Criminal Code); order the deprivation of another person’s freedom (Article 55 (1) 2nd of the Military Criminal Code and Article 333 of the Criminal Code), and kidnapping (Article 55 (1) 2nd and Article 328 of the Criminal Code). Prabowo’s dismissal from military service caused controversy during the 2009 general election, when Gerindra politician Fadli Zon denied that Prabowo was sacked, but was “respectably discharged”.

Prabowo Subianto’s Business Career

After Prabowo left the military career, he chose to follow his younger brother’s career to become a businessman. In the business world Prabowo owns and leads 27 companies in Indonesia and also abroad. Prabowo became president and CEO of PT Tidar Kerinci Agung which is engaged in palm oil production, then PT Nusantara Energy which is engaged in oil and gas, mining, agriculture, forestry and pulp, and also PT Jaladri Nusantara which is engaged in fisheries.

His career started with buying Kiani Kertas , a paper mill management company located in Mangkajang, East Kalimantan. Previously, Kiani Kertas was owned by Bob Hasan, a businessman close to President Soeharto. Prabowo also bought Kiani Kertas using a loan worth Rp. 1.8 trillion. The name Kiani Kertas was changed by Prabowo to Kertas Nusantara . The Nusantara Group group of companies owned by Prabowo also controls twenty-seven domestic and foreign companies. The business owned by Prabowo is engaged in plantations, mining, palm oil and coal.

In 2011, it was reported that PT Kertas Nusantara had 161 creditors consisting of 136 concurrent creditors, 18 special creditors and 7 separatist creditors. Based on the verification by the Business Competition Supervisory Commission, at that time, Kertas Nusantara’s total debt reached Rp 14.31 trillion. On June 9 2011, the Central Jakarta Commercial Court ordered PT Kertas Nusantara to pay a debt of Rp. 142 billion to PT Multi Alphabet as one of the creditors within forty-five days, if not, Kertas Nusantara is in danger of being declared bankrupt. On July 22, 2011, PT Kertas Nusantara survived the threat of bankruptcy after 89% of creditors agreed to provide an extension of time for debt payments.

On January 20 2015, PT Kertas Nusantara was again hit by problems because around 600 employees of PT Kertas Nusantara in Berau Regency, East Kalimantan held a demonstration demanding salaries that had not been paid for 5 months. However, this news was directly denied by Indra Alam. He felt he had never made a statement that he had invited workers to demonstrate at the HI Roundabout and boycott Prabowo in the election. The management of PT Kertas Nusantara has also confirmed that the salary payable problem has been resolved since March 2014. Director of PT Kertas Nusantara Winson Pola never apologized and explained that this was due to financial difficulties because the factory was not operating at full capacity in mid 2013 .

Prabowo Subianto’s Political Career

Prabowo Subianto’s political career began when he was about to run as a candidate for the Indonesian presidency from the Golkar Party at the 2004 Golkar Candidate Convention. Even though he passed, in the end Prabowo lost the vote to Wiranto.

Together with his younger brother, Hashim Djojohadikusumo, former student activist Fadli Zon and former Deputy V of the State Intelligence Agency for Fundraising Affairs Muchdi Purwoprandjono and a number of other names, on February 6 2008 founded the Great Indonesia Movement Party or Gerindra. In the Gerindra party, Prabowo serves as Chairman of the Board of Trustees of the Central Leadership Council (DPP). The Gerindra Party won 4,646,406 votes (4.46%) and placed twenty-six representatives in the DPR RI in the Indonesian Legislative Elections in 2009.

On May 9, 2008, the Gerindra Party expressed its desire to nominate Prabowo as a presidential candidate in the 2009 elections. However, after a difficult bidding process, Prabowo finally agreed to become Megawati Soekarnoputri’s presidential candidate. The two signed a Slate Agreement stating that:

1. The Indonesian Democratic Party of Struggle and Gerindra Party nominated Megawati as a presidential candidate and Prabowo as a vice presidential candidate in the 2009 elections.

2. If both are elected, Prabowo can control Indonesia’s economic programs and policies.

3. Prabowo can determine who will later become Minister of Forestry, Minister of Agriculture, Minister of Finance, Minister of Industry, Minister of Manpower and also Transmigration, Minister of Law and Human Rights, and also Minister of Defence.

4. The government formed will support the PDI Perjuangan populist program and also the eight action programs from the Gerindra Party for the prosperity of the people.

5. Funding for elections will be shared.

6. Megawati will support Prabowo’s candidacy as a presidential candidate for the 2014 election.

In the 2009 presidential election, Prabowo became the richest vice presidential candidate. Prabowo has total assets of Rp. 1.579 trillion and $7.57 million, including 84 special horses some of which cost up to 3 billion each and a number of luxury cars. This wealth is 160 times the wealth reported in 2003.

The results of a quick count from the Indonesian Survey Institute, the Indonesian Survey Circle, the Institute for Economic and Social Research, Education and Information, the Center for Policy Studies and Strategic Development, CIRUS, the Information Research Institute, and Quick Count Metro TV, predict that the Megawati-Prabowo pair will lose badly from the pair Susilo Bambang Yudhoyono and Boediono. The results of the KPU Manual calculations announced on 25 July 2009 were not much different from the quick count results.

In the 2014 presidential election, the Great Indonesia Movement Party stated that it would nominate Prabowo as Indonesia’s presidential candidate. Prabowo stated that he is ready to be nominated as president. Although several survey institutions noted that Prabowo’s electability was the highest when compared to other presidential candidates. Not even a few political observers believe that Prabowo’s move will be hindered by the very low electability of the Great Indonesia Movement Party.

In the 2014 legislative elections, based on Kompas quick calculations until April 9 2014, Gerindra won third place by winning 11.58%, while PDIP won 19.52% and Golkar won 15.22%. Prabowo Subianto presents ” Six Nation Transformation Action Programs“. In his campaign, Prabowo stated that if he was elected President of the Republic of Indonesia, Prabowo wanted to build a strong, sovereign, just and prosperous economy, implement a people’s economy, build food and energy sovereignty and monitor water resources, improve the quality of Indonesian human development through education, health, social and cultural affairs, as well as building infrastructure and preserving nature and the environment, as well as building a government that is free from corruption, strong, firm and effective.

In the presidential election, Prabowo ran again by collaborating with Sandiaga Uno as his running mate. However, victory was not in his favor. On October 23, 2019, Prabowo was appointed as the 26th Minister of Defense of the Republic of Indonesia in the Advanced Indonesia Cabinet for the 2019 to 2024 period.

Prabowo Subianto was born not from random people, from a young age he was involved in the world of military, business and politics. If Sinaumed’s wants to know more about Prabowo Subianto, Sinaumed’s can read the book and get the book which is available at www.sinaumedia.com . As #FriendsWithoutLimits we try to give our best!

Author: Yufi Cantika Sukma Divine

Also Read:

1. Biography of Ir. Sukarno, the proclaimer of Indonesian independence
2. What is a Government System?
3. Biography of Joko Widodo, President of the Republic of Indonesia
4. Learn about the Theory of Legal Certainty
5. Biography of Suharto, President of the New Order Era
6. Biography of BJ Habibie, Visionary President
7. Biography of General Soedirman, the Great General of the TNI

Biography of Joko Widodo – Joko Widodo or what we usually know as Jokowi is one of the Presidents of Indonesia. President Joko Widodo became the seventh President of Indonesia. The name of the seventh President of Indonesia is widely known by the people of Indonesia.

However, not everyone knows about the biography of this seventh Indonesian President. Did you know that President Jokowi is a furniture entrepreneur from Solo? How was Jokowi’s political career? Check out reviews about Joko Widodo or Jokowi starting from his childhood to achievements and unique facts that were pinned on Jokowi.

Jokowi Comes From a Simple Family

Joko Widodo was born at Minulyo Hospital on June 21, 1961, he had a father named Noto Mihardjo and a mother named Sujiatmi. Jokowi is the first or eldest child and has three younger sisters, namely Iit Sriyantini, Ida Yati and Titik Relawati.

Jokowi’s father worked as a seller of wood and bamboo around the banks of the Karanganyar river, Solo, so it can be said that Jokowi’s life was far from luxurious.

The Jokowi family can be said to be an underprivileged family, especially in meeting their needs, such as having difficulty paying school fees, difficulty finding food, and several other difficulties.

To help ease the burden on his family, Jokowi helps his father who works as a carpenter, sometimes even after school, he helps his father to collect payments from customers who have bought wood and helps load the wood that has been purchased by his customers onto pedicabs or carts.

Jokowi married Ibu Iriana in 1986. From this marriage Jokowi gave birth to three children consisting of two sons and one daughter. The first child was named Gibran Rakabuming Raka, the second child was named Kahiyang Ayu, and the third child was named Kaesang Pangarep.

Currently, Jokowi has four grandchildren, two from his first child and two from his second child. The marriage between Gibran Rakabuming Raka and Selvi Ananda gave one grandson named Jan Ethes Srinarendra and one granddaughter named La Lembah Mana.

Meanwhile, the marriage between Kahiyang Ayu and Bobby Nasution gave one granddaughter named Sedah Mirah Nasution and one grandson named Al Nahyan Nasution.

Jokowi’s Childhood

As a child, Jokowi spent a lot of time in the Karanganyar river. Lots of activities carried out by Jokowi either alone or with his friends.

Activities undertaken, such as bathing in the river, looking for duck eggs, fishing, playing, and many more. Even though he likes to play or do activities with his friends, he does not forget his obligation, namely studying. Jokowi is very good at managing his time, when to play and when to study.

Jokowi’s activities when he was small were not only about playing and studying, but he also did recitation activities. Jokowi did not only study, play and recite the Koran, but he also helped his father sell wood or helped his mother take care of the house and his younger siblings.

Jokowi’s childhood can be said to be quite difficult and hard. This was because Jokowi’s family had moved from house to house due to evictions several times, so he and his family temporarily stayed at a friend’s house in the Gondang area.

Jokowi believes that unpleasant childhood experiences are not a form of suffering. This is because, he feels that all the unpleasant things in the past are God’s way of building and shaping his character in the future.

Jokowi Education

Jokowi’s education started from 111 Tirtoyoso Public Elementary School. This school is also known as an educational institution aimed at the lower middle class society. This school is located in the Banjarsari area, Solo.

Since attending elementary school, Jokowi has started to actively help ease the living expenses of his family by earning his own pocket money. The things he does are being a porter, selling, and umbrella taxis.

Surakarta 1 State Junior High School became the secondary educational institution chosen by Jokowi after completing his primary education at Tirtoyoso 03 Public Elementary School. This school is located on Jalan MT Haryono 4, Surakarta.

After graduating from secondary education at Surakarta 1 State Junior High School, Jokowi wanted to continue his senior secondary education at Surakarta 1 State Senior High School, but after making maximum efforts, Jokowi failed to enter Surakarta 1 State Senior High School and chose to continue his education at State Senior High School 6 Surakarta.

After completing his senior secondary education, Jokowi continued his education at Gajah Mada University, Yogyakarta. When studying at Gadjah Mada University, Jokowi chose the forestry faculty with a major in wood technology. On campus, he learned more about wood, from wood utilization, wood structures to wood technology.

Jokowi took the field of study in wood technology because he was very close to the world of “timber” since he was a child. Jokowi graduated from Gajah Mada University in 1985 with the thesis title “Study of Consumption Patterns of Plywood in End Use in Surakarta Municipality”.

Apart from being listed as a student, Jokowi is also listed as a member of “Mapala Silvagama”. “Mapala Silvagama” is a semi-autonomous organization located at Gadjah Mada University.

Jokowi Was Once a Furniture Entrepreneur

After graduating from university, Jokowi worked for a State-Owned Enterprise (BUMN), namely PT Kertas Kraft Aceh and was given an assignment in the Merkusii Pine Forest area in Gayo Highlands, Central Aceh. However, Jokowi worked at PT Kertas Kraft Aceh for not so long and decided to return to his hometown.

Arriving at his hometown, Jokowi had the desire or determination to do business in the timber sector. This business in the wood sector started with his uncle’s company, which was named CV Roda Jati.

Until 1988, he ventured to set up his own timber business. The business name Jokowi gave for his timber business was CV Rakabu, the name was taken from his first son named Gibran Rakabuming Raka.

Jokowi started his business with debt capital. To get business capital, Jokowi guarantees the land title belonging to his parents to the bank so that he can get a loan from the bank.

The choices and decisions made by Jokowi can be said to be quite bold because if the timber business fails then the certificate cannot be returned. However, because of Jokowi’s persistence, hard work, and sense of optimism, his business has been successful and has survived to this day.

After obtaining venture capital, Jokowi started his furniture business by renting a fairly simple place, namely a place made of woven bamboo. When he just started his business, Jokowi was assisted by three workers processing wood, making construction and painting furniture.

Jokowi’s strong determination made him work harder and work from morning to morning. In other words, the time Jokowi spends at work exceeds working hours in general.

Sometimes, he would sleep in the factory just to finish his work. With his hard work, Jokowi’s furniture began to show quite advanced results or progress in his furniture business. The progress made in Jokowi’s furniture business came after three years of struggling and working hard to develop this furniture business.

When he first started his career as a furniture exporter, Jokowi began to actively participate in furniture exhibitions held from Singapore, the Middle East, Europe, to America. The first exhibition attended by Jokowi was an exhibition held in Jakarta.

Jokowi’s Political Career

Jokowi’s experience in a political career can be said to be very different from his career in the world of furniture business. Jokowi already has experience in the furniture business for 23 years. Meanwhile, in the world of politics, Jokowi can be said to have not had much experience.

Jokowi’s early political career began in 1998 by following the world of practical politics and the party he chose was the Indonesian Democratic Party of Struggle (PDI-P) led by Megawati Soekarnoputri. This party became Jokowi’s political vehicle, from becoming Mayor of Solo to becoming President of the Republic of Indonesia.

1. Become Mayor of Solo

In 2005 the Regional Head Election (Pilkada) for Mayor of Solo was held. Jokowi became a candidate for Mayor of Solo with partner FX Hadi Rudyatmo. The two candidates are endorsed by the Indonesian Democratic Party of Struggle (PDI-P) and the National Awakening Party (PKB).

From that election, Joko Widodo and FX Hadi Rudyatmo won 36.62% of the votes and won the Pilkada.

In his leadership, Jokowi was able to make the city of Solo neater, even the city of Solo became one of the study materials at domestic and foreign universities.

Not only that, during his leadership, Jokowi also introduced the Batik Solo Trans bus and made the city of Solo the host for several international events.

On April 26, 2010, Joko Widodo and FX Hadi Rudyatmo became the Mayor and Deputy Mayor of Solo as the incumbent candidates. At that time, the votes obtained by Joko Widodo and FX Hadi Rudyatmo could be said to be quite surprising because they received 90.09% of the votes.

The votes they got almost broke the MURI record. In the MURI record, the pair Herman Sutrisno and Akhmad Dimyati, as Mayor of Banjar, won the most votes, where they are also the incumbent pair and the votes obtained were 92.19% in 2008.

2. Become the Governor of DKI Jakarta

After successfully becoming Mayor of Solo, Jokowi continued his political career by running for Governor of DKI Jakarta. Jokowi was initially hesitant to contest the gubernatorial election, but he was convinced by the leader of the Indonesian Democratic Party of Struggle (PDI-P), namely Megawati Soekarnoputri.

At that time, Jokowi needed 9 more seats to become a candidate for Governor of DKI Jakarta so the leader of the Great Indonesia Movement Party (Gerindra) conducted political lobbying with the PDI-P party. After conducting political lobbying, the Gerindra party presented a candidate for Deputy Governor of DKI Jakarta, namely Basuki Tjahaja Purnama.

At that time, more precisely in 2012, the couple Joko Widodo and Basuki Tjahaja Purnama were the underdog. This is because they have to face the incumbent candidates, namely Fauzi Bowo and Nachrowi Ramli.

However, in the end the pair Joko Widodo and Basuki Tjahaja Purnama managed to defeat the pair Fauzi Bowo and Nachrowi Ramli and become Governor and Deputy Governor of DKI Jakarta.

As for several policies carried out by Jokowi when leading Jakarta, such as the row village, the Jakarta Healthy Card (KJS), the Jakarta Smart Card (KJP).

3. Become the President of the Republic of Indonesia

After several years as the Governor of DKI Jakarta, Jokowi was trusted by his party to continue his political career as a candidate for President of the Republic of Indonesia. 2014 was the year of the General Election (Election) of the President of the Republic of Indonesia. That year, Jokowi and Jusuf Kalla became the presidential and vice presidential candidates for the 2014 election.

After the vote counting process was completed, it was stated that the Jokowi pair received 53.15% of the vote. As for several policies made by Joko Widodo when he was President, such as the Healthy Indonesia Card (KIS), the Smart Indonesia Card (KIP), and others.

In the next general election, Jokowi ran for the incumbent with a different pair, namely KH. Ma’ruf Amin. In this election, Joko Widodo competed with Prabowo Subianto and Sandiaga Uno and Joko Widodo’s pair won this election by getting a vote of 55.50%.

Jokowi’s Unique Awards and Facts 

Jokowi’s outreach skills in getting support from the community earned him an award as Marketer of The Year 2012 held by the Markplus Conference 2013, Marketing: Info Innovation and Technology.

As many people already know, Jokowi’s real name is Joko Widodo. However, do you know that the nickname Jokowi was originally given to Joko Widodo?

When he was a furniture export entrepreneur, Joko Widodo had a client or customer who liked to buy his furniture, named Michl Romaknan from France.

Long story short, this customer from France found it difficult to distinguish the name Joko Widodo from the name Joko-Joko who work in the same profession, namely as a furniture exporter.

Michl looked for a way to distinguish Joko Widodo’s name from other Joko-Joko and Michl gave him the name “Jokowi” so he could distinguish it from other Joko-Joko names.

Until now, the name Jokowi is better known by the public than the name Joko Widodo. This is because the name Jokowi has its own uniqueness and is easier for many people to hear and remember.

Conclusion

Jokowi always tries to provide a sense of security and comfort to his younger siblings so that he becomes a role model for his three younger sisters. The sense of security and comfort is shown by being kind and protective of their younger siblings.

Not only that, Joko Widodo or Jokowi is also very happy to help his mother to care for and look after his younger siblings, such as taking them to school, helping with homework, and so on.

The furniture business owned by Jokowi can be said to be a business that is not obtained easily and requires hard work to build a more advanced business.

Ups and downs in building this business are usually passed. It can be said that the key to developing a business in a more advanced direction requires courage and enthusiasm to get back up when you have to fall many times.

Jokowi started his political career in 1998 and chose PDI-P as his political vehicle. So that in 2005-2010 he succeeded in becoming the Mayor of Solo, then continued his political career to become the Governor of DKI Jakarta in 2012 and in 2014 until now he has become the President of the Republic of Indonesia.

This book is a sketch of the woman who accompanied Jokowi, when he was still a fetus in the womb until now he is the governor of DKI Jakarta. Hopefully, the values ​​of simplicity, honesty and not being greedy will inspire more families in Indonesia so that in the future there will be new leaders who are honest and can be proud of.

sinaumedia.com

This book provides empirical information and analysis related to family background and struggles, as well as Jokowi’s development as a child up to the time he entered college. More than just a story about Jokowi, the analysis in this book is placed within the framework of the struggle of an ordinary Javanese family in vertical mobility in the social, economic and political arenas, amidst an elitist and hierarchical social structure.

Also read articles related to “Joko Widodo Biography” :

• Gus Dur’s biography
• Biography of Bj Habibie
• Cak Nun Biography
• Biography of Ki Hajar Dewantara
• General Seodirman’s biography

Biography of Ir. Soekarno – Sinaumed’s must be familiar with Ir. Soekarno, Indonesian National Hero who was the first president of the Republic of Indonesia. His struggles and services for the Indonesian nation are countless, and his prowess is not only well-known domestically but internationally. That is why the biography of Ir. Soekarno is very interesting to be discussed and known by generations of Indonesians.

The figure of Soekarno has its own place for Indonesian society and provides many role models for the nation. Soekarno put a lot of energy, thought, even his soul for Indonesia, from fighting colonialism to building this nation into what it is today. Soekarno became an important figure in Indonesian history who will always be remembered for his services.

The following is a brief description of the biography of Ir. Soekarno, which Sinaumed’s needs to know as the nation’s generation, so that he can reap positive values ​​from the story of the proclaimer.

Ir. Sukarno

Full name : Ir. Sukarno

Nickname: Bung Karno

Nickname: Kusno

Place, date of birth : Surabaya, 6 June 1901

Islam

Wife’s Names: Fatmawati, Hartini, Ratna Sari Dewi, Kartini Manopo, Haryati, Yurike Sanger, and Heldy Djafar

Names of Children: Guntur, Megawati, Rachmawati, Sukmawati, Thunder (from Fatmawati) Typhoon, Bayu (from Hartini) Kartika (from Ratna Sari Dewi)

Education : HIS in Surabaya, Hogere Burger School (HBS), Technische Hoogeschool (THS) in Bandung

Died: Jakarta, June 21, 1970

Buried: Blitar, East Java

Personal Life Ir. Sukarno

Ir. Soekarno or familiarly called Bung Karno was born on June 6, 1901 in Surabaya, East Java with his first name Kusno Sosrodihardjo and died on June 21, 1970 in Jakarta. Bung Karno was the son of the couple Raden Soekemi Sosrodihardjo and Ida Ayu Nyoman Rai. Because he was sickly, little Soekarno was cared for by his older brother named Raden Hardjodikromo in Tulungagung. Soekarno returned to live with his father and mother in 1909 in Mojokerto.

It was in Mojokerto that his father was assigned as head of the Eerste Inlandse School and Soekarno also attended school there . Since living back with his parents, Soekarno changed his name from Kusno to Soekarno so that he would not be sick anymore and could grow healthily. Since childhood Soekarno has become a child who achieves even able to master many languages. That is why Soekarno’s intelligence is known by the world.

In 1911 Soekarno moved again to ELS which was equivalent to Elementary School (SD) which was specially prepared to enter the Hogere Burger School (HBS) in Surabaya. In 1915 Soekarno graduated from school at ELS and then lived at the house of his father’s friend, Haji Oemar Said Tjokroaminoto or HOS Cokroaminoto who was the founder of the Islamic Union. Since then Soekarno was noble to know the world of struggle which ultimately made him really want to fight for the Indonesian nation.

At the Cokroaminoto Residence, young Soekarno began to study politics a lot and practiced a lot of speeches. It was there that Sukarno began to know and interact with great figures, such as Dr. Douwes Dekker, Tjipto Mangunkusumo, and Ki Hajar Dewantara. They were the leaders of the National Indische Partij organization at that time.

Going to school at HBS gave Soekarno a lot of experience and lessons, until he finally graduated in 1921. After that Soekarno moved back to Bandung and lived with Haji Sanusi to continue his education at the Technische Hooge School (THS) majoring in civil engineering or us. known now as the ITB campus. It was there that Soekarno earned his engineering degree by graduating on May 25, 1926.

Soekarno was inaugurated along with eighteen other elements at the 61st ITB Anniversary on 3 July 1926. According to Prof. Jacob Clay as head of the faculty on the campus expressed his pride because there were 3 Javanese engineers, namely Soekarno, Anwari and Soetedjo, and engineers from other regions.

During his lifetime, Soekarno married several women, namely Fatmawati, Hartini, Ratna Sari Dewi, Kartini Manopo, Haryati, Yurike Sanger, and Heldy Djafar. Upon his marriage, Soekarno was blessed with 11 children. In the end, some of Soekarno’s descendants also followed in his father’s footsteps in Indonesian politics.

Namely his daughter named Megawati Soekarnoputri who had served as the 5th president of the Republic of Indonesia, Rachmawati Soekarnoputri, and Sukmawati Soekarnoputri. His first son and Fatmawati, Guntur Soekarnoputra, did not enter politics like himself and his younger sisters.

Political Journey Ir. Sukarno

Talking about Ir. Soekarno’s biography is incomplete if you don’t discuss his extraordinary work in the world of politics. Ir. Soekarno even plunged into the world of politics from a very young age. Soekarno became famous for the first time in 1915 when he became a member of the Surabaya Branch of Jong Java. According to Soekarno, most organizations in Indonesia are still Java-centric, which only think about culture.

That’s what made Soekarno need to answer the challenge. Because of his sadness, Soekarno also gave a speech using ngoko (rough Javanese) at the Jong Java annual plenary meeting in Surabaya. Not long after, after a month of the meeting, Soekarno sparked the idea to make the Jong Java newspaper use Malay instead of Dutch.

Soekarno then founded Algemeene Studie (ASC) in Bandung in 1926 which was the result of inspiration from Dr. Soetomo at the Indonesische Study Club. It was this ASC organization that became the forerunner to the founding of the major party in Indonesia, the Indonesian National Party, which was born in 1927. Thanks to his being active in the PNI organization, Soekarno was arrested by the Dutch because he was considered a danger to the colonial government.

December 29, 1929 Sukarno was arrested in Yogyakarta to be transferred to the Banceuy prison in Bandung. Then in 1930 he was moved to Sukamiskin prison and in this year Soekarno also issued a pledoi Indonesia suing which was phenomenal at that time until he was finally released on December 31, 1931. After being released from prison, in 1932 Soekarno joined the Indonesian Party (Partindo) which was still a PNI fragment because at that time the PNI was disbanded and declared banned by the Dutch.

But his activities at Partino again led to prison in 1933 in Folders exile because of a dangerous movement for the Netherlands. Because his exile was long enough and very far away, it almost made other Indonesian national figures forget Soekarno’s existence and involvement. This did not make him give up and Soekarno continued to send letters to Ahmad Hasan, a teacher of Islamic Unity.

In 1938 Soekarno was then exiled to Bengkulu Province until 1942. During the Japanese occupation in 1942 Soekarno was only released again. After going through a long journey, in 1943 the Japanese prime minister, Hideki Toja, invited Soekarno, Muhammad Hatt, and Ki Bagoes Hadikoesoemo who were then warmly welcomed by Emperor Hirohito. The three of them have been considered as the imperial family of Japan by being bestowed with the Imperial Star (Sacred Pearl).

Since the Japanese colonial period, many organizations emerged, such as Jawa Hokokai, BPUPKI, Center for People’s Power (Putera) to PPKI with the main figures namely Soekarno, KH Mas Mansyur, Ki. Hajar Dewantara, and other figures active in national movement organizations. Finally the national movement figures bought clenbuterol in collaboration with the Japanese government for Indonesian independence. Although there are still those who carry out the underground movement, such as Amir Sjarifuddin and Sutan Syahrir, who do not fully believe in Japan and consider it dangerous and fascist.

During the long struggle finally Sukarno and Moh. Hatta proclaimed Indonesia’s independence on August 17, 1945 which was urged by young people and was kidnapped to Rengasdengklok. Since then Soekarno was appointed as the first President of Indonesia and began to be known as the Proclaimer accompanied by Mohammad Hatta as his deputy. Previously, on June 1, 1945, at the BPUPKI Soekarno meeting, he had put forward the idea of ​​the basis of the State, namely Pancasila, which is still the basis of our State.

After successfully formulating Pancasila, Soekarno attempted to unify the archipelago into the Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia. Even the nations of Asia, Africa, and Latin America were attempted by Soekarno at the 1955 Asian-African Conference in Bandung until it eventually developed into the Non-Aligned Movement. It was thanks to Soekarno’s services that many countries in the Asian-African region supported them, although some had prolonged conflicts due to injustice in their countries. That is why Soekarno is known for carrying out the free and active politics of the international world.

For the glory of his struggle for Indonesia, Ir Soekarno also experienced a period of decline in his politics after Vice President Mohammad Hatta finally decided to resign and separate from Soekrano in 1956. In addition, there were many separatist rebellions that occurred in several regions in Indonesia. Based on historical records, the peak of the rebellion was when there was a rebellion known as the G30S PKI which devastated Indonesian society at that time.

It was because of this incident that Sukarno was ostracized by the president who replaced him, namely Suharto. Because he was old and often sick, Soekarno finally died in Jakarta, Wisma Yaso to be precise on June 21, 1970. Then his body was buried in Blitar and has become an icon of the city of Blitar to this day. Soekarno’s grave is always crowded with pilgrims and tourists who come on certain days and are very busy during the haul of the Proclaimer.

Relics of Personal Items Ir. Sukarno

The passing of a figure who was once the number one person in Indonesia left many historical relics in his struggle for the Indonesian Nation. Until now, Sinaumed’s can still see Ir. Soekarno following in some famous museums in Indonesia:

1. Black Cap

In historical documents, we must be familiar with Sukarno, who always wore a black cap. This item has even become the hallmark of Bung Karno. Until now, we can still find many people who still use this black cap. In fact, it was almost rare to see Soekarno seen without his black cap at that time.

2. Wesi Kuning

Soekarno’s yellow wesi or yellow iron is shaped like Minak Jinggo’s mace. This item is considered to have supernatural powers for Sukarno.

3. Command Stick

The stick of command, made of wood from the Kalak mountains, Ponorogo, East Java, was never left by Soekarno. Even until his visit abroad, this stick was still carried by Soekarno. This stick has become an item that Soekarno must carry anywhere

4. Puputan War Relics Keris

Soekarno was very fond of collecting various kinds of keris, one of his collections, namely the very famous Puputan war keris. This keris is even believed by many people to make Soekarno the president of Indonesia.

5. Monkey Stick

Monkey stick owned by Ir. Soekarno got when he was in Dutch exile. Soekarno often carried the stick in his daily activities.

6. White Coat

The white coat is the attire often worn by Soekarno at several national events at home or abroad. In fact, this item has become the unique identity of the Proclaimer. This white coat can make Soekarno’s appearance more authoritative and bring a positive aura to him.

7. Ajian Lembu Sekilan

This item belonging to Soekarno is said to have been the magic of Patih Gajah Mada who had supernatural powers to protect Soekarno’s safety.

8. Keris Loses Body

The magic keris, which was known to have been owned by General Soedirman, was also owned by Soekarno. This keris was also considered to have certain supernatural powers for Soekarno in his lifetime.

Awards Received by Ir Soekarno

Sinaumed’s needs to know that Soekarno’s greatness was not only domestically but also recognized worldwide. During his life Soekarno has received many awards from the title of Doctor Honoris Causa from 26 universities in the country and abroad. Soekarno had many awards during his work in the world of politics, especially his struggle for statehood. The following is a list of awards that Soekarno had during his lifetime that Sinaumed’s needs to know:

1. First Class Star of The Order of the Supreme Companions From South African President, Thabo Mbeki
2. Lenin Star From Russian Government
3. Grand Yugoslav Star From the Government of Yugoslavia
4. Grand Of The Order Of The Southern Cross From The Government Of Brazillia
5. Grand Knight of The Order If Oats IX of the Vatican Holy See
6. Satyalancana Pioneers of Independence from the Government of the Republic of Indonesia
7. White Lion Medal From Czechoslovakia
8. The Gold Medal Of The Consecration Of The Vatican Holy See
9. Collar Of The Order Of San Martin From The Government Of Argentina
10. Medal Of The Order Of The Golden Spur Of The Vatican Holy See
11. The Medal Of The Highest Order Of The Australian Government
12. Philippine Legion of Honor From the Government of the Philippines
13. Medal of Resistance, First Class From the Government of North Vietnam
14. Order of The Condor of the Andes From the Government of Bolivia
15. The Eighth Star of the Indonesian Armed Forces (APRI) From the Government of the Republic of Indonesia in 1959
16. Bintang Republik Indonesia Adipura From the Republic of Indonesia in 1959
17. Guerrilla Stars From the Republic of Indonesia in 1959
18. Bintang Mahaputera Adipura From the Republic of Indonesia in 1959
19. Bintang Bhayangkara Utama From the Republic of Indonesia in 1959
20. Bintang Sakti From the Republic of Indonesia in 1959
21. Garuda Star From the Republic of Indonesia in 1959
22. Bintang Dharma From the Republic of Indonesia in 1959
23. Bintang Jasa Utama From the Republic of Indonesia in 1963
24. Proclaimer Hero of the Republic of Indonesia in 1983
25. Grand Cordon of the Supreme Order of the Chrysanthemum From the Government of Japan 1961

Well, that’s the biography of Ir. Soekarno, whom Sinaumed’s needs to know as the young generation of the Indonesian nation. The best way to appreciate the services of the nation’s heroes is to recognize and study the history of their struggle. The story of the struggle of Ir. Soekarno for the Indonesian people gave us a lesson how valuable this nation is for us to protect.

Grades can take many positive values ​​in Ir. Soekarno’s biography as an idealist, thinker, brave and persistent person not to give up easily. Soekarno has also made a major contribution to the development of the Indonesian nation to become the country it is today.

Book & Article Recommendations

If sinaumedia is interested in a more complete and extensive biography of Ir. Soekarno, you can visit sinaumedia’s book collection at www.sinaumedia.com . Grmaeds will find many references about Ir. Soekarno, from personal life, political progress, to Soekarno’s great thoughts. The following is a recommendation for sinaumedia books that Grandes can read so that he can get to know Soekarno better, a great figure who is the pride of the Indonesian nation: Enjoy studying. #Friends Without Limits

Biography of General Soedirman – Sinaumed’s, you must be familiar with this one figure, namely General Soedirman, one of the heroes of the national revolution who played an important role for the Indonesian nation.

It is not surprising that many of General Soedirman’s biographies perpetuate his services for Indonesia. The story of General Soedirman’s struggle is indeed very inspiring to know.

General Soedirman is a figure respected by his troops in Indonesian history as a hero of the National Revolution. He had a very big role during the revolution to win Indonesian independence from the Dutch colonial. General Soedirman later became the first commander-in-chief as well as the first RI General with the youngest age, namely 31 years.

Behind his courage, General Soedirman has a calm personality in solving problems to find solutions that are solutive, persistent, and very firm in upholding principles.

That is why he is known as a tough and tireless warrior. There are many other things that can be learned from General Soedirman, Sinaumed’s can get to know him through the following biography of General Soedirman:

Biography of General Soedirman

General Soedirman’s real name is Raden Soedirman who was born on January 24, 1916 in Purbalingga, Central Java Province.

General Soedirman’s parents were Mr. Karsid Kartawiraji, a sugar factory worker in Kalibagor, Banyumas and Mrs. Siyem who was a descendant of the Rembang Wedana. He has one brother namely Muhammad Samingan. His wife is Alifah and with him he has 7 children.

General Soedirman was not lived by his parents, he was raised by his uncle named Raden Cokrosunaryo who was a sub-district head in Rembang Purbalingga so he could live a more decent and established life. At that time Raden Cokrosunaryo did not have children so he adopted General Soedirman as his son. Together with his uncle, since childhood, the General did get a proper education.

At the age of 7 years, he attended Hollandsch Inlandsche School (HIS) which then continued to Taman Siswa when he was 8 years old. Then he was transferred again to the Wirotomo School because Taman Siswa was considered by the Dutch to be an illegal institution the following year.

Young Soedirman was known as a child who was obedient in worship, diligent in studying, and diligent in understanding Islam from Raden Muhammad. He later earned the nickname Hajj because of his religious knowledge and often lectured in front of Muslims at that time.

After his uncle died, General was devastated by the departure of his adoptive parents. He also had to experience very poor economic problems. Luckily, he was still allowed to go to school in Wirotomo without paying.

Thanks to his intelligence he survived and continued to hone his skills. General Soedirman finally started co-founding Islamic organizations when he was still a teenager, namely Hizbul Wathan, which belongs to the Muhammadiyah Organization. Because of his dedication from an early age, in the end, General Soedirman was entrusted with leading the organization at the Cilacap branch.

General Soedirman’s leadership spirit had emerged since he was young, so that the people respected and respected the General. He also continued his studies at Kweekschool (a special school for teacher candidates) although in the end it was not completed due to financial problems. General Soedirman returned to Cilacap and taught Muhammadiyah elementary school teachers there.

His personal teacher named Muhammad Kholil was the one who appointed the general to become a teacher at the Hollandsch Inlandsche School (HIS).

It was also in Cilacap that the General met his beloved, Alifah the wife who is the daughter of a wealthy batik entrepreneur, namely Raden Sosro Atmojo.

During the Dutch era, General Soedirman was not known as a fighter. According to Hatta, the general was known by the people as a teacher. Sinaumed’s can also learn the life story of General Soedirman through Soedirman’s book which contains the history of life, struggles, and love.

Organizations Followed by General Soedirman

General Soedirman’s biography shows the role of the General besides being a teacher, he was active in organizing Muhammadiyah youth. During the Japanese occupation in 1942, his teaching activities were restricted by the Japanese and the school where he taught was made into a Japanese military post.

General Soedirman managed to negotiate with the Japanese government so that he could still teach native children there, even with makeshift and limited learning equipment. During the Japanese colonial period it also worsened the economy and welfare of the Indonesian people at that time.

Due to his active involvement, the General was finally appointed as chairman of the Japanese Residency Council in 1944. Since then, General Soedirman began to be active in the military world and joined PETA, where he later went to study military education in Bogor. After graduating from this military education, General Soedirman became the Kroya battalion.

His activity in the military brought General Soedirman to meet Soekarno and Hatta and was assigned to oversee the process of surrendering Japanese troops in Banyumas, to be precise after he established the local division of the Indonesian People’s Security Agency at that time.

Since that incident, General Soedirman’s troops were made the V division by Oerip Soemohardjo, who was the interim commander at the time. While General Soedirman became commander in chief for division V or the Banyumas area with the rank of Colonel right after the formation of the People’s Security Army (TKR) or BKR.

After that, at the TKR Conference on November 2, 1945, the General was elected as the Commander of the TKR or the first Commander of the Armed Forces of the Republic of Indonesia.

Although he had not been officially appointed as commander in chief, General Soedirman was quick to order his troops to attack the British and Dutch troops in Ambarawa. Because of his actions, the people became stronger in supporting the general’s cause.

It was his great role that led Soedirman to be given the rank of General who was appointed by President Soekarno on December 18, 1945 which Sinaumed’s can also read through the book General Soedirman: An Example of a Modest Leader.

General Soedirman’s Military Career

A smart leader in negotiating is the right name for General Soedirman. Before being ordered by the Japanese, General Soedirman had already been entrusted by the Dutch government to provide military training for native soldiers.

During the Japanese colonial period, the General was then entrusted with leading an organization formed by the Japanese called Syu Sangi Kai to maintain the security of the Indonesian people from allied attacks. These organizations include Defenders of the Homeland (PETA).

Becoming a member of PETA was the beginning of the story of General Soedirman in his involvement in the military struggle and the formation of the Indonesian army. The General then attended training in Bogor as Batch II.

Because of his qualified potential in the military training, General Soedirman was eventually appointed commander assigned to the Kroya Banyumas Battalion, Central Java Province, with complete weapons and equipment.

Thanks to his responsibilities, General Soedirman became chairman of the People’s Security Agency (BKR) and Lieutenant Colonel Commander of the Regiment I Division I of the People’s Security Army (TKR) for the Banyumas Residency.

On November 12, 1945, General Soedirman was appointed General of the Supreme Commander of the TKR and Commander of the TKR on December 18, 1945. His military career continued brilliantly until he earned the rank of General Commander in Chief of the Indonesian People’s Army (TRI) on May 25, 1946 until he became General Commander of the National Armed Forces Indonesian first. The greatness of the General was recognized by the Indonesian people at that time.

When Amir Syarifudin became Minister of Defence, he sidelined General Soedirman, who demoted him to Commander of Mobile Battles under the Minister of Defence.

Then after the Second Dutch Military Aggression, General Soedirman showed a letter of objection regarding the ceasefire agreement to the President. As a result of the letter, the General had to be relieved of duty from the APRI Commander-in-Chief and dismissed as a member of the army.

Because the President and Vice President strongly objected to the General’s decision, in the end, General Soedirman gave up his intention to leave the Indonesian military. Find the full story through General Soedirman’s book below.

The following is a brief summary of General Soedirman’s military career:

• PETA Batch II in Bogor
• Daidanco Kroya, Banyumas, Central Java Province
• Chairman of the People’s Security Agency for the Residency of Banyumas, Central Java Province
• Lieutenant Colonel Commander Regiment I Division I People’s Security Army (TKR)
• Colonel Commander of Division V TKR Banyumas, Central Java Province
• General Commander-in-Chief of TKR on November 12, 1945
• General Commander of the TRI on May 25, 1946
• General Commander of the Indonesian Armed Forces

 

General Soedirman’s struggle for Indonesia

Studying the biography of General Soedirman is incomplete if it does not discuss his struggle for the Indonesian nation. This general was a witness to various diplomatic efforts that Indonesia failed to make against the Dutch government at that time, which always wanted to colonize.

The first diplomatic failure was the Linggajati Agreement, which General Soedirman participated in drafting. Apart from that, the failure of the Renville Agreement had to make Indonesia return the territory it had taken during the First Dutch Military Aggression to the Netherlands and required General Soedirman to withdraw his 35,000 troops.

The Roem Royen negotiations also involved the role of General Soedirman because they were related to the military and the attempted domestic rebellion in 1948 from the G30S PKI incident in Madiun.

Of all the agreements with the Netherlands, General Soedirman continued to urge Soekarno to continue the guerrilla war because he did not trust the Dutch to really fulfill his promise.

But at that time Soekarno refused and made the General very hard hit and made him fall ill. General Soedirman suffered from Tuberculosis (TB) because he was infected while fighting in November 1948 which caused his right lung to be deflated.

Oerip’s death in 1948 also worsened the General’s condition. He had wanted to resign from the Indonesian military but was rejected by Soekarno because it could cause instability in the country’s struggle at that time.

After General Soedirman left the hospital on December 19, 1948, the Dutch actually launched their 2nd Military Aggression. The serious illness he suffered apparently did not prevent the General from continuing to fight against the Dutch.

General Soedirman finally went to the South with a small group and his personal doctor to carry out a guerrilla war for seven months in deplorable conditions, namely on stretchers with makeshift and limited medical equipment.

Their troops were found by the Dutch, but they managed to escape to Sobo near Mount Lawu from the Dutch. General Soedirman led the military in Java, including continuing to command the March 1, 1949 General Offensive in Yogyakarta against the Dutch led by Lieutenant Colonel Suharto.

His increasingly severe condition forced him to withdraw from the battlefield against the Dutch directly in the field. His tenacity against the Dutch was greatly admired by his troops and gave them great motivation to continue fighting the Dutch. Sinaumed’s can also read the full story about the character Soedirman through Soedirman’s book A Panglima, A Martyr.

Death of General Soedirman

General Soedirman’s illness got worse after he forced himself to continue the guerrilla fight against the Dutch. Apparently, his deteriorating condition did not make General Soedirman give up trying to recover.

The General continues to diligently control the Panti Rapih Hospital in Yogyakarta to fight against his illness. When he was being treated at the Pakem Sanatorium in December 1949,

General Soedirman received happy news because the Netherlands finally recognized Indonesian sovereignty through the United Republic of Indonesia on December 27, 1949. The general was finally transferred to Magelang to receive more intensive treatment.

However, the General’s treatment efforts were unsuccessful, exactly 1 month after Indonesian sovereignty became independent from the Netherlands, General Soedirman died of an illness he had suffered on January 29, 1950.

There was a convoy of troops with four tanks and 80 Indonesian military motorized vehicles accompanying General Soedirman’s funeral at the Semaki Heroes Cemetery, Yogyakarta. The departure of General Soedirman was crowned as the departure of the Hero of the Defender of Independence.

The Indonesian people were also devastated and lost a great hero. Thousands of people even gathered along 2 kilometers to watch the general’s funeral procession.

The Indonesian people also raised the red and white flag at half mast to honor General Soedirman’s departure on the day of his death. The traces of his struggle later became the esprit de corps for the Indonesian army, namely his very brave guerrilla tactics.

The 100-kilometer guerrilla war route that was once carried out by General Soedirman became a military training zone for Indonesian cadets who had not graduated from their military academy. The story of General Soedirman’s eternal struggle for the Indonesian nation, so that his name has been used as the names of many streets, buildings, universities and museums.

The General was later designated as a National Hero of Indonesia since December 10, 1964 by President Soekarno. In 1997 General Soedirman was awarded the Posthumous Great General title by Suharto, where the title has only been owned by three people in Indonesia until now.

So, that’s the short story of General Soedirman’s biography that Sinaumed’s needs to know, which can also be found in Sudirman’s book, The Soldier from Banyumas.

Is Sinaumed’s increasingly admiring the Great General of the TNI? Exactly, imitating the positive values ​​of the nation’s heroes is a wise way for the nation’s generation to appreciate the nation’s history.

His struggle deserves to be appreciated and is something that inspires the next generation of the nation to continue to protect the nation for which they have fought. That is why we, as the next generation of the Indonesian nation, must recognize the nation’s heroes so that we are not neglectful of our own nation.

The nation’s heroes gave many lessons and motivation to move forward and become better individuals as citizens.

sinaumedia can visit sinaumedia’s book collection at www.sinaumedia.com to get references about General Soedirman. These books at sinaumedia can give Sinaumed’s a clear picture of the struggle and what General Soedirman has done.

So Sinaumed’s friends will gain broader knowledge about the history of the Indonesian nation, especially from the point of view of the struggle of General Soedirman. Happy learning #Friends Without Limits.

Book & Article Recommendations

Biography of Cut Nyak Dien – Indonesia has a female hero who comes from Aceh. The hero is named Cut Nyak Dien. Cut Nyak Dien is a great Indonesian female figure who never gives up in fighting against the invaders. Cut Nyak Dien was later nicknamed the “Queen of Aceh” because of her strong determination to fight against the Dutch colonialists in Aceh, Indonesia. Throughout his lifetime, Cut Nyak Dien continued to fight and fight with the aim of achieving the nation’s ideals, namely being free from colonial power.

In this article, Sinaumed’s will find out about the birth of Cut Nyak Dien and his marriage to Teuku Ibrahim, Cut Nyak Dien and the outbreak of the Aceh War, Cut Nyak Dien with Teuku Umar, Cut Nyak Dien and Teuku Umar’s strategy to defeat the Dutch, Cut Nyak Dien fought until exile, the end of Cut Nyak Dien’s life, Cut Nyak Dien’s grave, interesting facts about Cut Nyak Dien, to book recommendations about Cut Nyak Dien.

The birth of Cut Nya Dien and her marriage to Teuku Ibrahim

Cut Nyak Dien is a descendant of the Acehnese nobility. He was born in 1848 in the village of Lam Padang Peukan Bada, region VI Mukim, Aceh Besar. As a child, Cut Nyak Dien was known as a beautiful girl. Beauty is more complete with Cut Nyak Dien’s cleverness in the field of religious education.

In 1863, when Cut Nyak Dien was 12 years old, he was betrothed to Teuku Ibrahim Lamnga, son of Teuku Po Amat, Uleebalang Lam Nga XIII. Her husband is a young man whose insight is broad and religious. Cut Nyak Dien and Teuku Umar are married and have a son.

Aceh’s historical history records that Teuku Ibrahim fought against the Dutch colonialists. Teuku Ibrahim often left Cut Nyak Dien and his children because they were carrying out a noble task, namely fighting against the Dutch colonialists. Months after leaving Lam Padang, Teuku Ibrahim returned to issue orders to evacuate and seek shelter in a safe place. At the call of her husband, Cut Nyak Dien and other residents then left the Lam Padang area on December 29, 1875.

Sad news befell Cut Nyak Dien, on June 29, 1878, Teuku Ibrahim died. The death of her husband made Cut Nyak Dien worse off. However, this incident did not make him despair, on the contrary it became a strong reason for Cut Nyak Dien to continue the struggle of his deceased husband.

Cut Nyak Dien and the Eruption of the Aceh War

On March 26, 1873, the Netherlands started a war with Aceh. The Dutch, through the Citadel van Antwerp fleet , began to fire cannons at the Aceh mainland. Furthermore, on April 8, 1873, the Dutch under the leadership of Johan Harmen Rudolf Köhler managed to land on Ceureumen Beach and immediately seized and burned the Baiturrahman Great Mosque, Aceh.

What was done by the Dutch then triggered the Aceh war led by Panglima Polim and Sultan Mahmud Syah against around 3,198 Dutch soldiers. However, the Sultanate of Aceh was able to win the first war against the Dutch by shooting Köhler to death.

In 1874-1880, under the leadership of General Jan van Swieten, the VI Mukim area was successfully occupied by the Dutch as well as the Sultan’s Palace which finally had to recognize the great power of the Dutch colonialists.

With this incident, forcing Cut Nyak Dien and his baby to flee with residents and other groups on December 24, 1875. However, Teuku Ibrahim remained determined to reclaim the VI Mukim area. Unfortunately, when Teuku Ibrahim fought at Gle Tarum, he died on June 29, 1878. This finally made Cut Nyak Dien very angry and vowed to destroy the Dutch.

Cut Nya Dien with Teuku Umar

After the death of Teuku Ibrahim, Cut Nyak Dien remarried Teuku Umar, an Acehnese warrior figure. Not only tied by marriage, but both of them united to fight the invaders. The marriage between Cut Nyak Dien and Teuku Umar is an interesting story.

Cut Nyak Dien reasoned that he wanted to fight together with the man who allowed him to go down to the battlefield to fight against the Dutch colonialists, not just to get the head of the household. Initially Cut Nyak Dien refused, because Teuku Umar allowed Cut Nyak Dien to fight the invaders, finally Cut Nyak Dien accepted the proposal from Teuku Umar and they married in 1880.

With the union of Cut Nyak Dien and Teuku Umar, the morale and enthusiasm of the Acehnese warriors increased. As if not wanting to waste the opportunity, Teuku Umar tried to approach the Netherlands and strengthen his relationship with the Dutch. On September 30, 1893, Teuku Umar and his troops, numbering around 250 people, then went to Kutaraja and surrendered to the Dutch colonialists.

Teuku Umar’s strategy finally succeeded in tricking the Dutch into giving Teuku Umar the title of Teuku Umar Johan Hero and making Teuku Umar the commander of a Dutch troop unit that had full authority.

Cut Nyak Dien with Teuku Umar strengthened the ranks of the fighters to drive the Dutch back from Aceh. The two of them, carried out the battle with a burning fighting spirit. One of the successes they have done is to retake Cut Nyak Dien’s hometown from the Dutch colonialists. Apart from that, Teuku Umar also pretended to submit to the Dutch in order to get weapons supplies which they then used to attack the invaders again.

Cut Nyak Dien and Teuku Umar’s Strategy to Beat the Netherlands

In order to smooth out the strategy to defeat the Dutch, Teuku Umar was willing to be considered a traitor by the Acehnese. Cut Nyak Meutia was no exception, who came to meet and scold Cut Nyak Dien. Even so, Cut Nyak Dien still tried to advise Teuku Umar to focus again on fighting and defeating the Dutch.

When Teuku Umar’s power and influence was quite large, Teuku Umar took advantage of the moment to gather the Acehnese in his army. When the number of Acehnese under the command of Teuku Umar was sufficient, then Teuku Umar carried out a false plan to the Dutch and claimed that he wanted to attack the Aceh base.

After that, Teuku Umar and Cut Nyak Dien left with all the Dutch troops and heavy equipment, weapons and ammunition. However, they never returned to the Dutch headquarters. The betrayal strategy carried out by Teuku Umar is called Het verraad van Teukoe Oemar (Teuku Umar’s betrayal).

This slick strategy by Teuku Umar to betray the Dutch made the Dutch angry and launched a massive operation to arrest Cut Nyak Dien and Teuku Umar. However, the Acehnese guerrillas are currently equipped with equipment from the Netherlands and are sufficient to fight the Dutch.

When General Van Swieten was replaced, the person who replaced him, namely General Jakobus Ludovicus Hubertus Pel, was quickly killed by the Acehnese guerrillas, eventually placing the Dutch colonial troops in a very difficult and chaotic condition.

Cut Nyak Dien Fights to Exile

Time after time passed, Teuku Umar died on the battlefield in Meulaboh. Cut Nyak Dien’s second husband died because his intention to attack was known by the Dutch troops from the start.

Even though the people he loves have left him, Cut Nyak Dien has continued to fight for six years. He guerrilla from one region to another. During that time, he along with the people and other fighters, were faced with life’s difficulties: suffering, running out of food, money, and weapons supplies.

Cut Nyak Dien, with his increasingly old physical condition, kept trying to escape from the Dutch attack. Even though Cut Nyak Dien and his combat troops began to weaken because of threat after threat coming from the Netherlands. Unfortunately, the commander of his troops, Pang Laot betrayed. Traitor and other Dutch troops then searched for Cut Nyak Dien’s whereabouts. They managed to find Cut Nyak Dien’s hiding place and then brought Cut Nyak Dien to Kutaradja.

Pang Laot asked the Dutch that Cut Nyak Dien would receive good treatment from the Dutch. The Dutch governor in Kutaradja, Van Daalen, did not like this so Cut Nyak Dien was exiled to the island of Java, to be precise in Sumedang, West Java, in 1907.

A year into his exile, Cut Nyak Dien ended the struggle during his lifetime. Cut Nyak Dien is an Indonesian woman whose bravery is exemplary. Since May 2, 1964, Cut Nyak Dien has been awarded as a national hero of Indonesia through Presidential Decree No. 106 of 1964 on May 2, 1964. Cut Nyak Dien was an Acehnese woman who did not give up in fighting, she continued to fight until the end of her life.

The End of Cut Nyak Dien’s Life

Pang Laot, a bodyguard for Cut Nyak Dien, reported the location of Cut Nyak Dien’s headquarters to the Dutch. This made the Dutch attack Cut Nyak Dien’s headquarters in Beutong Le Sageu. Cut Nyak Dien’s troops were shocked and fought desperately, until finally Cut Nyak Dien was arrested and taken to Banda Aceh.

After being caught by the Dutch, Cut Nyak Dien was taken and treated in Banda Aceh. Myopic disease and gout gradually healed. However, unfortunately Cut Nyak Dien was banished to the land of Sumedang, West Java.

Cut Nyak Dien was brought to Sumedang, West Java, along with other Acehnese political prisoners and caught the attention of one of them, the regent Suriaatmaja. Other male detainees also expressed their concern for Cut Nyak Dien, but the Dutch soldiers were prohibited from disclosing the identity of the detainees.

Cut Nyak Dien was detained with a cleric named Ilyas and the cleric immediately realized that Cut Nyak Dien was an expert in Islam. This made Cut Nyak Dien nicknamed “Mother Slavery”.

Cut Nyak Dien’s grave

Cut Nyak Dien died on November 6, 1908 because of his old age and his condition which was often sickly. After that, Cut Nyak Dien was buried in his exile area in Sumedang. Cut Nyak Dien’s grave itself was only discovered in 1959, it was also due to a request by Ali Hasan, the Governor of Aceh at that time.

President Soekarno through the Decree of the President of the Republic of Indonesia Number 106 of 1964 established Cut Nyak Dien as a National Hero on May 2, 1962. Meanwhile, Cut Nyak Dien’s house in Aceh was rebuilt by the local government as a symbol of his struggle in the Land of Rencong. Until now, the story of Cut Nyak Dien’s struggle is still often discussed and studied as part of history in schools and general knowledge.

Interesting Facts About Cut Nyak Dien

There are several interesting facts about Cut Nya Dien, including:

1. Cut Nyak Dien is a descendant of a great noble who fought with the people
2. Married at a young age, namely 12 years
3. Join the struggle against the invaders with her husband
4. Married twice and continued to fight against the Dutch
5. Cut Nyak Dien continued to struggle in his lifetime

Biography of BJ Habibie – Sinaumed’s must be familiar with the figure of BJ Habibie. Many have written biographies of BJ Habibie and even filmed his life story. He is an extraordinary inspirational figure for the people of Indonesia.

Profile of BJ Habibie

Name : Prof. Dr. -Ing. H. Bacharuddin Jusuf Habibie
Popular Nickname : BJ Habibie
Wife : Hasri Ainun Besari
Place, Date, Birth : Pare-pare, 25 June 1936
Term of Office of President : 21 May 1998 Until 20 October 1999
Educational History : SMAK Dago, Bandung, Bandung Institute of Technology (ITB), RWTH Aachen
Children’s Names : Ilham Akbar, Thareq Kemal

Full name Bacharuddin Jusuf Habibie was born in Pare-Pare City, South Sulawesi on June 25, 1936. Before becoming an influential person for the Indonesian nation, BJ Habibie had studied at SMAK Dago, Bandung, in 1954 and went on to tertiary education at the Institute of Technology Bandung (ITB).

Because of his intelligence and intelligence, BJ Habibie finally continued his studies in Germany with his other friends. Unlike his friends who used scholarships to study in Germany, BJ Habibie used funds from his mother, RA Tuti Marini Puspowardojo.

His decision to study in Germany was due to Bung Karno’s advice on the importance of mastering national technology, namely maritime technology and aerospace technology when Indonesia was still developing at that time.

BJ Habibie finally chose to major in Aviation Engineering specializing in Aircraft Construction at the Rhein Westfalen Aachen Technische Hochschule, Germany in 1955.

It was from here that BJ Habibie learned to master technology and became an aircraft expert who first created airplanes in Indonesia. So do not be surprised if he is called the father of Indonesian technology because of his extraordinary work.

There are many lessons that we can take from the life story or biography of BJ Habibie. Even though BJ Habibie’s presidential term was very short, he was one of the national figures who brought the national spirit and intellectual change to the Indonesian people.

So that Sinaumed’s can learn a lesson and be inspired by his life story, let’s get to know BJ Habibie from his short biography below.

BJ Habibie’s Childhood

BJ Habibie’s childhood was in Pare-pare, South Sulawesi with his mother, father and seven siblings. Alwi Abdul Jalil Habibie is the father of BJ Habibie who is an agricultural expert from Gorontalo and the mother named RA Tuti Marini Puspowardojo who is an ophthalmologist from Yogyakarta.

Of eight children, BJ Habibie was the fourth child who grew up in a religious family. BJ Habibie’s childhood was very familiar with his father’s reading of the Koran which made him calm. That is why at the age of 3 years, BJ Habibie was fluent in reading the Al-Quran. BJ Habibie was known as a smart kid from his childhood.

BJ Habibie was abandoned by his father and died when he was very young, namely 14 years. From there the mother had to fend for herself to continue living with her eight children. Since the departure of his father, BJ Habibie’s family finally moved to Bandung.

BJ Habibie’s Education Period

Because he is known as an intellectual, it would be incomplete if he did not know BJ Habibie’s educational background. Because BJ Habibie had grown up to be a smart kid since he was young, even at school he was a smart student.

SMAK Dago Bandung is the school where BJ Habibie received his education until then he continued to tertiary education at ITB, which at that time was still called the University of Indonesia Bandung. BJ Habibie only studied for a year at ITB then continued his studies in Germany for 10 years.

When Habibie was still a student at ITB, President Soekarno’s government was intensively financing the nation’s children to study abroad and study abroad. Of the hundreds of students who received scholarships and went to Germany, BJ Habibie was included in the second group who went to Germany without a state scholarship in 1955.

It was his mother who paid for BJ Habibie to study at the Department of Aviation Engineering, specializing in Aircraft Construction at the Rhein Westfalen Aachen Technische Hochschule Germany.

Gaining knowledge that he traveled abroad was not short and easy. For many years BJ Habibie studied at RWTH Aachen while working practically. Initially, the motivation that he brought to study in Germany was that BJ Habibie was interested in building a commercial airplane according to Soekarno’s idea.

Finally, the company PT PAL emerged, namely IPTN at that time. Besides that, BJ Habibie’s biggest motivation for success also came from his mother, who had struggled to pay for her education and living abroad, which was not cheap.

In 1960 BJ Habibie successfully completed his studies for his Ing Diploma at the Technische Hochschule with a perfect predicate or Cum Laude with an average score of 9.5. This Engineer degree allowed him to work at the Talbot Firm, the Railway Industry in Germany.

The company really needs the Wagon to transport light goods in large quantities. BJ Habibie also constructed the tools needed by the German Railway Industry wagon by making airplane wings. The method was fruitful and really helped the company’s needs.

BJ Habibie’s biography regarding his educational history continues because he continued his doctoral degree while still in Germany, namely the Technische Hochschule Die Fakultät de Fuer Maschinenwesen Aachen.

While pursuing his doctoral education, in 1962 BJ Habibie finally married Hasri Ainun and brought him to Germany. His life is said to be very simple and difficult because he has to save money and work late into the night.

Even though BJ Habibie also had to keep studying and completing his college assignments. Ainun, his wife also lives a simple life in order to save expenses by queuing to wash clothes in public places.

BJ Habibie’s efforts and hard work finally paid off where he graduated with his Doctor Ingenieur degree at the Technische Hochschule Hochschule Die Fakultät de Fuer Maschinenwesen with the predicate Cum Laude or Very Perfect whose average grade is 10. The figure of BJ Habibie is indeed a very genius expert.

BJ Habibie, Nicknamed the Father of Indonesian Technology

Another interesting story from BJ Habibie’s biography is his genius in discovering the Crack propagation theory which was eventually named the Habibie Factor formula. The Habibie Factor formula is the formula used to calculate the cracks to the atoms of airplanes.

With the right calculation, the aircraft material can be stronger and more precise. The theory created by BJ Habibie is very important because at that time there were still many plane crashes caused by structural failures.

This formula made BJ Habibie nicknamed Mr. Crack. Because of his genius, BJ Habibie also received the title of Honorary Professor or Professor title from ITB and the high award of Ganesha Praja Manggala.

Apart from coming from within the country, recognition from international institutions, such as Gesellschaft Luft und Raumfahrt (aviation institute in Germany), The Royal Aeronautical Society London England, The Academie Nationale de l’Air et de l’Espace France , The Royal Swedish Academy of Engineering Sciences Sweden, and The US Academy of Engineering United States .

Even BJ Habibie has received prestigious awards that are almost equivalent to the Nobel Prize, namely the Edward Warner Award and the Von Karman Award. This revolutionary figure was admired by many people, even when BJ Habibie visited Germany he never escaped the news.

Before taking part in politics, BJ Habibie was known first as a genius aircraft technology expert in Indonesia. In 1973 Suharto sent Ibnu Sutowo to go to Germany and meet BJ Habibie so he could make a career in Indonesia. So a year after the arrival of Ibnu Sutowo, BJ Habibie returned to Indonesia and started his career at the Nurtanio Aircraft Industry Institute (LIPNUR) as a leader.

In 1976 the company changed to Nurtanio Aircraft Industry (IPTN) until 2000 it changed again to PT Dirgantara Indonesia. In 1978, Suharto also appointed BJ Habibie to serve as Minister of State for Research and Technology of the Republic of Indonesia and he also held this position for 20 years. Referring to the 1997 book Indonesia’s Industrial Transformation , BJ Habibie used a unique approach when creating the aircraft industry in Indonesia.

IPTN under the control of BJ Habibie succeeded in developing the technology of a number of aircraft, namely the CN235, N250 and N2130. BJ Habibie’s most legendary work is N250 or also known as Gatotkaca which aired for the first time in 1995.

Gatotkaca is the only turboprop aircraft that uses fly by wire technology created by BJ Habibie. Because of his extraordinary work for Indonesian technology, shortly after his death, Jokowi stated that BJ Habibie was the Father of Indonesian Technology as well as a revolutionary statesman.

BJ Habibie’s political career

BJ Habibie’s political career began when he returned to Indonesia in 1974 on Suharto’s orders. Starting in 1978 BJ Habibie was appointed as Minister of Research and Technology for 10 decades until March 1998 during the reign of President Soeharto. In addition, he also led a 10-year strategic BUMN Industry company.

Starting in 1998, to be precise on March 14, BJ Habibie was appointed as the 7th Vice President accompanying Suharto in the VII Development Cabinet until May 21, 1998 when Suharto stepped down from his presidential position. Habibie’s work as vice president was quite short, which you can read in the book Series Leaders of the Nation – BJ Habibie the Last New Order Vice President.

After Soeharto’s resignation, BJ Habibie was appointed as the 3rd President of Indonesia at the age of 62 with a short term of office, from 1 May 1998 to 20 October 1999.

When BJ Habibie served as president, on August 30, 1999 Indonesia lost East Timor from the Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia and became a separate country. However, BJ Habibie managed to resolve the issue peacefully, namely holding a poll for East Timorese to choose independence or remain part of Indonesia. His decision was controversial by Indonesian experts and politicians.

Term of Office of President BJ Habibie

Despite his short tenure as President of the Republic of Indonesia, his work cannot be underestimated. After the fall of Suharto, the Indonesian state was in an economic crisis and riots occurred everywhere.

You could say he was inherited from the position when Indonesia was in a state of chaos and concern where many regions and regions wanted to break away from Indonesia. In the Reformation Era, with the instability and disintegration after the May 1998 riots in several regions in Indonesia, BJ Habibie had to oversee all this chaos.

BJ Habibie swiftly formed a new cabinet with important roles in order to return the support of international monetary funds and the donor country community to restore the Indonesian economy at that time. BJ Habibie also freed several Suharto-era political prisoners and reduced controls on freedom of expression and organizational activities.

That is what makes this figure special, he is still trying to rebuild a better Indonesian nation. Several forms of policies and decisions made by BJ Habibie are very valuable for the Indonesian nation, namely the Law on Regional Autonomy, the Anti-Monopoly Law (the Fair Competition Law), and freeing its people to participate in many political parties.

BJ Habibie also succeeded in increasing the dollar exchange rate to the Indonesian rupiah from 10 thousand rupiahs to 15 thousand rupiahs during the economic crisis before 1998. In addition, he also succeeded in completing the liquidation of troubled banks at that time due to Indonesia’s chaotic economic conditions.

In 1999 BJ Habibie was forced to step down because his responsibility was not accepted at the general session of the MPR for the release of East Timor from the Republic of Indonesia. KH Abdurrahman Wahid eventually replaced him as the 4th President of the Republic of Indonesia.

BJ Habibie became an ordinary citizen and returned to live in Germany, although he occasionally visited Indonesia.

However, since the reign of SBY, BJ Habibie has been active again in Indonesia as an adviser to the democratic process in Indonesia in the organization he created, namely the Habibie Center. Apart from that, BJ Habibie is also Chairman of the Advisory Board in the Golkar Party.

BJ Habibie’s Love Story

Discussing BJ Habibie’s biography cannot be separated from his love story with his wife which is very touching. BJ Habibie once said that Mrs. Ainun was his eyes to see life.

Sinaumed’s can also find the complete story of Hasri Ainus Habibie as an irreplaceable figure in BJ Habibie’s life in the book BJ Habibie-Habibie’s Soulmate.

Ibu Ainun was a filler of love for BJ Habibie’s life when it was hard and until BJ Habibie was established. 48 Until BJ Habibie’s mother Ainun died, they were always together. Mrs. Ainun always faithfully accompanied BJ Habibie and accompanied him patiently and lovingly.

On May 22, 2010, BJ Habibie lost Hasri Ainun, his beloved wife who died of ovarian cancer. Previously, BJ Habibie never knew that his wife had ovarian cancer because Ms. Ainun never once complained to her.

BJ Habibie only found out 3 days before Ainun’s mother left, that’s when he felt hurt. BJ Habibie also wrote a book entitled Habibie & Ainun with a thickness of 323 pages as a form of his love for his late wife.

That book was later appointed to the big screen with the same film title as the book title. BJ Habibie’s biographical film premiered in Indonesia in December 2012 with the story of his visionary figure and the romance of his love story with Mrs. Ainun.

The film was directed by Hanung Bramantyo and Faozan Rizal and played by Reza Rahardian and Bunga Citra Lestari, which successfully attracted the attention of the Indonesian public of 4.5 million viewers. The following are recommendations for books in the sinaumedia collection that Sinaumed’s can read about the extraordinary romance of BJ Habibie and Mrs. Ainun.

So, that’s the biography of BJ Habibie that Sinaumed’s can know to emulate BJ Habibie’s inspirational stories. His passing on September 11 2019 made many Indonesian people lose his extraordinary figure.

BJ Habibie is a meritorious figure for the history of the Indonesian nation. That is why there is much that can be learned from genius ideas and stories of their struggles. sinaumedia friends can visit the sinaumedia website at www.sinaumedia.com to see a collection of various books about BJ Habibie. Happy Learning #Friends Without Limits

Book & Article Recommendations

President Soekarno and Mohammad Hatta while in Rengasdengklok.

On August 15, 1945 at 23.00 WIB, there was a great debate between the old and the young. They expressed their respective opinions about the implementation of the proclamation. Both the old and the young groups agreed that Indonesia’s independence should be proclaimed immediately, but they disagreed on how to present it and how to implement it.

The older group was of the opinion that the Proclamation of Indonesian Independence had to be carried out without bloodshed and wanted the first PPKI meeting to be held on August 16, 1945. The younger group, on the other hand, disagreed on the grounds of the old group.

Young people think PPKI is a body formed by Japan. They also did not approve of the birth of the proclamation of independence because of General Terauchi’s promise. Instead, they argued that the proclamation had to be made on its own and free from the Japanese government. They believed that the Japanese promise was just a ruse.

After going through a long debate, the older group still insisted that the proclamation of independence must be discussed first at the PPKI meeting which was to be held the next day, August 16, 1945. The young group who felt disappointed then held a meeting at around 24.00 WIB at Jalan Cikini 71.

The young people at the meeting decided to get Soekarno and Hatta out of town so that these two figures would be free from the influence of the Japanese and the old groups. In the early morning of 16 August 1945 at around 04.00 WIB, the youth group assigned Sukarni and Singgih along with several youths to pick up Soekarno and Hatta at their respective residences to be taken to Rengasdengklok.

Rengasdengklok was chosen because it felt safe and far from the reach of the Japanese army, and the place was under PETA’s surveillance area. It was they there who tried to urge Soekarno and Hatta to immediately declare Indonesian independence.

On the morning of August 16, Soebardjo was shocked by the news that Sukarno and Hatta had been kidnapped. He was confused because soon PPKI members would hold a meeting regarding the implementation of the proclamation of Indonesian independence at 10.00 WIB.

Without wasting too much time, he immediately tried to find out the whereabouts of Soekarno and Hatta. He met Wikana and tried to pressure her to tell him where Soekarno and Hatta were hidden.

Through lengthy discussions, Soebardjo was finally able to convince Wikana that the proclamation of independence would soon be implemented. The proclamation could not be carried out if Soekarno and Hatta were not in Jakarta. After getting information from Wikana, he asked that he be taken to Rengasdengklok immediately to pick up the two of them back to Jakarta.

Arriving at Rengasdengklok, Soebardjo was then brought to see Major Subeno who immediately held a brief discussion, at the same time asking for guarantees for the proclamation of independence as soon as possible. Major Subeno asked for the proclamation of independence to be carried out right away. The request was refused because it did not make sense.

Soebardjo then convinced Major Subeno that the proclamation of independence would be carried out as soon as possible and gave a guarantee that if he failed, he was willing to be shot dead by Major Subeno himself.

This guarantee succeeded in convincing Major Subeno and he was finally allowed to bring Soekarno and Hatta back to Jakarta to proclaim Indonesia’s independence.

Formulation of the Proclamation Text

After Soebardjo’s group arrived in Jakarta, they immediately proceeded to the residence of Admiral Maeda to hold a meeting related to the affairs of the Indonesian nation’s independence.

The figures present in the room of the house were Soekarno, Hatta, Soebardjo, Maeda, Myoshi, while those who were a little further back near the table were Sukarni, BM Diah, and Soediro.

Soebardjo and Hatta expressed their opinions verbally in formulating the text of the proclamation. Soekarno then Sukarno wrote it down on a piece of paper. Soebardjo contributed his main ideas in the first paragraph of the proclamation text, “We, the People of Indonesia, hereby declare our independence”.

Hatta then expressed his opinion, “This is not enough and is an abstract statement without content. We must bring our independence to a practical exercise and we cannot possibly do so without the power in our hands. We must add the thought of transferring power from Japan into our own hands.”

Then a number of considerations arose regarding the correct formulation of the idea of ​​handing over power. Hatta then stated, “Matters concerning the transfer of power and other things will be carried out in the most careful way possible, and in the shortest possible time.”

The formulation of the text of the proclamation in the latter form is simplified more sensibly, namely “We, the Indonesian people, hereby declare the independence of Indonesia. Matters concerning the transfer of power and other matters shall be carried out in a thorough manner and in the shortest possible time.”

After it was finished and some words had to be replaced, the text of the proclamation was then submitted to all participants present for approval. On the suggestion of Sukarni, it was enough for the text of the statement to be signed by Soekarno and Hatta, who represented the Indonesian nation.

The text of the proclamation was then given to Sayuti Melik to type. In the typing process, Sayuti made several changes. These changes are as follows:

1. The word “tempoh” is changed to “tempo”;
2. The word “representatives of the Indonesian nation” was changed to “on behalf of the Indonesian nation”;
3. The formula “Djakarta 17-8-’05” is changed to “Djakarta hari 17 boelan 8 tahoen ’05”.

The typed manuscript was then submitted to Soekarno and Hatta to be signed. After everything was finished, Hatta asked BM Diah and the youth from the press to immediately reproduce it and announce that the text of the proclamation of Indonesian independence had been successfully formulated, and would be read at 10.00 WIB at Soekarno’s residence at Jalan Pegangsaan Timur 56.

Well, that’s a brief explanation of Achmad Soebardjo’s Life History . Appreciating the services of national figures, like Achmad Soebardjo, is not only by remembering and thanking them in their hearts, but also by emulating their attitudes and actions.

Sinaumed’s can visit sinaumedia’s book collection at www.sinaumedia.com to get references about other heroes, starting from their life background, education, and struggle history.

The following is a recommendation for sinaumedia books that Sinaumed’s can read to learn about Indonesian history so they can fully interpret it. Happy reading.

Author: Fandy Aprianto Rohman

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

sinaumedia Literacy – Ecology or can also be interpreted as a science that studies the relationship between organisms and their environment. Several ecosystems are correlated with one another through biological, physical and chemical processes. For more details, let’s learn about biogeochemical cycles, along with a more complete explanation of the icon, Sinaumed’s!

DEFINITION OF THE BIOGEOKCHEMICAL CYCLE

This means that the balance of the ecosystem depends on the repetition that occurs in rotation on certain chemical elements. Chemical elements that can undergo biogeochemical cycles include carbon, nitrogen, hydrogen and oxygen, as well as phosphorus. In biogeochemical cycles as well as the exchange between living and non-living biosphere components which will be at the trophic level which is not lost in the ecosystem.

The elements as biotic substances through water are recycled with living components including ecosystem materials that will be removed at every level, in the form of elements made from organic materials and will be recycled, the elements include components and biotic elements that pass through the air and Recycling of creatures and rocks (geophysics). Cycles in the formation of the Biogeochemical Cycle Among them are as follows:

• Evaporation: In this cycle of the atmosphere with the formation in a saturated state, water vapor (clouds) becomes water stains, which then fall in the form of rain, and snow.
• Infiltration is a flow of water that enters the soil through cracks and pores in the soil to the groundwater surface and then moves vertically and horizontally below the soil surface.
• Surface water is a surface runoff usually observed in urban areas by forming the main river on the surface around the watershed towards the sea.

VARIETY OF THE BIOGEOKCHEMICAL CYCLE

The function of the Biogeochemical Cycle is to become a material cycle or cycle that reverses all the chemical elements that have been used by all on earth from biotic components or abiotic components, which in the end is sustainable and balanced in life on earth can be maintained. Below are the various biogeochemical cycles that you need to know about in Sinaumed’s:

THE BIOGEOCHEMICAL CYCLE OF THE CARBON CYCLE

The carbon cycle is the biogeochemical cycle in which carbon is exchanged between Earth’s biosphere, geosphere, hydrosphere, and atmosphere (other astronomical objects may have a similar carbon cycle, although this is currently unknown). In this cycle there are four main carbon reservoirs connected by exchange pathways.

These reservoirs are the atmosphere, the terrestrial biosphere (usually including freshwater systems and non-living organic material such as soil carbon), the oceans (including dissolved inorganic carbon and living and non-living marine biota), and sediments (including fossil fuels). The movement of carbon years, the exchange of carbon between reservoirs, occurs due to various chemical, physical, geological and biological processes.

The oceans contain the largest pool of active carbon near the Earth’s surface, however, the deep-sea part of this pool undergoes slow exchange with the atmosphere. The global carbon balance is the balance of carbon exchanges (inflows and outflows) between carbon reservoirs or between specific loops of the carbon cycle (eg atmosphere – biosphere). Analysis of the carbon balance of a pond or reservoir can provide information about whether the pond or reservoir functions as a source or sink of carbon dioxide.

To learn more about the sea and what’s in it, Sinaumed’s can study the book Why? The Sea – The sea which explains everything that happens in the sea through interesting animations.

BIOGEOCHEMICAL CYCLE OF THE NITROGEN CYCLE

The nitrogen cycle is a process of converting compounds containing nitrogen into various other chemical forms. This transformation can occur biologically or non-biologically. Several important processes in the nitrogen cycle, including nitrogen fixation, mineralization, nitrification, denitrification. Although there are many nitrogen molecules in the atmosphere, nitrogen in the gaseous state is not very reactive. Only a few organisms are capable of converting them into organic compounds by a process called nitrogen fixation.

Other nitrogen fixation occurs due to geophysical processes, such as the occurrence of lightning. Lightning has a very important role in life, without it there would be no life forms on earth. However, very few living things can absorb nitrogen compounds that are formed from nature. Almost all living things get nitrogen compounds from other living things. Therefore, the nitrogen fixation reaction is often called the topping-up process or the function of adding to the availability of reserves of nitrogen compounds. Below are the stages of the nitrogen cycle:

• The first stage is the nitrogen cycle or the process of transferring nitrogen from the atmosphere into the soil. In addition to the entry of nitrogen into the soil due to rainwater, nitrogen can also enter through the nitrogen fixation process, this process is carried out by Rhizobium bacteria which will be in symbiosis with Azotobacter, Clostridium, and legumes bacteria. Green algae also have the same ability as fixing nitrogen.
• The second stage is where nitrate is obtained from the results of biological fixation used by producers or plants which will then convert it into protein. If there are animals or plants that die, decomposers will convert them into NH3 (ammonia gas) and NH4+ (ammonium salts dissolved in water), the process that occurs is called ammonification. Nitrosomonas bacteria can convert ammonium and ammonia compounds into nitrates which are processed by Nitrosomonas. Denitrification is a process in which the oxygen contained in alkaline soil, then nitrate will be quickly transformed into nitrogen oxides or nitrogen gas.

Vertebrates indirectly consume nitrogen through the intake of nutrients in the form of protein and nucleic acids. In the body, these macromolecules are broken down into smaller forms, namely amino acids and components of nucleotides, and used for the synthesis of new proteins, nucleic acids, or other compounds.

About half of the 20 types of amino acids found in proteins are essential amino acids for vertebrates, meaning that these amino acids cannot be produced from the nutritional intake of other compounds, while the rest can be synthesized using several basic nutritional ingredients, including intermediate compounds from the citric acid cycle.

BIOGEOKCHEMICAL CYCLE HYDROGEN AND OXYGEN CYCLE

The water cycle or hydrologic cycle is the never-ending circulation of water from the atmosphere to the earth and back to the atmosphere through condensation, precipitation, evaporation and transpiration. The heating of sea water by sunlight is the key to the continuous process of the hydrological cycle. Water evaporates, then falls as precipitation in the form of rain, snow, hail and snow (sleet), drizzle or fog.

Water is a vital need for all living things. No living thing can survive without water. Water is abundant in the sea, but its availability is relatively limited on land. For plants, water is an important factor for photosynthesis, germination and growth, as well as a means of transporting substances.

Hydrogen also has so many health benefits and goodness that you can learn from the book Hydrogen and Medical Gas by Dr. Iskandar Junaidi.

For animals and humans, water is an important factor in carrying out the transportation of substances. The water cycle is also known as the hydrologic cycle. Broadly speaking, the hydrological cycle is divided into three types, namely the short hydrological cycle, the medium hydrological cycle, and the long hydrological cycle. Here’s an explanation:

• Short hydrologic cycle: Seawater evaporates, water vapor rises into the air and then coalesces into clouds. At a certain height the clouds condense and precipitate into water droplets, then fall as rain. In this short hydrologic cycle, clouds form and rain occurs over the sea, so rain does not reach land.
• Moderate hydrologic cycle: Sea water evaporates, water vapor rises into the air and is carried by the wind until it reaches the land to form clouds. At a certain height the clouds condense and precipitate to form water droplets, then fall as rain on land. Some of the water seeps into the ground, while others return to the sea via rivers.
• Long hydrologic cycle: Water vapor originating from the evaporation of sea water, ponds, lakes, rivers or the results of plant transpiration rises into the air, then unites into clouds. The clouds are carried by the wind towards the land and at some distance are blocked by mountains. Eventually the clouds condense and precipitate into water droplets and fall as rain over the mountains. Rainwater seeps into the ground in the mountains, then is absorbed by the plants in the mountains, some of which appear as springs. Through the river the water flows back to the sea.

BIOGEOKCHEMICAL CYCLE OF SULFUR CYCLE

The sulfur cycle or the sulfur cycle is a form of the biogeochemical cycle. Another understanding and definition of the sulfur or sulfur cycle is the change of sulfur from hydrogen sulfide to sulfur dioxide, then to sulfate and back to hydrogen sulfide again. Sulfur in nature is found in various forms. In the soil sulfur is found in the form of minerals, in the air in the form of sulfur dioxide gas and in the bodies of organisms as a constituent of protein.

The sulfur cycle starts from the soil, when sulfate ions are absorbed by the roots and metabolized into protein constituents in the plant body. When animals and humans eat plants, the protein will move into the human body. From within the human body, sulfur compounds undergo metabolism, the remains of which are broken down by bacteria in the stomach in the form of gas. One of the substances contained in the gas is sulfur.

Sulfur is abundant in the earth’s crust. Sulfur can be absorbed by plants in the form of sulfate. Sulfur is required in the synthesis of protein compounds. Sulfate in the soil is absorbed by plants, then used for protein synthesis. Through the food chain sulfur moves to consumers. If the organism dies, the sulfur compounds in the organism will decompose aerobically to form sulfate again, and if the decomposition takes place anaerobically it will produce sulfur and sulfide gas.

Sulfur and sulfide gas also comes from the results of anaerobic reduction of sulfate compounds by sulfur-reducing bacteria. By sulfur bacteria, sulfur and sulfide gases in the air are oxidized to produce sulfur, then sulfur is further oxidized to form sulfate in the soil. The process of sulfur occurring as a result of the burning of coal fossil fuels or occurs as a result of volcanic activity, then the smoke will rise into the atmosphere, or the sulfur oxide air will be in the clouds which become hydrolidids in water to form H2SO4, the clouds will experience condensation which will eventually rain is known as acid rain.

The rain water will enter the soil where it will be converted into sulfates which are very important for plants. Sulfate is only found in inorganic form (SO42-), this sulfate is able to move from the earth or nature to the plant body through the absorption of sulfate by roots. Sulfur will be reduced by bacteria to become sulfide and form sulfur dioxide or hydrogen sulfide.

In studying other mineral forms you can find, Sinaumed’s can make the book Why? Rock and Minerals as a reference because it explains the types, uses and much more.

PHOSPHORUS CYCLE BIOGEOCHEMICAL CYCLE

The presence of phosphorus in living organisms is very small, but its role is very necessary. Phosphorus atoms are only found in the form of phosphate compounds (PO43-). Phosphates are absorbed by plants and used for organic synthesis. Phosphorus is mostly contained in nucleic acids, which are materials that store and translate the genetic code.

Role and Reproduction of Chrysophyta Phosphorus atoms are also the basis for the high-energy ATP (Adenosine Tri Phosphate) used for cellular respiration and photosynthesis. In addition, it is a mineral that makes up bones and teeth. Phosphorus is a very rare component in non-living organisms. The productivity of terrestrial ecosystems can be increased if the phosphorus in the soil is increased. The weathering of rock by phosphate will increase the phosphate content in the soil.

An example is the effects of acid rain. After producers incorporate phosphorus into a biological form, phosphorus is transferred to consumers in organic form. Thereafter, phosphorus is added back to the soil through excretion of phosphate by animals and detritus-decomposing bacteria. Humus and soil particles bind to phosphate in such a way that the phosphorus cycle is localized in the ecosystem. However, phosphorus can easily be carried away by the flow of water which eventually collects in the sea.

Erosion that occurs will accelerate the depletion of phosphate in addition to rock weathering which is in line with the loss of phosphate. Phosphate in the oceans slowly collects in sediments which are then incorporated into rocks. When the sea level drops or the sea floor rises, these phosphorus-containing rocks become part of the terrestrial ecosystem. Cytoplasmic Cell Organelles Thus, phosphate cycles among soil, plants, and consumers over time.

EXAMPLE OF THE BIOGEOCHEMICAL CYCLE

The Biogeochemical Cycle functions as a material cycle that returns all chemical elements that have been used by everything on earth, both biotic and abiotic components, so that survival on earth can be maintained.

• Carbon Cycle: An example of the carbon cycle is an element that is necessary and most important for life on earth. The process of producing carbon causes organisms to decompose in the earth, which then rises to the surface of the earth to become food for the bottom layer
• Oxygen Cycle: Describes the delivery of oxygen around the lithosphere, atmosphere and biosphere. In particular the release of oxygen through photosynthesis, and in the use of oxygen by living things in the biosphere is taken from the atmosphere.
• Water Cycle: Describes the accumulation of water on earth, especially in the seas, rivers and lakes. As an important part of the existing ecosystem, rivers, lakes and seas have various functions that you can learn about in the book Science World – Ocean Ocean Rivers.

Thus a review of the Definition, Types and Examples of Biogeochemical Cycles. Hope this is useful Sinaumed’s, enjoy learning!

sinaumedia Literacy – Biodiversity or diversity of living things comes from various sources in an ecosystem. Ecosystem is a group of organisms both plants and animals that interact with each other as well as with the surrounding environment. Let’s look at a more complete explanation of biodiversity below, Sinaumed’s.

DEFINITION OF BIODIVERSITY

Biodiversity is a term used for the diversity of natural resources, including the number and frequency of ecosystems, species and genes in a place. Basically diversity describes the various conditions of an object that occur due to differences in terms, size, shape, texture and amount.

While the word biodiversity itself means something that is alive, so Biodiversity can be interpreted as the diversity or diversity of living things that can occur as a result of differences ranging from differences in shape, size, color, number of textures, appearance and also their properties.

Indonesia with its diversity of both flora and fauna, Biodiversity or often known as biodiversity. Biodiversity is a level that exists in the earth and this becomes a benchmark or measure in determining the health of the earth.

The biodiversity that exists in the environment of a terrestrial ecosystem has a higher number than the environmental biodiversity at the poles. This is caused by climate or weather because biodiversity is a function of climate.

Changes that occur in an environment can have a negative impact on species, this is the mass extinction of a species. Historical records show that there have been five mass extinctions during the time life existed on earth. About 540 million years ago, the Phanerozoic eon saw rapid growth in biodiversity.

The rapid growth of species was due to an explosion when multicellular phyla with large majorities first appeared. Then around 400 million years ago, a mass extinction occurred or is often said to be a big loss for biodiversity. It is also said that rainforests are one of the causes of mass extinction due to the presence of an excess of carbon.

It was followed by the most serious mass extinction 251 years ago and recovery which took 30 years. Then the last mass extinction that has existed until now is the Paleogene extinction that occurred about 65 million years ago. This extinction is the most interesting thing because in it the dinosaurs became extinct.

Due to the extinction of the dinosaurs, many types of fauna disappeared from this world. Thus, we can only study their lives through books. sinaumedia has a book entitled Ng Dinopedia Second Edition which contains the most complete types of dinosaurs in the world. Sinaumed’s can purchase this book by clicking “buy now” below.

LEVELS OF BIODIVERSITY

Biodiversity occurs at levels ranging from low organisms to high levels of organisms. These levels are as follows:

1. GENE LEVEL

The book entitled Genes, written by Siddhartha Mukherjee, explains that what forms the characteristics, life, and even the characteristics of all living things is something that is inside each of these creatures, namely genes which are instructions for the formation and operation of the body in the deoxyribonucleic acid molecule or DNA. in all living cells. If Sinaumed’s wants to buy this book, click the “buy now” button above.

This level of diversity is due to variations in genes or gene structure within a species of living thing. Genes are hereditary factors that can be found in chromosomes. Each gene sequence will give each organism an appearance, either anatomy or physiology. If the arrangement is different, then the appearance will also be different in one characteristic or even as a whole.

This diversity is quite easy to recognize by the characteristics that have variations, the same scientific name, and morphological differences that are not too striking. Usually, gene-level biodiversity is referred to as variety.

Examples of gene-level biodiversity in plants:

• Rice (Oryza sativa) with varieties of rojolele rice, ciherang rice, ciliwung rice, and others
• Mango (Mangifera indica) with Varieties of Arumanis Mango, Manalagi Mango, Golek Mango, and others
• Durian (Durio zibethinus) with Petruk Durian Varieties, Bawor durian, Monthong durian, and others.

Examples of gene-level biodiversity in animals:

• Dogs (Canis familiaris) with golden retriever dog breeds, bulldogs, German shepherd dogs, and others
• Cats (Felis catus) with the Angora cat race, Persian cat, sphinx cat, and others
• Cattle (Bos taurus) with Bali cattle, Madura cattle, Fried Holland cattle, and others.

At the gene level of biodiversity, increases can occur through crosses or hybridization between organisms or species with different characteristics as well as the cultivation of wild animals and plants by humans, aka domestication.

2. SPECIES LEVEL

In a book entitled The Origin of Species – On the Origin of Species written by Michael Keller, it discusses the origin of existing species, and whether humans are descended from apes. This book is a graphic adaptation of Chares Darwin’s On the Origin of Species by Means of Natural Selection, or the Preservation of Favored Races in the Struggle for Life, which is one of the most famous, controversial, and most important books of all time. .

Sinaumed’s can buy this book by clicking “buy now”. This one diversity can be found in communities or groups of various species of living things in the same genus or family in one place. Usually, the further away from human life, the higher the diversity at the species level. For example, in the forest.

Examples of species-level biodiversity in plants:

• Genus level: Genus Citrus, for example, grapefruit (Citrus maxima), lime (Citrus aurantifolia), and sweet orange (Citrus nobilis). Also, the genus Musa includes fruit bananas (Musa paradisiaca) and fiber bananas (Musa textilis).
• The family level is divided into the Poaceae family on rice (Oryza sativa), corn (Zea mays), and reeds (Imperata cylindrical), and the Zingiberaceae family on turmeric (Curcuma domestica) and ginger (Zingiber officinalis).

Examples of species-level biodiversity in animals:

• The genus level is divided into the Genus Felis and Genus Bos. Genus Felis, including leopard cats (Felis bengalensis), domestic cats (Felis silvestris), and forest cats (Felis chaus) and Genus Bos in humped cattle (Bos indicus), beef and dairy cattle in Europe (Bos Taurus), and native cattle Indonesia (Bossondaicus).
• Family level, divided into the Bovidae family for cattle (Bos) and buffalo (Bubalus) and the Canidae family: wolves (Canis) and foxes (Lycalopex).

3. ECOSYSTEM LEVEL

This diversity occurs due to differences in geographical location that cause climate differences and affect differences in temperature, rainfall, sunlight intensity, and duration of sunlight. With so many differences, the flora and fauna that occupy an area will also vary.

Examples of ecosystem-level biodiversity:

• Moss ecosystems are located in areas around mountain peaks or in cold areas around the poles and are dominated by moss plants. Animals that can be found in it are thick furry animals such as polar bears.
• Conifer forest ecosystems that are dominated by plants with leaves like needles, for example pine or fir, in which there are animals as well as one of them is a bear.
• Tropical rain forest ecosystem with a variety of trees, lianas and epiphytes. Animals that live in it such as monkeys.
• The grassland ecosystem is found in dry areas at an altitude of around 4000 MDPL and is dominated by grasses. In this ecosystem, live large mammals, carnivores and herbivores.
• Desert ecosystems that have marked temperature differences between day and night, strong winds, hot climates, and very little rain and are dominated by xerophytic plant groups such as cacti. Animals that can be found in it are reptiles and small mammals.
• The coastal ecosystem is dominated by pes-caprae and barringtonia formations in the form of shrubs or trees. In it, there are insects, shorebirds, and others.

Based on a book entitled Diversity of Indonesia’s Natural Ecosystems: Short Expressions with Photographs and Images written by Kuswata Kartawinata. It also explained that the characteristics of vegetation or plant communities in an ecosystem are one of the easiest features to use to identify ecosystems in an area.

This is because the form of vegetation is a reflection of the external appearance of the interactions that occur between plants, animals, and their environment. If Sinaumed’s is interested in buying this book, click “buy now” below.

BIODIVERSITY BENEFITS

For example, the galactic bird that lives in the Galapagos Islands, originally this bird came from the same place in South America. Because his life moves around and inhabits different places, over time the beak of the galactic bird changes according to the new environmental conditions of Sinaumed’s.

Biodiversity or biodiversity on earth has vital benefits for the survival of all creatures. The diversity of animals and plants as well as organisms on earth fulfill all kinds of needs that are needed by us as humans. The needs fulfilled by the three include not only primary needs, but also secondary needs. The benefits of biodiversity in the fields of food and clothing, ecology, pharmacy, and science and technology:

THE FOOD AND CLOTHING FIELD

Food is one of the things that must be done by all living things on earth so that their life goes on. Biodiversity has benefits as a useful food ingredient to fulfill energy and nutrition. Living things, especially humans, must have enough energy to carry out their activities.

Biodiversity of plants and animals provides a choice for humans in choosing what kind of food is needed. According to a study, our country has at least hundreds of types of food-producing plants such as vegetables and fruit. It was recorded that 400 fruit-producing species and 370 vegetable-producing species and 55 spices and other producers were recorded.

It is also noted that in our country there are 70 types of tuber-producing species, which of course will further add to the existing diversity. Animal biodiversity is no less amazing because hundreds of species of animals that produce meat and milk and skin live here. Humans can obtain carbohydrate sources from corn, wheat and various types of tubers such as taro.

Furthermore, humans can meet their protein needs from animal products, namely eggs and fish meat and various other marine animals. Nutrition and mineral fulfillment will be obtained from various types of fruits and vegetables such as spinach and citrus fruits. Not only that, milk and coconut water will also increase the protein intake needed by the human body.

In addition, several types of wood have benefits for the interests of the Indonesian people as well as for export purposes, for example, if teak wood is exported, it will generate foreign exchange for the country. Some plants can also be used as medicines and cosmetics (Plants that are often used for cosmetic ingredients are aloe vera, pandanus and various flowers such as roses and jasmine).

Resources derived from animals can be utilized as a source of industrial activity. Two-thirds of Indonesia’s territory is waters that can be used as natural resources with economic value. The sea, rivers and ponds are sources of fisheries in the economic field.

ECOLOGY FIELD

Biodiversity is a very important ecosystem component, for example in tropical rain forests with ecological or environmental values ​​that play a very important role in the survival of living things on earth, including:

• Act as the lungs of the earth. Photosynthetic activities in tropical rain forests can reduce levels of carbon dioxide (CO2) in the atmosphere, which means it can reduce air pollution and prevent the greenhouse effect.
• Maintain global climate stability, namely maintaining air temperature and humidity. In addition to functioning to support human life, biodiversity has a role in maintaining ecosystem sustainability. Each type of organism has a role in its ecosystem. This role cannot be replaced by any other type. For example, owls and snakes in the paddy field ecosystem are rat eaters. If these two predators were eradicated by humans, then no one would control the rat population. As a result, rat breeding increased rapidly and rat pests occurred everywhere.

PHARMACY FIELD

Plants that can be used as medicine grow as many as 940 species in Indonesia and 250 of them are used as herbal medicines. Various plants commonly used for medicine are quinine trees with a function as a medicine for malaria because of their alkaloid content. In addition, there is also noni fruit which has a role in reducing high blood pressure.

Not only that, meat from wild animals with venom, namely snakes, is also useful for skin medicine such as itchy skin. Even the fat from snake meat is also believed to have properties in healing various skin diseases that most people often suffer from. Another example is honey which is believed to increase the immune system of anyone who drinks it.

SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY

The wealth of various flora and fauna has long been utilized for the development of science. Until now there are still many animals and plants that have not been studied and their benefits are not known. Thus this situation can still be used as a means of developing knowledge and research for various fields of knowledge.

Classification of Biodiversity

The classification of biodiversity is divided into three, namely natural systems, artificial systems, and phylogenetic.

1. Classification of Natural Systems

As the name implies, the classification of natural system biodiversity is made or created based on the morphological similarities and differences of a living thing. For example, the classification of animals based on how they move (animals with wings, animals with fins, and animals with legs), the classification of plants based on seeds in pieces (seeds with one chip and seeds with two pieces).

2. Classification of Artificial Systems

The classification of biological diversity in artificial systems is the diversity of species that is classified using one or two characteristics of living things. Therefore, this artificial system is usually formed or arranged according to the characteristics of humans. For example, Aristotle classified living things into two groups based on their ability to move and chlorophyll.

3. Classification of Phylogenetic Systems

The phylogenetic classification system is a biological diversity classification system based on the close relationship between one taxon and another. Therefore, the classification of phylogenetic systems can be arranged based on observable characteristics of living things or from phenotypic equations.

Biodiversity in Indonesia

Basically every country already has its own diversity, so both the flora and fauna in a country are not always the same. According to several sources, in Indonesia, diversity is divided into two, namely the biodiversity of flora and fauna.

Flora

The diversity of flora in Indonesia can be said to be very much, but there is one original Indonesian flora whose name is well known abroad, namely  Rafflesia Arnoldii  or better known by many people as “corpse flower”. The plant is usually found in the forests of Sumatra. Not only a lot, but Indonesia’s flora is also uneven, for example, the number of forests on the islands of Kalimantan, Papua and Sumatra is different from the forests on the islands of Java, the Sunda Islands, Maluku and Sulawesi.

The flora in Indonesia are included in the  Malesiana flora . The plants in the  Malesiana flora are plants that have very large stems and quite dense leaves. In fact, sometimes there are some plants that look like a forest canopy.

Fauna

Unlike the flora, the fauna of Indonesia is basically divided according to the lines of  Wallace  and  Weber. From these two lines, the Indonesian fauna is divided into three regions, namely Australian, Oriental and Transitional.

The Australian fauna is in the area of ​​Papua and the surrounding islands, one of the animals included in the Australian fauna is the bird of paradise. Meanwhile, Oriental fauna can be found in Java, Bali, Sumatra and Kalimantan. In Oriental fauna we can find animals or fauna that have quite large body sizes, such as the Sumatran Rhino, Elephant, Bull, and so on. Not only large bodies, there are also birds, such as the Javanese Eagle, Bali Starling, and so on.

Finally, Transitional fauna whose territory is located in the Central region of the Indonesian archipelago, such as the Nusa Tenggara Islands. As for animals or flora in the central part of Indonesia, for example Singapore, Sulawesi rangkok, Maleo, and Anoa.

BIODIVE CONSERVATION EFFORTS

INSITU METHOD

The in-situ method is an effort to preserve biodiversity, which is carried out directly where the flora and fauna are. This method provides protection to areas that are considered to have unique ecosystems or endangered flora and fauna. This is usually done by establishing animal sanctuaries, nature reserves, forest nature reserves and national parks:

• Wildlife sanctuary is an effort to protect ecosystems that are considered unique. This uniqueness contains various types of flora and fauna that must be protected.
• A national park is a piece of land that has absolute protection from the government. This soil usually contains protected ecosystems.
• A nature reserve is a state of nature that has distinctive characteristics derived from the flora and fauna in it. Nature reserves also have ecosystems that must be protected.
• Nature reserve forest is a forest that has a protected ecosystem in it. Nature reserve forests are also commonly known as protected forests.

EXITU METHOD

Ex-situ method is a method of preserving biodiversity which is carried out by taking fauna and flora from their original area. The goal is conservation, protection and breeding. This method is also carried out when the ecosystem where the flora and fauna live has been completely destroyed or damaged, so it takes time to be habitable again.

The ex-situ method is also a conservation effort using a collection of rare species, so that the life span of these animals or plants can be longer. In the ex-situ method, there are several ways, namely using zoos, safari parks, and forest parks.

Well, that’s an explanation of the definition, structure, examples, benefits and efforts to preserve biodiversity. One way to preserve biodiversity is to know it first. Hopefully useful Sinaumed’s! Eager to learn.

 

History of Bing – Bing is a Search Engine which originally had another name, namely Live Search, MSN Search or Windows Live Search. Then what is this one site like? What are the advantages of this Bing? Check out the explanation as follows.

Definition of Bing

Bing is a web search engine site that is under the auspices of Microsoft. Bing is a search engine which was officially introduced on May 28, 2009. Search engines are web search engines or web search engines that function as computer programs designed to search files stored on services, such as www, ftp, publication of mailing lists or newsgroups in one or a number of computers in one network.

Bing was first introduced directly by Microsoft CEO Steve Ballmer at the All Things Digital conference, in San Diego, United States. Bing is a way of re-preservation carried out by Microsoft from the three search engines that already existed in the past, such as Windows Live Search, Live Search and MSN Search.

Meanwhile, Microsoft is an American multinational corporation that has its headquarters in Redmond, Washington, United States. This Microsoft company develops, manufactures, licenses and supports a variety of computer-related products and services.

Microsoft became a company founded by world founders, namely Bill Gates and Paul Allen. Both of them founded Microsoft on April 4, 1975. Microsoft is the largest software maker in the world, calculated according to revenue figures, you know ! Microsoft is also one of the most valuable companies in the world.

Sinaumed’s can read stories from the founder of Microsoft, namely Bill Gates, to increase his knowledge about Microsoft and its development, which are available at the sinaumedia store.

On June 1, Bing was officially launched as a replacement for its previous search engine, namely Live Search. Bing was created by Microsoft equipped with or using Powerset technology which was purchased by Microsoft in 2018. Bing can be used by its users to get more accurate results. Bing also has completeness in storing and also sharing search history via Facebook, Skydrive and also email.

Bing Search Site Categories

Bing groups these search sites into four categories, namely:

1. Web to search for sites or websites

It is known that when it comes to searching for a site or web, you can rely on Bing. Because Bing provides more accurate information regarding your search.

2. Images for image search

Apart from that, the GUI or Bing image search is also considered to be superior and also considered to be more intuitive than other sites. Bing is able to bring users who want to find a video by displaying the original footage without connecting to Youtube.

3. News for news search

Bing news displays a wide variety of news recorded on the web. Attractive design, more striking highlight given to headlines. And if the user switches to a mobile device, the display becomes adaptive, depending on the type of device used. The news that is displayed is of course based on trending topics on Facebook and Twitter.

4. xRank 

xRank is a service for search or as part of the Microsoft search engine. In this xRank, you can track what and who is most searched by Bing users. However, xRank was officially closed by Microsoft in October 2010.

On July 29, 2009, Microsoft and Yahoo! announced an offer, in which the announcement stated that Bing would power Yahoo! Search . And to all users and partners of Yahoo! Search is expected to undergo a transition in early 2012. In October 2011 Bing also announced that it was working on a new search infrastructure, the aim of which is to provide faster and more relevant search results for its users.

While Yahoo! is a multinational internet company headquartered in Sunnyvale, California, United States. Yahoo! became known for having its own web portal as well as search engines, such as Yahoo! Search, Yahoo! Directory, Yahoo! Yahoo Mail! News, Yahoo! Finance, Yahoo! Groups, Yahoo! Answers, a website and service advertising online maps, video sharing, fantasy sports and other social media.

The indexing technology known as “Tiger” was successfully incorporated into Bing globally starting in August 2011. And in May 2012, Bing also announced another redesign or there is a search engine that includes a “Sidebar” or Sidebar which is a social feature that searches on social networking site for Bing users to get relevant information by typing in search keywords.

History of Bing

It is known that previously Microsoft had produced three search engines before launching Bing, namely MSN Search, Windows Live Search and Live Search. But according to Microsoft, the performance of these three search engines is still not optimal in attracting users, so they have not been able to shift Google Search’s position as the ruler of search engines in the internet world.

So Microsoft continues to innovate by trying to evaluate and analyze what weaknesses existed in the three search engines before Bing was launched. Not only that, Microsoft also analyzes what weaknesses competitors’ search engines have, especially Google Search and Yahoo! Search. Microsoft has also made every effort to improve and apply it to the newest search engine product, namely Bing.

The creation of Bing is inseparable from Microsoft’s three previous search engines. Because Bing is a complement to the previous search engine. The creation of Bing started from the existence of MSN Search to Windows Live Search and then Live Search. However, the chronology of the formation of Bing is as follows:

1. MSN Search

MSN Search is the first search engine created by Microsoft. MSN Search was first launched in 1998. MSN Search itself contains an engine, index and web crawler. Since the launch of the MSN Search search engine, it has continued to develop and also experience improvements.

In November 2004, Microsoft also upgraded the MSN Search search engine by collaborating with Picsearch which is specifically for displaying an image.

2. Windows Live Search

In fact, the development of MSN Search cannot shift the dominance of the Google Search search engine. On September 11, 2006, from this failure, Microsoft again presented a new search engine, namely Windows Live Search. This Windows Live Search search engine has deeper capabilities to search for more specific and better information in the form of websites, news, pictures and music or others.

3. Windows Live Search

It doesn’t stop there, Microsoft continues to develop and always makes a decision to separate the search engine from Windows Live. Microsoft also changed the name of its search engine to Live Search, then consolidated with Microsoft adCenter. Microsoft’s reorganization has resulted in many policy changes, such as stopping several existing products, such as Windows Live Expo, Live Search Macros and so on.

Changes that continue to be made by Microsoft have not yet produced results. Microsoft also realizes that the use of brand names for search engine products is very important. In the end, on June 3, 2009, to create a new identity, Microsoft presented a new search engine called Bing.

 

 

Features on Bing

There are several features available on Bing, which Microsoft predicts that with these features and is expected to replace Google Search, namely features such as:

1. Best Match

Best Match is a feature from Bing that can display searches that are more relevant or in accordance with the keywords entered. The relevant link will display at the top of the list or list of search results. This Best Match feature also makes it possible for users to get results from searches that match the existence of similar site links.

2. Interface Features

Features is a feature of Bing that can display an image on the background which will continue to change every day. The background image that is also displayed is the result of unique and well-made images from around the world.

In addition, the background image displayed is also equipped with information about the image. The background images on this search engine are flexible, which means they can be activated and deactivated. While the Bing interface is a search result that displays the navigation panel results section on the left sidebar and a preview on the right side of search results that are also related.

3. Media Features

Media Features is a feature of Bing that allows its users to search for the images and videos that the user wants. The results of the search will display all search results in the form of thumbnails on one page, so that users don’t have to move on to the next pages, which certainly takes a long time. To play videos on Bing, users only need to hover the mouse cursor on the video thumbnail.

 

 

4. Instant Answer

Instant Answer is a feature that allows users to obtain precise and accurate information. Not only that, Bing can also function as a calculator or calculating machine, knowing stock prices, airline ticket prices, flight schedules, shipping goods by ship by companies, information about traffic, restaurant reviews, dictionaries and so on.

5. Bing Maps

Bing Maps is a feature of Bing that can be used as a virtual earth. Bing Maps can allow users to find locations from various regions and even various countries in the world. The Bing Maps feature can also function as a guide to out of town and even abroad, you know! If Sinaumed’s is going to leave, Sinaumed’s can use the Bing Maps feature which is believed to provide more accurate address information.

6. Bing Travel

Bing Travel is a special feature of Bing that displays several budget plans that you need in one trip. Sinaumed’s can find out from transportation, hotels, car rental prices and much more. If Sinaumed’s wants to stay at a hotel, especially with family, Sinaumed’s can rely on the Bing Travel feature.

 

 

What are the advantages of Bing?

Of course, Bing has complete and cool features too! With the completion of these features, Bing actually has its own advantages and makes it easier for users. What are the advantages of this Bing? Let’s look at the following description!

1. Various background images

When Bing users access the front page of the Bing site on different days, the display of the background image used will also change by itself. Users will no longer feel bored when opening the Bing site with the same appearance.

2. Instant Answer facility

The instant answer facility is one of the performance innovations that Bing has successfully developed and integrated into the system so that Bing is able to provide answers. Another performance that Bing has is the ability it has in interpreting a question sentence even to matters relating to problems in the field of mathematics or calculations.

3. Search results for photos or videos can be filtered and displayed precisely and in detail

If there are users who search for sites or web pages that contain image content, Bing will present a list of search results by itself and display them in the form of thumbnails that can be enlarged or reduced by utilizing facilities, such as Zoom which is divided into several, namely Zoom small, Zoom medium , Zoom large and accompanied by Show image details . Show Images details serves to present image thumbnails and information about that image.

4. Detail box on the search result link

Bing is a search engine site for users who don’t need to press links anymore, but users only need to hover over the link to display the details box. This details box lets the user get a quick look at the information about the link.

 

 

5. More effective display of Bing Maps

Excess Bing Maps has access to fast loading. In addition, Bing users can also change the presentation of geographic maps into various display modes. Bing Maps can also allow users to display multiple areas or areas in three dimensions.

6. Related Searches facility

Bing also has the capability of an intelligent search system, in which this system is shown by Bing not only for displaying a list of sites, web pages, or links or keywords, but users can also find various options as alternatives that can be selected via the Related Searches sidebar . . The purpose of this feature is to enrich the search performed.

7. Smart video preview facility

Speed ​​in accessing and loading is an advantage possessed by Bing. This also happens to the content of video files too ! Microsoft emphasizes that users only need to wait less than thirty seconds to get a video preview through the Bing Videos feature. Not only that, the speed of the buffering system that is integrated into the Bing Videos directory is able to play a video show in a short time, the user only needs to point the cursor at the desired video player box.

Sinaumed’s can study and find out more information about Microsoft and one of its sites, namely Bing, you know ! How to? Namely by reading a book and getting the book available at www.sinaumedia.com . As #FriendsWithoutLimits we always try to give the best!

• 10 Home Internet Providers You Can Choose
• Definition of Servers
• Definition of the Internet: History, Benefits, and Negative Impacts
• Positive and Negative Impacts of the Internet for Humanity
• What is Online? Types, Components, Strengths and Weaknesses
• 5 Application Recommendations To Help You Manage Your Schedule

Author: Yufi Cantika Sukma Divine

BI Fast Is – In this all-digital era, anything can be done easily and quickly, even only via a smartphone. Is Sinaumed’s aware of this? Starting from the existence of digital money to the transaction process, it is enough to do it through the applications that have been installed on our smartphones. Especially in terms of transactions, where in ancient times we were required to go to the nearest ATM and queue in a crowd of people. Now? It’s easy to do through the Mobile Banking application at each bank.

So, for Sinaumed’s who often use Mobile Banking from any bank, you must often find BI Fast and Real Time Online features when you want to transfer money to other parties? Just a little trivia, this feature is relatively new, you know because it was only launched in December 2021 by Bank Indonesia, which oversees all state and private banks.

So, what is the BI Fast feature? What banks have used this feature? What are the striking differences between BI Fast and Real Time Online? How to use BI Fast correctly, especially for beginners? So, so that Sinaumed’s understands these things, let’s immediately see the following review!

What is BI Fast?

Basically, BI Fast is a service feature initiated by Bank Indonesia in the form of convenience for online, real-time transfers, and lower admin fees. It’s called cheaper, because usually when we transfer to another bank, an admin fee of IDR 6,500 will definitely be charged, right? So, when Sinaumed’s uses BI Fast, the admin fee is only IDR 2,500. Obviously cheaper right!

Since the era is now completely digital, including online transactions via Mobile Banking, of course Bank Indonesia is also innovating to adapt to this. One of the innovation efforts that have been made is of course by developing this BI Fast feature, in order to answer the challenges in the digital era as it is today.

Of course, the convenience when using this feature can be felt by many people, especially those who use Mobile Banking for transfers to other parties. Yep, to use this BI Fast feature, Sinaumed’s doesn’t need to install a special BI Fast application from the PlayStore or App Store, because this feature already exists in each bank’s Mobile Banking. Try Sinaumed’s and see for yourself!

BI Fast Service Development Background

According to the BI Fast Guidebook Version 1.1 issued by Bank Indonesia, BI Fast is the object of developing Bank Indonesia’s infrastructure in order to provide real-time , seamless (easy) payment services, available 24/7, alias can be done at any time, and of course with an end-to-end level of security . All of this is done by Bank Indonesia to support the development of the Digital Financial Economy (EKD) in Indonesia.

Considering that currently, the availability of the Bank Indonesia National Clearing System (SKNBI) services is apparently not fully able to meet the needs of the community, especially because it is limited by service time. This of course hampered community activities, especially those who worked by relying on the transfer process. Well, BI Fast is also here as a savior alternative to the SKNBI infrastructure.

BI Fast Service Development Goals

Reporting from bi.go.id , there are at least 3 objectives for developing the BI Fast feature on Mobile Banking which is used by most Indonesian people, especially in this digital age, namely:

1. To support the merger between the National Payment System industry and the Digital Financial Economy in an end-to-end manner .
2. Become a national initiative that is in line with Bank Indonesia Regulations (PBI), Payment Systems (SP), PBI Payment System Infrastructure Providers (PIP), PBI Payment Service Providers (PJB), and SP principles that are fast, cheap, easy, safe, and reliable for user use.
3. In line with Bank Indonesia’s future policy directions, especially in terms of Financial System Stability and Payment System so that an integrated, interoperable and interconnected ecosystem can be created .

Benefits of BI Fast Services for the Community

The existence of this feature is of course not only an answer to challenges in the digital era as it is today, but also provides a series of benefits for the wider community and industry in Indonesia. Bearing in mind that the SKNBI and BI Real Time Gross Settlement (BI-RTGS) feature services only have certain operating hours, so they cannot be accessed at any time. So, through this BI Fast service, the general public and industry can feel:

• Efficient, due to the use of a proxy address as an alternative to the account number.
• Real time 24/7, because anyone can do it at any time.
• Complete, because it serves various instruments and any payment channels such as QRIS, ATM, and EDC.
• Secure , proven safe because this feature is complemented by fraud detection and AML/CFT.

75+ List of Banks Using BI Fast Services

At least, there are 77 banks in Indonesia that have used the BI Fast service feature on their mobile banking. This is because every bank, be it a state bank or a private bank, definitely wants to provide the best service for its customers. One of the efforts is to add this feature to their service. Reporting from bi.go.id , here is a complete list of banks in Indonesia that have used the BI Fast service.

Batch 1 (1 December 2021)

1.	Bank BCA Syariah
2.	Bank Central Asia
3.	CIMB Niaga Bank
4.	Bank CIMB Niaga UUS (Sharia Business Unit)
5.	Citibank, NA
6.	Bank Danamon Indonesia
7.	Bank Danamon Indonesia UUS
8.	Bank DBS Indonesia
9.	Mandiri Bank
10.	Megabank
11.	Bank Negara Indonesia (Persero)
12.	Bank OCBC NISP
13.	Gem Bank
14.	UUS Permata Bank
15.	Indonesian People’s Bank (BRI)
16.	Sinarmas Bank
17.	Indonesian Sharia Bank
18.	State Savings Bank (Persero)
19.	UUS State Savings Bank
20.	Bank UOB Indonesia
21.	Bank Woori Brothers Indonesia 1906

Batch 2 (January 2022)

1.	Allo Bank Indonesia
2.	BCA Digital Bank
3.	Ganesha Bank
4.	Bank HSBC Indonesia
5.	Bank Ina Perdana
6.	Bank KEB Hana Indonesia
7.	Bank Mandiri Taspen
8.	Indonesian Maspion Bank
9.	Mestika Dharma Bank
10.	Bank Multi Arta Sentosa
11.	Bank Nationalnobu
12.	Pan Indonesian Bank
13.	Bali Regional Development Bank
14.	West Java and Banten Regional Development Banks
15.	Central Java Regional Development Bank
16.	Central Java Regional Development Bank UUS
17.	East Java Regional Development Bank
18.	Regional Development Bank of East Java UUS
19.	East Nusa Tenggara Regional Development Bank
20.	Papua Regional Development Bank
21.	Sampoerna Friends Bank
22.	Bank Sinarmas UUS
23.	Indonesian Central Securities Depository

Batch 3 (May and June 2022)

1.	Artha Graha International Bank
2.	Artha Earth Bank
3.	DKI bank
4.	Bank DKI UUS
5.	Jago Bank
6.	West Java Regional Development Bank and Banten Syariah
7.	Riau Islands Development Bank
8.	Bank Raya Indonesia

Batch 4 (August 2022)

1.	BTPN bank
2.	Bank Capital Indonesia
3.	CTBC bank
4.	Bank ICBC Indonesia
5.	Bank Index Selindo
6.	Bank Jago UUS
7.	Jakarta Services Bank
8.	Mayapada Bank
9.	Mayora Bank
10.	Muamalat Bank
11.	UUS Nagari Bank
12.	Neo Commerce Bank
13.	DIY Regional Development Bank
14.	Regional Development Bank DIY UUS
15.	West Kalimantan Regional Development Bank
16.	West Kalimantan Regional Development Bank UUS
17.	South Kalimantan Regional Development Bank
18.	South Kalimantan Regional Development Bank UUS
19.	West Sumatra Regional Development Bank
20.	South Sumatra Regional Development Bank Bangka Belitung
21.	Regional Development Bank of South Sumatra Bangka Belitung UUS
22.	sea ​​bank
23.	Maybank Indonesia
24.	Maybank Indonesia UUS
25.	MNC Bank

The difference between BI Fast and Real Time Online

Even though BI Fast and Real Time Online are both features developed by Bank Indonesia in order to support the development of the Digital Financial Economy (EKD) in Indonesia, the two have striking differences. Not only in the amount of admin fees, but also the service as a whole.

BI Fast	Real TimeOnline
Transaction fees, aka admin fees, are cheaper, which is only Rp. 2,500 per one transfer.	Transaction fees, aka admin fees, are more expensive, namely IDR 6,500 per one transfer.
The transfer limit is bigger, which is up to IDR 250 million per transaction.	The transfer limit is smaller, which is only IDR 25 million per transaction.
Allows customers to make transactions without using an account number. Another alternative is, of course, using a cellphone number or email address.	It is not yet possible for customers to make transactions without using an account number.
Has several advanced features, such as Fraud Detection and Anti Money Laundering (AML), Countering Financing of Terrorism (CFT), and others.	The features that are owned are not as sophisticated as BI Fast.

Advantages and Disadvantages of BI Fast in Bank Transactions

Even though it has technological sophistication in the development of its features, that doesn’t mean that BI Fast doesn’t have drawbacks … 

Advantages of BI Fast	Disadvantages of BI Fast
Transaction fees, aka admin fees, are cheaper, which is only Rp. 2,500 per one transfer.	The maximum transfer limit is IDR 250 million. For some people who are required to transfer an amount in excess of that, they will definitely find it difficult, so they have to take an alternative to clearing.
The transfer limit is bigger, which is up to IDR 250 million per transaction.	Not really fully serviced 24/7. In some banks, at certain times, such as prayer times, it is certain that transactions using this feature will fail.
Allows customers to make transactions without using an account number. Another alternative is, of course, using a cellphone number or email address.	Not all banks in Indonesia use this feature.
Has several advanced features, such as Fraud Detection and Anti Money Laundering (AML), Countering Financing of Terrorism (CFT), and others.	It often experiences maintenance alias repairs, so it is not uncommon for customers to fail when transferring.
There are at least 77 banks in Indonesia that use this feature.	Only focus on transfers via debit and credit only. Not yet developed for Virtual Accounts (VA) and other digital wallets.

Questions Regarding BI Fast

Even though 77 banks in Indonesia already have the service features launched by Bank Indonesia since December 2021, there are still many people who don’t understand how it works. In its use, bank customers who can practice this feature are individuals and industry players. So, here are some questions about BI Fast and their answers that were reported via bi.go.id.

1. Who Can Have BI Fast Service?

Basically, BI Fast participation is open to all banks and Non-Bank Institutions (LSB) in Indonesia, as long as they meet the following criteria:

1. Qualified in terms of institutional aspect, financial performance, and Information System capability.
2. Must meet the 3C criteria, namely contribution (contribution to the growth of EKD), capability (capability of capital and liquidity capabilities), and collaboration (fully collaborating in supporting BI policies going forward).
3. Meet the criteria of champion in readiness which includes aspects of people, process and technology.

2. Do All Banks Have to Have the BI Fast Alias ​​Mandatory Feature?

In fact, Bank Indonesia is actually encouraging all banks and Non-Bank Institutions (LSB) to have this service feature so that they can meet the needs of the community, especially in terms of more efficient digital transactions. For this reason, Bank Indonesia also asked every bank or Non-Bank Institution (LSB) to submit an application as a BI-FAST participant according to their respective timelines .

3. What is the Admin Fee for the BI Fast Feature Service?

Bank Indonesia as the originator of this service feature has determined that there are 2 pricing schemes for admin fees, namely from Bank Indonesia to the bank concerned and from the bank concerned to the customer.

The admin fee from Bank Indonesia to the bank concerned is IDR 19.00 per transaction. Meanwhile, the admin fee from the bank concerned to the customer is a maximum of IDR 2,500 per transaction.

4. What’s the difference between BI Fast and SKNBI and BI RTGS?

The difference between the BI Fast service features and SKNBI and BI RTGS can be seen from several aspects, namely the nominal amount of the transaction, service time, payment channels, and payment instruments.

• Transaction Amount

The BI Fast service feature will serve a minimum nominal transfer of Rp. 250 million per transaction, while the SKNBI will serve up to a nominal value of Rp. 1 billion per transaction. Meanwhile, the BI RTGS feature is only up to a nominal value of IDR 100 million.

• Service Time

The BI Fast feature has 24/7 service time, aka around the clock, while SKNBI and BI RTGS have shorter operating hours, namely 06.30 to 16.30 WIB.

• Payment Channel

The BI Fast feature which was developed to answer the digital world as it is today, of course can be done via mobile/internet, especially m-banking at each bank. Even in the future, it will be further developed so that it can be used via QR, ATM, and EDC channels.

Meanwhile, SKNBI and BI RTGS can only be accessed via bank counters and mobile/internet channels.

• Payment Instruments

SKNBI can only serve transfer transactions via credit and debit. Then, the BI RTGS feature only serves transactions via credit. Meanwhile, the BI Fast feature is more sophisticated because it fulfills payment instruments in the form of credit, debit, and electronic money.

Source:

BI Fast Handbook Version 1.1. Bank Indonesia Central Bank of the Republic of Indonesia. 

https://www.bi.go.id/

https://www.rkonline.id/

Also Read!

• History, Duties, Authorities, and Roles of the Central Bank
• Functions and Types of Banks You Need to Know
• Discussion and Examples of Bank Reconciliation
• Duties and History of the Indonesian Bank Restructuring Agency
• A Brief History of Central Banks and Their Functions
• Definition of Credit Agreement and Process
• Concept, Function, and Difference Between Debit and Credit Notes
• What is a Credit Instrument?

History of Bhinneka Tunggal Ika – The Indonesian Nation and its diversity in terms of religion, skin color, ethnicity, language, which then makes it a plural and sovereign nation. This can be seen from the moments leading up to independence, almost all of the nation’s children who were members of various tribes also fought for independence.

The national leaders themselves then realized the challenges they had to face because of this diversity. This diversity then becomes a reality that cannot be avoided. Diversity as an essence of reality that already exists in the nation, while Singleness is a national ideal.

A. The Meaning and Meaning of Bhinneka Tunggal Ika

Literally the word Bhinneka Tunggal Ika comes from Old Javanese. Bhinneka Tunggal Ika has different meanings but still one. Bhinneka Tunggal Ika is the national motto of Indonesia and is written in the Garuda Pancasila symbol.

The concept of Bhinneka Tunggal Ika itself is taken from the book Sutasoma written by Mpu Tantular , who lived during the Majapahit Kingdom around the 14th century AD.

Etymologically, the words Bhinneka Tunggal Ika come from Old Javanese which, if divided into Bhinneka , means variety or variety, Tunggal is one, and Ika is that.

So that the meaning of Bhinneka Tunggal Ika is different but still one. It means, with the soul and spirit of the Indonesian people, they acknowledge the reality of a pluralistic nation (ethnicity, language, religion, race, class, etc.) but still upholds unity.

I Nyoman Pursika (2009) in the journal Analytic Study of the motto “Unity in Diversity ” states that Bhinneka Tunggal Ika is a reflection of the balance between the reflections of the balance between the elements of difference which characterize diversity and the element of similarity which characterizes unity .

Bhinneka Tunggal Ika firmly defines harmony between diversity and singleness, between diversity and uniqueness, between diversity and unity, between many things and one thing, or between pluralism and monism.

Initially Bhinneka Tunggal Ika was used to express the spirit of religious tolerance between Hinduism and Buddhism. After being made the motto of the Indonesian nation, the context of “Bhinneka” or its differences has become wider, not only different religions but also ethnicity, language, race, class, culture, customs can even be drawn into differences in a smaller scope such as differences of opinion, thoughts /ideas, likes, hobbies.

Bhineka Tunggal Ika is one of the four pillars of nationalism, apart from Pancasila. The 1945 Constitution, NKRI is a value that must be instilled in every Indonesian citizen which is discussed in the Pancasila book.

So, if there are differences in support for football clubs, don’t fight, OK?

B. A Brief History of Unity in Diversity

In the beginning, Bhinneka Tunggal Ika was a motto that showed the spirit of religious tolerance, especially
between Hinduism and Buddhism.

The term “Unity in Diversity” was taken from the Book of Sutasoma by Mpu Tantular during the Majapahit kingdom around the 14th century. The term is contained in stanza 5 chapter 139. This stanza in full is as follows:

Rwāneka dhātu winuwus Buddha Wiswa,
Bhinnêki rakwa ring apan hit parwanosen,
Mangka ng Jinatwa kalawan Śiwatatwa single,
Bhinnêka Tunggal Ika tan hana dharma mangrwa.

Translation:

It is said that Buddha and Shiva are two
different substances.
They are indeed different, but how
can they be identified?
Because the truth of Jina (Buddha) and Shiva is
one

According to the journal of Lt. Col. Czi Dr. Syafril Hidayat, psc, M.Sc regarding Bhinneka Tunggal Ika, in the book Bung Hatta Answering (1979), Mohammad Hatta wrote that after independence, this motto was imprinted with a symbol made by Sultan Abdul Hamid (in Pontianak) and its use was inaugurated by the RIS Cabinet on February 11, 1950 as the motto of the national symbol.

Through this motto, Indonesia later became the Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia (NKRI). Bhinneka Tunggal Ika itself was first examined by Prof. H. Kern (1888). This motto itself was originally printed on a papyrus stored in the Leiden City Library (Purusadasanta or Sutasoma).

This motto was then re-examined by Muhammad Yamin in the following years and then he wrote in his book 6000 years of the Red and White in 1954.

The history of the motto Bhinneka Tunggal Ika has gone through a process of evolution and crystallization starting before independence, the national movement in 1928 until the founding of the Republic of Indonesia in 1945.

After being used as the motto of the Indonesian nation, Bhinneka Tunggal Ika has become a statement by the Indonesian nation that recognizes the reality of a plural nation but still upholds unity.

C. The Principle of Unity in Diversity

Why tolerance? Because tolerance can dilute differences so that there are no more divisions or conflicts. Therefore diversity must be interpreted by society through an understanding of multiculturalism based on the power of spirituality. Ethnic, religious and ideological differences.

The following are the principles of Unity in Diversity that you need to know:

1. Common Denominators

There are 5 religions in Indonesia, but in accordance with the first principle of Bhinneka Tunggal Ika, differences in religious matters must be sought for a common denominator, or in other words find similarities in differences so that all Indonesian people can live in harmony side by side.

Likewise with various other aspects with all the differences in Indonesia, such as customs and culture in each region. All of this diversity of customs and culture is still recognized for its validity with all the differences that remain united in the unitary state of the republic of Indonesia.

2. Not sectarian and inclusive

Not sectarian and exclusive, meaning that in the life of the nation and state, every Indonesian person is not justified in considering himself or his group to be the most righteous compared to other people or groups.

Sectarian and exclusive views must be eliminated, because when sectarian and exclusive attitudes have been formed, there will be many conflicts that occur due to jealousy, suspicion, excessive attitudes and lack of consideration for the existence of other groups or individuals.

3. Not Formalistic

Bhinneka Tunggal Ika is universal and comprehensive. This is based on a sense of love, respect, mutual trust, and harmony with one another. In this way diversity can then be united in an Indonesian frame.

4. Is Convergent

Being Convergent means that all diversity is not to be exaggerated, but a meeting point must be found that can make all interests meet in the middle. This can be achieved if there is an attitude of tolerance, mutual trust, harmony, non-sectarianism, and inclusiveness among the people.

5. Pluralistic and Multicultural Principles

Bhinneka Tunggal Ika contains values ​​including: tolerance, inclusiveness, peace and togetherness, and equality. These values ​​do not require closed or exclusive nature so that it is possible to accommodate the nation’s cultural diversity and face the currents of globalization.

Mutual respect between religions, ethnic groups, respecting the work of others, working together to build the nation regardless of differences in ethnicity, culture and religion, not discriminating against one another or even insulting one another because this can lead to conflict and become the initial source of breaking the unity and integrity of the nation.

6. The Spirit of Mutual Cooperation

The spirit of gotong-royong is not only about working together to clean up the environment, or keeping the environment around your home safe. But also in the spirit of mutual cooperation in fighting hoaxes or fake news which are now being spread everywhere in the name of clickbait.

Make it a habit to verify the data or news received and want to spread. Because digital footprints are very difficult to get rid of, the reason is, every day, there are thousands of hoaxes that spread and are ready to destroy the generation and diversity of this country.

In strengthening the mutual cooperation that we have and the national, democratic, legal, and multicultural spirit in supporting the realization of citizens who are aware of their rights and obligations, the book Strengthening the Spirit and Spirit of Nationalism is an appropriate reference for Sinaumed’s.

D. Interesting Facts about Bhinneka Tunggal Ika

In a shared life, where various interests will meet, and not all interests are in line, it will certainly result in friction and even social conflicts. In such a situation, the boundaries between the rights and powers of each party must be clearly, decisively and proportionately determined.

Every citizen is then free to claim their rights, but at the same time they are also obliged to respect the rights of others. Fair itself has the meaning of being impartial, not closed, and in groups. On the other hand, be fair or require an open attitude that always provides “space” for the presence of other people.

The habit of greeting others is a real form of manifesting a fair attitude. Greeting other people (anyone) is essentially the initial act of building a social network that will become a strength so that it is not easily divided and pitted against one another. Here are some facts about Bhinneka Tunggal Ika that you need to know:

1. Sourced from Lontar Sutasoma

The term Bhinneka Tunggal Ika is taken from Lontar Sutasoma by Mpu Tantular, a poet who lived in the 14th century in Majapahit and was still a royal relative during the reign of King Rajasanegara. The term Bhinneka Tunggal Ika itself is taken from a fragment of kakimpoi alias Syair Sutasoma. The following reads in Sanskrit, and is translated into Indonesian:

Rwāneka dhātu winuwus Buddha Wiswa, Bhinnêki rakwa ring apan hit parwanosen, Mangka ng Jinatwa kalawan Śiwatatwa single, Bhinnêka Tunggal Ika tan hana dharma mangrwa.

Meaning: Buddha and Shiva are two different substances but how can they be recognized? Because the truth of Jina (Buddha) and Shiva is one, it is divided, but it is also one. There is no confusion in the truth.

2. Not Bung Karno’s creation

In a book written by Mohammad Hatta entitled Bung Hatta Answering, it is written that it was Bung Karno who coined the term “Unity in Diversity”, meaning that Bung Karno did not invent it, but it was he who suggested adding the phrase to the ribbon gripped by the Garuda bird.

The Garuda bird itself was originally designed to grip the red and white flag but was later replaced with a ribbon that read Bhinneka Tunggal Ika which is used as the national motto, meaning it unites diversity.

Garuda bird itself uses a shield, as a form of building power in Indonesian civilization. The eagle from this mythology is closely related to the eagle. Birds are painted on several temples, including Dieng, Prambanan and Penataran.

3. Housed in the Leiden Library

With the close ties between the Archipelago and the Netherlands. The Sutasoma transcript later became one of the archives stored in the Leiden Library, with the verse containing the term Bhinneka Tunggal Ika located on the 120th sheet of Sutasoma’s papyrus.

4. Not Just About Tribal Unity

Bhinneka Tunggal Ika is not only about ethnic and cultural differences that must be united, but also differences in thoughts. According to Sultan Hamid, Soekarno described Bhinneka Tunggal Ika as a union of federalist thoughts and unity in the United Republic of Indonesia (Indonesia’s name at that time).

E. Unity in Diversity and Nationalism

In order to fortify themselves from destruction due to the rapid development of technology and the various efforts made to divide the nation, the Indonesian people must return to the values ​​of Pancasila.

Pancasila as the philosophy of the Indonesian nation, has developed naturally from a long history, contains the outlook on life, character and noble values ​​of the Indonesian people, including Bhinneka Tunggal Ika. The noble values ​​contained in Pancasila are the spirit of unity, respect for differences, willingness to sacrifice, never giving up, mutual cooperation, patriotism, nationalism, optimism, self-esteem, togetherness, and self-confidence.

In learning more about nationalism in a short, concise and clear way, Sinaumed’s can read the book Nationalism by Steven Gr which is below.

Bhinneka Tunggal Ika is indirectly a picture of Indonesian nationalism. The meaning of Bhinneka Tunggal Ika is the principle of Indonesian citizens to build nationalism. The following are some of the elements that make up nationalism:

1. Historical Unity

The Indonesian nation grew and developed from a historical process, namely since prehistoric times, the Srivijaya era, Majapahit then invaders came, sparked the 1928 Youth Pledge and finally proclaimed independence on August 17, 1945.

2. Unity of Fate

The Indonesian nation was formed because of a common fate, namely experiencing the suffering of colonialism for three and a half centuries, then fighting for independence together and finally getting joy in the form of independence.

3. Regional Unity

The Indonesian nation lives in the territory of Indonesia, its people are spread from Sabang to Merauke. The unity of the nation’s own spiritual principles as one of the ideals, philosophy and way of life rooted in the Pancasila view of life.

4. Cultural Unity

Even though the Indonesian nation has a diversity of cultures ranging from traditional houses, traditional clothing, traditional events, languages ​​and other diversity, the whole is one culture, namely the national culture of the unitary Republic of Indonesia.

E. Application of Unity in Diversity in Everyday Life

Bhinneka Tunggal Ika is contained in Government Regulation Number 66/1951. Stipulated in Jakarta on October 17, 1951 by President Soekarno and Prime Minister, Sukiman Wirjosandjojo. Bhinneka Tunggal Ika is contained in Article 5 which reads,

“Under the symbol written in Latin letters, a motto in Old Javanese reads: Bhinneka Tunggal Ika.

The explanation from Article 5 is that the word Bhinneka is a combination of two words: bhinna and ika. The entire sentence can then be copied into ‘different but still one nevertheless’.

The following is the application of Bhinneka Tunggal Ika in the life of our nation and state:

1. Inclusive Behavior

The first implementation is that a person is required not to see himself as taking precedence over the interests of others. It is the same with groups, where common interests take precedence over personal or group interests.

2. Accommodate Pluralistic Nature

Judging from its diversity, it is fitting for Indonesia to become a nation with the largest pluralistic level in the world. This is also what makes the Indonesian nation respected by other nations. However, if it is not used wisely, there is a high possibility of disintegration within the nation. Race, Culture, Ethnicity, Language, Religion, and customs, the Indonesian nation.

By understanding more about the cultural diversity that exists in Indonesia through the book Guys, Indonesia is Bineka, Loh! Sinaumed’s will better understand the development of a very dynamic society and avoid misunderstandings and conflicts that occur due to differences.

3. Not Winning Alone

Differences of opinion are actually commonplace, especially in a democratic system. The system then demands that people are free to express their own opinions.

With this implementation of the principle of Bhinneka Tunggal Ika, one is required to respect one opinion and another. Differences of opinion do not need to be exaggerated, but common ground must be sought that prioritizes common interests. Avoid diverging characteristics and apply convergent characteristics in the life of the nation and state.

Just like what happened in Indonesia where there was a conflict between Aceh and Papur which was successfully resolved with the shared values ​​conveyed by Gus Dur as a conflict resolution strategy which you can read in Gus Dur’s book: Islam Nusantara & Diverse Citizenship.

4. Deliberation for Consensus

As previously explained, with the motto Bhinneka Tunggal Ika , if there are differences between groups or individuals, a solution must be sought jointly by deliberation.

As is the case with the common denominator principle or what is known as finding the core of similarity. This should then also be applied in conducting deliberations for consensus. With a variety of ideas, all of which are then summarized into one agreement. That way the agreement here aims to reach consensus on individuals and groups.

Indonesian society is basically indigenous peoples who sociologically have very strong ties in groups (ethnic or ethnic). However, in the Indonesian context, ties in the form of ethnic (origin) or religious sentiments can be reduced for the sake of building a sense of nationality.

The increasingly swift currents of globalization have brought with them new values ​​that cannot be fully accommodated or understood by the majority of Indonesian people. New values ​​tend to loosen national bonds, and worry for the future of national unity and territorial integrity of Indonesia.

Therefore, efforts are urgently needed to refresh the understanding of national values ​​which are a characteristic of the personality of the Indonesian people.

Strengthening the national values ​​contained in the motto Bhinneka Tunggal Ika, as moral teachings about tolerance, fairness and mutual cooperation is the right strategy to deal with new values ​​that tend to clash.

Examples of behavior that reflects “Unity in Diversity” :

• No discrimination against anyone
• Be fair to everyone (at school, home, community)
• Avoid fights/disputes that can harm yourself and others
• Respect each other despite different religions, ethnicities, races and cultures
• Do not insult or demean others
• Living in harmony in the family, school and community environment
• etc

Thus the information about Bhinneka Tunggal Ika, I hope this is useful!

Also read articles related to  “The Meaning & Meaning of Unity in Diversity”  :

• Dimensions of Pancasila as an Open Ideology
• History of Pancasila
• Understanding Pancasila as a Source of Value
• The Meaning and Meaning of Pancasila as State Ideology
• Understanding Pancasila Democracy
• History of the Garuda Pancasila Coat of Arms
• Understanding Archipelagic Insight
• The Meaning of Pancasila as the Source of All Sources of Law
• Meaning of the Youth Pledge
• The Practice of Pancasila Values

If you want to dig more about  Pancasila  in a more comprehensive manner, have the book immediately at www.sinaumedia.com.

1. Pancasila Education

Buy now

2. Pancasila Philosophy of National Islamic Epistemology

Buy now

3. Common Home Pancasila

Buy now

Source:

• https://ejournal.undiksha.ac.id/index.php/JPP/article/viewFile/1726/1512
• etc

Does Sinaumed’s know what the abbreviation for bhabinkamtibmas is? So, bhabinkamtibmas is one of the terms in the elements of the Indonesian National Police or Polri. As part of the National Police, this bhabinkamtibmas certainly has its duties and functions. Then, what is meant by bhabinkamtibmas? What are their duties and powers? To find out more, let’s see the full explanation below.

Bhabinkamtibmas is

Bhabinkamtibmas is an abbreviation of Bhayangkara Pembina Security and Public Order. According to Article 1 Paragraph 4 regarding Regulation of the Head of the National Police of the Republic of Indonesia Number 3 of 2015, regarding Community Policing, bhabinkamtibmas are Polmas officers in villages or sub-districts. The bearer of this Polmas is every member of the National Police who conducts Polmas in the community or community.

That way, it can detect and also identify problems with Community Security and Order or Kamtibmas in the environment and find solutions to the problems.

In general, bhabinkamtibmas are Polri officers on duty at the village to sub-district level who have the authority to carry out the Pre-emptive function by partnering with the community.

Based on the Decree of the Head of the National Police of the Republic of Indonesia No.Pol.KEP/8/II/2009 regarding changes to the National Police Chief’s field manual No.Pol. :BUJUKLAP/17/VII/1997 explains the designation of Babinkamtibmas (Bintara Pembina Kamtibmas) to Bhabinkamtibmas (Bhayangkara Pembina Kamtibmas) from the rank level of Brigadier to Inspector.

Meanwhile, according to Article 1 paragraph 4, the Chief of Police Regulation Number 3 of 2015 concerning Community Policing explains that the purpose of bhabinkamtibmas is to carry out Community Police.

Duties, Functions and Authorities of Bhabinkamtibmas 

Basically, the task of bhabinkamtibmas has been regulated in Article 27 of the Chief of Police Regulation No. 3 of 2015. Meanwhile, the function of bhabinkamtibmas has also been regulated in Article 26 of the Chief of Police Regulation No. 3 of 2015. Following are some explanations regarding the duties, functions, and also the authority of bhabinkamtibmas, including:

1. Main Duties of Bhabinkamtibmas 

The main task of bhabinkamtibmas is to carry out community development, early detection and mediation or negotiation in order to create more conducive conditions in the village or sub-district. In carrying out its main tasks, bhabinkamtibmas performs the following activities:

• Conduct visits from home to all areas that are assigned.
• Doing and also help solving a problem.
• Organizing and also securing community activities.
• Receive information about the occurrence of a crime.
• Provides temporary shelter to stragglers, victims of crime, as well as violations.
• Participate in providing assistance to victims of natural disasters and disease outbreaks.
• Provide guidance and instructions to the community or community related to Kamtibmas issues and also Polri services.

2. The function of Bhabinkamtibmas 

The following are some of the functions of bhabinkamtibmas that need to be understood, including:

• Conducting visits or visits to the community with the aim of listening to community complaints regarding Kamtibmas issues and then providing explanations and solutions, maintaining friendly or brotherly relations.
• Guiding and counseling in the field of law and Kamtibmas in order to increase awareness of law and Kamtibmas by upholding Human Rights or HAM.
• Disseminating various information regarding the policies of the National Police leadership related to the Maintenance of Public Security and Order or Harkamtibmas.
• Encouraging the implementation of siskamling in protecting the environment and community activities.
• Providing police services to people in need.
• Mobilizing positive community activities.
• Coordinate efforts to foster Kamtibmas through village or sub-district officials and other related parties.
• Carry out consultations, negotiations, mediation, facilitation, motivation to the community in Harkamtibmas and solving social crime problems.

3. The authority of Bhabinkamtibmas 

As previously explained regarding bhabinkamtibmas, which stands for Bhayangkara Pembina Security and Community Order, bhabinkamtibmas here plays the role of a Polri officer who has duties at the village or sub-district level, namely developing tasks and functions by partnering with the community.

Therefore, this bhabinkamtibmas certainly has the authority to carry out its duties and functions. The authority of bhabinkamtibmas has been contained in Article 28 of the Police Chief’s Regulation No. 3 of 2015, the following are the details:

• Resolving disputes between the colors of society or communities.
• Taking various steps needed as a follow-up to the FKPM agreement in maintaining environmental security.
• Visit the crime scene or TKP and take the First Action or TP at the TKP.
• Supervise the flow of beliefs that exist in society that can cause divisions or threaten the unity and integrity of the nation.

Various Kinds of Police Units in Indonesia

As an institution that has an important task, namely to maintain security, order, and enforce the law, the police have quite a number of units. In fact, even though most people don’t know about it, in fact there are almost 15 types of police units in Indonesia.

All of these 15 units are divided into two, namely special units and general units. Following are some explanations regarding the various divisions of police units and their respective duties.

Special Units

There are three units that are included in the special police unit, because most of the special units carry out quite important tasks. Where most of the people in Indonesia are already familiar with this unit.

1. Brimob or Mobile Brigade Corps

Mobile Brigade is a special operations unit, tactical and paramilitary in Indonesia. This Brimob unit has the duties and responsibilities of dealing with high-level disturbances in society which include gun crimes, mass riots, search and rescue, explosives, and others.

2. Gegana

Gegana is part of a special branch of the Brimob unit. Therefore, Gegana can be said to be the second regiment of Mobile Brigade. Members of the Gegana unit generally have special abilities which are divided into five areas, namely bomb squad, intelligence, anti-terror, handling KBR or Chemistry, Biology and Radioactivity, and anti-anarchy.

3. Detachment 88

Detachment 88 is a special unit funded by the American government and trained under the CIA, FBI, and US Secret Service. The Densus 88 team is designed to be an anti-terrorist unit whose duties are investigators, snipers and explosives experts.

General Units

Even though it does not carry out as many tasks as a special unit, this general unit of the police still has various other roles and responsibilities which are certainly no less important. In addition to the three units that are included in the special units, there are 12 other units within the police that are included in the list of general units, including:

1. Integrated Police Service Center or SPKT

This SPKT has the duty to provide services to the community in the form of handling complaints, police assistance services, and also other functions related to the identification or prevention of crime.

2. Intelligence and Security Unit or Sat-Intelkam

This unit is tasked with fostering a security system including permitting foreign citizens, social and political activities, possession of firearms, and making SKCK.

3. Criminal Investigation Unit or Sat-Reskrim

This unit has the responsibility to carry out investigations and identification related to law violations and criminal acts.

4. Drug Investigation Unit or Sat-Resnarcotics

This unit has the task of carrying out criminal investigations in the form of drug abuse, counseling, as well as coaching in drug prevention, as well as rehabilitation for victims of drug abuse.

5. Community Development Unit or Sat-Binmas

This unit has the duty to carry out coaching which includes empowerment activities and community order.

6. Samapta Bhayangkara or Sat-Sabhara Unit

Sat-Sabhara has the duty to supervise and maintain public order and security in an area, including conducting patrols and acting as law enforcement officers who respond to calls to crime scenes.

7. Traffic Unit or Sat-Lantas

Just as the name suggests, this unit is tasked with enforcing the law, regulating, controlling, and also traffic patrolling.

8. Vital Object Security Unit or Sat-Pamobvit

This unit is tasked with serving VIP security and also important facilities such as government officials, industrial complexes, diplomatic missions, and tourism areas.

9. Water Police Unit or Sat-Polair

This unit has the responsibility to carry out the functions of the water police which include water law enforcement, water patrols, coastal community development, and also search and rescue for accidents in the ocean area.

10. Detention Unit and Evidence or Sat-Tahti

This unit has the task of administering prisoner care which includes detainee health, storing evidence within the Police Headquarters, and convict guardianship.

11. Police Technology Section 

This unit has responsibility for management as well as the development of computer and IT systems to support police work.

12. Professional and Security Section

This unit is responsible for conducting internal investigations into police personnel who are suspected of having committed violations in upholding discipline, for example in the case of police accepting bribes.

Order of Police Rank

Based on the Regulation of the Head of the National Police of the Republic of Indonesia Number 3 of 2016, the rank order of the police is Tamtama, Bharada, and Officer. The following is a sequence of police ranks and a brief description.

1. Enlisted

Enlisted is the lowest police rank, where in this rank, members consist of:

a. Bhayangkara Dua or Bharada

This rank is almost the same as the Military rank, namely Private Second. Bharada generally has a duty, namely as a peacemaker for various causes of religious or inter-ethnic conflicts. The epaulette is usually a single red slash.

b. Bhayangkara Satu or Bharatu

After Bharada, an even higher rank is Bharatu. This rank is also known as Soldier 1.

c. Bhayangkara Head or Bharaka

The next enlistment level is Bharaka, where this rank was formerly called Head Soldier.

d. Adjutant Police Brigadier Two or Abripda

The rank of Adjutant Police Brigadier Two is the lowest level that is at the rank of Tamtama Chief or Adjutant Brigadier.

e. Adjunct Police Brigadier One or Abriptu’

Then, there is the rank of Adjutant Police Brigadier 1, where this rank was previously named Corporal 1.

f. Adjunct Police Brigadier or Abrip

The first rank at the Tamtama level is Adjunct Police Brigadier or Abrip. Previously, this rank had undergone two name changes before finally being known as Abrip.

2. Brigadier

A police officer or also known as a Police Officer is a police officer whose role is to directly serve the community and is the foremost figure of the National Police. The job of the Brigadier is to take care of driver’s licenses, manage traffic, and also report cases. The NCO itself consists of:

a. Second Police Brigadier or Bripda

Police Brigadier 2 or Bripda is the lowest rank in the NCO. In the past, the rank of Bripda was called Police Sergeant 2. This rank has the same position as Second Sergeant in the military.

b. First Police Brigadier or First Brigadier

This rank is in charge of Bripda and previously his name was Police Sergeant First.

c. Police Brigadier or Police Brig

This rank is higher than the Brigadier General, where the Police Brigade has the duty to ensure that the ranks of First and Second Police Brigadiers carry out their duties in an orderly manner.

d. Chief Police Brigadier or Bripka

Bripka here plays an important role in the NCO class. Where they have the task of controlling and also supervising the duties of all of their subordinate Brigades.

e. Adjunct Inspector of Police Two or AIPDA

AIPDA is the first level of the National Police. Prior to this, this rank was known as Assistant Second Lieutenant.

f. Adjunct Inspector of Police One or AIPTU

AIPTU is a High Commissioner at the second level of the National Police. Previously, this rank was called Assistant First Lieutenant.

3. Centurion

The highest rank within the Police is an officer. Where the rank of Officer is divided into three positions, namely First Officer, Middle Officer and High Officer.

a. First Officer

First Officer is the first position structure within the National Police consisting of Adjunct Police Commissioner (AKP), First Police Inspector (IPTU), and Second Police Inspector (IPDA).

The following are rank signs that are usually used, including:

• Superintendent of Police Two: 1 gold colored block
• Police Inspector One: 2 gold colored blocks
• Adjutant Police Commissioner: 3 gold colored blocks

b. Intermediate Officer

Intermediate Officers are a fairly important position structure within the National Police consisting of Police Chief Commissioner (KOMBESPOL), Adjunct Police Chief Commissioner (AKBP), and Police Commissioner (KOMPOL).

The following are rank signs that are usually used, including:

• Police Commissioner: 1 golden pentagonal flower
• Adjunct Senior Commissioner of Police: 2 golden pentagonal flowers
• Police Chief Commissioner: 3 golden pentagonal flowers

c. High Officer

High Officers are the highest position structure within the National Police consisting of the Commissioner General of Police (KOMJEN), Inspector General of Police (IRJEN), Brigadier General of Police (BRIGJEN) and General of Police.

The following are rank signs that are usually used, including:

• Police Brigadier General: 1 gold star
• Inspector General of Police: 2 gold stars
• Commissioner General of Police: 3 gold stars
• Police General: 4 gold stars

This is an explanation of bhabinkamtibmas, its functions, duties, and authorities. For Sinaumed’s who want to learn all about bhabinkamtibmas and other police related matters, you can visit sinaumedia.com to get related books.

As #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia always provides the best products, so you have the best and latest information for you. To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

Author: Umm

source:

• https://kumparan.com/kumparannews/ assignment-babinsa-dan-bhabinkamtibmas-prajurit-andalan-saat-perang-melawan-covid-19-1wBJox4qafL
• https://www.tanjaknews.com/2013/11/blog-post.html
• https://indonesiabaik.id/infographics/urutan-rank-kepolisian-republik-indonesia

Betawi Traditional Clothing   – Sinaumed’s, have you ever watched the legendary Si Doel Anak Sekolahan serial or film? Some of the footage displays Betawi traditional clothing. These traditional clothes are also often displayed at the Jakarta Fair to introduce the variety of cultures in Jakarta. Sinaumed’s, come on, let’s just discuss the traditional clothes of the Betawi tribe.

Overview of Betawi

The Betawi tribe are people who are descendants of residents in the city of Batavia. This city is the old name of the city of Jakarta when it was in the Dutch colonial period. The name Betawi itself comes from Batavia, then changes to Batavia, Batawi and then adjusts the language of the local community to become Betawi.
Currently, many Betawi people live in the Jabodetabek area and its surroundings. Biologically, this tribe was actually a blend of ethnic groups because in Batavia there were various ethnic groups who later married and gave birth to children.

The inter-ethnic mix came from other ethnic groups who migrated to Batavia, such as Javanese, Sundanese, Malay, Bugis, Batak, Chinese, Arabic, English, Dutch, Portuguese, Ambonese, Balinese and others. Overall, in terms of tradition, culture, customs, arts, culinary arts, the Betawi people are inspired by Malay, Islam and Chinese. Moreover, Malay and Islamic patterns are very strong there.

Now, the existence of the Betawi tribe is a minority because many residents from outside the area come to Jakarta. Currently, this tribe, both its people and culture, is somewhat marginalized from the daily life of Jakarta residents. To overcome this, in Jakarta a cultural heritage site was established in Situ Babakan.

Types, Uniqueness, Functions, and Explanations of Betawi Traditional Clothing

Sinaumed’s will witness a lively festival in DKI Jakarta Province every June 22. On that date, DKI Jakarta as the capital of our country commemorates his birthday. The commemoration is celebrated by holding the Jakarta Fair which showcases Jakarta’s cultural diversity, including Betawi. Ranging from culinary, music, performances, to traditional clothing also appeared at the event.

As the nation’s capital, it’s no wonder that the excitement is felt by all regions in Indonesia. In fact, it is not uncommon for TV presenters who do news coverage to also wear Betawi traditional clothing. From the display of these traditional clothes, at a glance you can describe the various models, colors, decorations, and motifs. Not infrequently there is a mixture of Malay, Islamic, Chinese, Arabic, Indian, Dutch, and other cultures.

As a tribe that grew up in the capital city, we should know more about this tribe. Sinaumed’s, let’s discuss them one by one in detail so we can recognize this Betawi traditional dress.

1. Kebaya Encim

One of the most frequently displayed Betawi traditional clothes is the Kebaya Encim for women. Both from teenage girls, young women, to middle-aged Betawi women like simple, simple kebaya, but can still convey this impression of elegance.

This Betawi traditional dress is often used during Jakarta Fair moments, uniforms for employees of government and private agencies, commemorations of holidays, receiving special guests, performing arts and culture, and other events.

In the past, when European culture still had a strong influence in Batavia or Jakarta, this kebaya was made of European-made lace or brocade combined with local embroidery. As a result, the kebaya looks like it was directly embroidered. The embroidery usually has a floral pattern that you can find on the bottom of the kebaya or on the wrist.

The embroidery used in Kebaya Encim also varies, one of which is an embroidery with lots of holes called a design. In earlier times, the design was soft and the appearance was refined close to perfection.

Now, many designs are made with the help of computer technology. The result is faster and more innovative but the design feels a bit rough, tough and less than perfect. When compared to designs made by hand, the results are far-fetched.

The neck forms a V (V-neck). The original model of Kebaya Keraancang tapers down on the lower front. The spur measures 12 cm to 30 cm from the woman’s pelvic floor. This tapered model is called Kebaya Sonday.

Then widen under the arm so that it looks a bit bigger than the size of the circle at the base of the arm. The model, called the Kebaya Model Goeng, is again in demand by many women today. Kebaya Encim underwent modification and modernization with the presence of materials such as brocade, silk, organdy, natural silk, and others.

As subordinates, Kebaya Encim is combined with sarongs with various models. Starting from the bouquet model, bamboo shoots, morning and afternoon cloth (a long cloth sheathed at the waist, bouquet, tumbak, or rhombus. However, many young women combine Kebaya Encim with trousers or long skirts.

At first, there was no scarf on the Kebaya Encim suit. But over time, the addition of a shawl became a modification of this Betawi traditional dress. The result was unexpected, the use of shawls turned out to make women who wore them more authoritative and more official.

In general, the hair of women who wear it is decorated with a bun with a model that is tailored to the wishes of the wearer. Then if you want, a veil is attached by showing a little hair in the front. But for women who wear hijab, there is no need to use a bun. The headscarf that has been worn is simply covered with a veil by showing the front and neck of the headscarf.

To add beauty, the women wore jewelery in the form of a kettle of water or asur earrings, triple chain pins, eye rings, listering bracelets or snake bracelets, and scatter necklaces. Most importantly, the mix of jewelry and clothing matched. So it’s up to which one you want to use.

The women use closed slippers as footwear. The blend of Kebaya Encim from top to bottom aims to maintain women’s honor and elegance. The philosophy of this Betawi traditional dress is beauty, maturity, beauty, joy, wisdom, and obedience to the rules and guidance of the ancestors.

2. Sadaria’s clothes

The Sadaria shirt is worn by Betawi men and is often paired with the Kebaya Encim. This outfit is often used in the Abang None festival and also the Jakarta Fair. The appearance of this simple but understated dress is certainly familiar to all Sinaumed’s.

This Sadaria shirt is in the form of a taqwa shirt or a koko shirt with a Shanghai collar (closed collar) 3-4 cm high. Generally, these clothes are white and long-sleeved. When viewed from history, this clothing is inspired by Chinese culture, where many men wear koko clothes. It is called baju koko because it is widely worn by koko (older brothers in Mandarin).

Sadaria’s clothes are made of cotton, but sometimes they are also made of natural silk and linen silk. This shirt is buttoned from top to bottom and has pockets on the right and left sides of the bottom. Not infrequently on the side of the bottom is given a slit of about 15 cm so that the man who wears it does not feel too tight and a bit free.

Sometimes, Sadaria’s clothes are embroidered on the collar in the middle or right and left. The material chosen in making the embroidery can be cotton, natural silk, or other.

Sadaria’s shirt is matched with two choices of pants. Namely, trousers made of dark material or long trousers with batik motifs.

Selection of pants will affect the footwear that must be worn. If dark trousers are chosen, then loafers are appropriate to wear to make it look harmonious. If you use batik trousers with a komprang model, then pumped sandals are more suitable to be chosen as footwear.

As a complement, Betawi men use a plain black skullcap (cap) as a head covering. Then there is a folded sarong (cukin) hanging around the neck which is usually held with both hands during a photo session. The purpose of using courgettes is to make sarongs or prayer mats when performing prayers, weapons or tools to fight criminals encountered.

This Sadaria shirt is worn by employees from government or private agencies at certain times, traditional events, tourism attractions, welcoming special guests, and commemorating holidays. There is no particular philosophy of this outfit. It’s just that this clothing is to show the identity of the wearer as a man who is humble, dynamic, polite and has authority.

3. Betawi Pangsi

This Betawi traditional costume is often worn by Betawi champions who incidentally are warriors. One set of clothes consists of a Tikim shirt and Pangsi pants. It’s just that, lately this outfit is better known as Pangsi Shirt.

Based on historical records, the Tikim shirt and Pangsi pants are influenced by Chinese culture. Tikim clothes come from the Hokkien language, namely Tui Kim. And Pangsi Pants are from Phang Si. Both were adapted from the clothes of the Chinese who lived in Batavia.

This Pangsi shirt has a round neck shape like the letter O or the modern language is O-neck. Accompanied by long sleeves, the Pangsi Shirt is made in a loose fit compared to the size of the wearer’s body.

Previously, this shirt was made without buttons but now generally uses buttons. Betawi men wear plain white T-shirts as an underlay for the Pangsi Shirt, so that sometimes the shirt can be unbuttoned.

While Pangsi Pants are trousers that are a bit loose so they look too big. The color of the pants matches the color of the shirt you are wearing. Previously, this Pangsi traditional dress was used by Betawi men in their daily activities. However, over time, these clothes were worn more and more by warriors, warriors, punches, and Betawi farmers.

On the waist of Betawi men, there is a belt that is wider in size than an ordinary belt. And around his neck, there is a neatly folded sarong. The function of this sarong varies because it can be used for prayer mats and sarongs during prayers as well as weapons during duels.

The color of this Pangsi Betawi shirt is not only black, but also red, green and white. Each color has its own meaning. White or cream Pangsi clothes are usually worn by martial arts experts who are also religious leaders.

The religious knowledge acquired by the fighter was obtained from studying with Engkong Haji. Black Pangsi clothes are usually worn by thugs. And the red Pangsi shirt is used by someone who has high martial arts skills and religious knowledge so that his abilities cannot be doubted.

The color of the shirt certainly affects the color of other attributes, such as the cap. The color of the attribute indicates who is wearing the shirt. In ancient times, anyone who wore a red cap was someone who was recognized by society as someone who had high knowledge, was a street carpenter, and had eaten a lot of salt and sour, alias had a lot of experience. If the cap has intervened, the situation is extraordinarily precarious.

If compared to today, the red cap might be equated with a red beret. People who wear the red cap are the spearhead of resistance against anything that is considered a disturbance to the security, peace and harmony of society.

Therefore, the red cap along with the red Pangsi shirt are sacred clothes and cannot be worn by just anyone. However, if the use is for artistic purposes, these clothes may be worn by ordinary people.

4. Attire of the Aristocrats of Ujung Serong

Furthermore, Betawi traditional clothes are specifically for nobles and demang. This attire is called the Aristocrat’s Clothing or Ujung Serong and is generally only worn by men.

This one outfit is often used by the State Civil Apparatus (ASN) or Civil Servants (PNS) in government offices, weddings as guests or guardians, commemorations of holidays, welcoming special guests, and other official events.

As an inner layer, Betawi men use white shirts. Then a black or dark suit jacket is used after the white shirt. As a subordinate, use matching colored trousers with a closed jacket. Then around the waist wrapped batik cloth that has been arranged in such a way and the length reaches the thigh.

The matching footwear is loafers. To impress classy aristocrats, pinned a gold watch. Finally, the head covering is in the form of a cap to add to the impression of authority.

5. Betawi wedding attire

As the name implies, Betawi wedding attire is for married couples. Like wedding dresses in other areas, this Betawi wedding dress has the characteristics and features of other traditional clothes from the same area. Because marriage is a sacred event.

This Betawi wedding dress is a fusion of Arabic, Chinese, Indian and European cultures, so it’s no wonder that this Betawi traditional dress has a quite unique model. For men, the wedding dress is called Dressing Care Haji. Meanwhile, for women, the wedding dress is called Cine Bride Dressing Care None.

How about the wedding dress? Come on, let’s discuss it a bit in depth below.

A. Hajj Care Makeup

This outfit consists of a long, brightly colored robe and a head covering in the form of a turban. The color of the turban matches the color of the robe and is decorated with bright sequins. On the left side of the front, there is a string of jasmine flowers that hangs down to the shoulder.

B. Cine Bride’s Care None Makeup

Clothing for the bride consists of many types, ranging from top clothes, bottoms, crowns, and jewelry. Below we will discuss one by one section.

a. Tuaki

The upper part of the shirt is in the form of a blouse which is divided into several models, the famous ones being the Malay baju kuning and the Chinese Shanghai model. Tuaki looks resplendent and full of sheen. This shirt is also decorated with golden sequins, especially around the chest, shoulders and cuffs.

b. Kun

The equivalent of the Tuaki that is this subordinate is a skirt that widens at the bottom. The length is up to the ankles of the woman wearing it. Kuns are often also decorated with loose thread in colors and combinations that match the top.

c. Lotus

This accessory is made of velvet covered in metal with a floral headpiece. The lotus is an ornament that is placed on the shoulders and chest so that both are covered. There are eight sheets in total which are arranged symmetrically so that they look neat and aesthetically pleasing.

d. Bun

e. Hairpin

That said, this hairpin is similar to the letter lam in Arabic which symbolizes the oneness of Allah in Islam. The hairpin is used by sticking it in a small casket that closes the knot of the veil rope.

f. The Veiled Xiangko

A veiled Siangko is a face covering like a veil, although it does not completely cover the face. In general, this Siangko is made of gold or silver and is 30 cm long and hangs down in front of the face.

Siangko symbolizes the purity of a girl who is well maintained. Not only that, from the Siangko used, the social status of the bride and groom can be recognized. When the bride and groom use the Siangko, usually those who are married are people from the upper middle class.

g. Twenty of the Goyang Flowers.

h. Phoenix Bird Ornament

This decoration is also known as a large flower which has four in number but its shape is also similar to a Phoenix bird. If we remember about this legendary bird, it likes to fly high into the sky and likes to whistle beautifully as a symbol of happiness.

Thus, the bride and groom are expected to be happy in living a married life.

i. Scatter necklace

j. Sumping or Ear Editing

It is said that if this chopstick is worn by a bride who is no longer a girl or a virgin, the bride will experience dizziness and even fainting.

k. Kerabu

The combination of earrings and studs that are used as one ear jewelry for the bride.

Sinaumed’s, finally we have finished discussing Betawi traditional clothing. Don’t forget, if you are looking for #Friends Without Limits in exploring knowledge, sinaumedia will always be at the forefront with the best books we choose.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Bernoulli’s Law – Bernoulli’s Law originates from a Dutch mathematician named Daniel Bernoulli, a figure born in a family who has a high dedication to science. The mother named Dorothea Falkner and father named Johann Bernoulli was a head of mathematics in Groningen. Until the emergence of Bernoulli’s law which was created by the second child of three siblings.

Long story short, Bernoulli’s success in publishing research results related to mechanical fluids was the beginning of the development of science. Bernoulli explained the basis of the kinetic theory of gases and their relationship to Boyle’s law. Through his research, Bernoulli explained the lift force that appears on the plane so it can make it fly in the air.

Bernoulli’s Law Inventor Biography

Daniel Bernoulli.

Bernoulli’s law was discovered by Daniel Bernoulli. He was a mathematician and physicist who was born in the city of Groningen, Netherlands and died in Basel, Switzerland. One of his thoughts which is important in the field of physics is the Bernoulli principle on the flow tube which is used to measure the velocity of fluid flow due to pressure.

1. Childhood

Daniel Bernoulli is the son of Johann Bernoulli, a mathematician who was born in the city of Groningen. His brother named Nicolaus (II) Bernoulli, his younger brother named Johann (II) Bernoulli, and his uncle named Jacob Bernoulli was also a mathematician. This situation gave rise to rivalry and envy in the family.

At first, his father wanted Daniel to become a trader or work in business. At the age of 13, Daniel studied logic and philosophy at the University of Basel. However, while in college he continued to study calculus from his father and older brother. Daniel also studied medicine and earned a doctorate in medicine for the applications of physical mathematics in medicine that he advanced.

As a result, Bernoulli studied philosophy and logic at the age of 13, then graduated with a bachelor’s degree in 1715, and won a master’s degree in 1716. From 1718 to 1720, Bernoulli had to return to medical education at the undergraduate and doctoral levels in Heidelberg, Strasbourg , and Basel. In fact, at that point, Bernoulli wanted to study mathematics, but Johann still disagreed.

Johann agreed to privately tutor Bernoulli in advanced mathematics and physics. In 1738, Bernoulli managed to publish his research results related to mechanical fluids in an article entitled ” Hydrodynamica “. In this article, Bernoulli explained the basic kinetic theory of gases and their relationship to Boyle’s law, and collaborated with Euler for the development of the Euler-Bernoulli equation.

He applied the idea of ​​conservation of energy to moving fluids based on the initial ideas he had learned from Johann long ago. Through his research, Bernoulli also formulated the Bernoulli Effect, which explains the lift force of an airplane.

2. Scientific Contribution

Daniel Bernoulli is one of the scholars who thinks that natural behavior can be understood through the concept of small particles. Bernoulli’s principle is one of the principles of physics created by Daniel Bernoulli. The application of this principle to the concept of pressure and height of fluid dynamics.

Bernoulli’s principle is the statement that the velocity of a dynamic fluid is inversely proportional to the degree of pressure it experiences during displacement. The faster the dynamic fluid moves, the less pressure it experiences. Conversely, the slower the dynamic fluid moves, the greater the pressure.

Bernoulli’s principle applies to both compressed and incompressible fluid flows. The formulation of this principle was carried out by Bernoulli using the basic operations of mathematics. One of its uses is the manufacture of airplane wings that are able to adjust to air speed and air pressure.

Definition of Bernoulli’s Law

The sound of Bernoulli’s law states that an increase in the flow velocity of a fluid can cause a decrease in fluid pressure simultaneously. Or it can also be interpreted as a decrease in the potential energy of the fluid. What’s interesting about Bernoulli’s law is that it can be applied to various types of fluid flow with a number of assumptions.

Please note that Bernoulli’s law can only be applied to liquids flowing, at different speeds through a pipe. This law essentially emphasizes that a pressure will decrease if the velocity of the fluid flow increases or increases, this law is taken from the book written by the inventor entitled Hydrodynamica.

Another understanding of Bernoulli’s law is a fluid in an ideal composition that fulfills the characteristics or characteristics of flowing. Through soft flows and current lines, it is not thick to the point where it is incomparable, meanwhile, according to experts, there is no further explanation regarding Bernoulli’s law. However, this is not a problem because what needs to be understood in this case is not the understanding of experts.

But a few important things related to Bernoulli’s law, starting from fluid pressure that arises from anything, how the law of continuity sounds, the understanding of the sound of Stokes’ law, the ideal line to the principle of aircraft and fluid transport forces from the smallest pressure occurs at what number, as follows Some of the assumptions used in Bernoulli’s law.

• The fluid in this case is incompressible.
• The fluid has no inviscid or viscosity.
• Fluid flow does not change with time.
• The fluid flow is laminar, it is fixed and there are no eddies.
• There is no loss of energy due to fluid and wall friction.
• There is no loss of energy due to the turbulence that appears.
• No heat energy is delivered to the fluid.

Bernoulli’s Law Equation

Bernoulli’s law equation is closely related to the pressure, velocity, and height of two points with a fluid flow that has a density. The emergence of the Bernoulli equation is obtained from the balance of mechanical energy or kinetic energy and potential energy together with the pressure that appears to produce the following implementation.

Pressure + E _kinetic + E _potential = constant

Where:

P : pressure (Pascal)
rho : density of fluid (kg/m3)
v : velocity of fluid (m/s)
g : acceleration due to gravity (g = 9.8 m/s2)
h : height (m)

This one Bernoulli equation can be written as below:

Figures 1 and 2 indicate the point or location where the fluid is observed. For example, as shown below, point 1 has a larger diameter than point 2. Bernoulli’s law can be solved for every two point locations in fluid flow.

How do we know where is the best location to choose a point location?

If we want to know a quantity at a location in the fluid flow, then we must make that location one of the location points. The second point is a location where we already know the quantities at that location, so we can find the quantity we want to find (at point 1) with the Bernoulli equation formula.

Principles of Bernoulli’s Law

The principle of Bernoulli’s law is one of the terms used in fluid mechanics that describes an increase in a fluid. This increase in fluid will cause a decrease in the flow pressure contained in the fluid flow. The principle of Bernoulli’s law is a simplification of the Bernoulli equation.

This principle was also explained again by mathematicians, who is none other than Daniel Bernoulli. This Dutch mathematician devised a form of equation that applies to both stagnant and unstoppable fluid flows. Bernoulli’s law explains knowledge and knowledge that can interpret something that is around.

Bernoulli’s Law Formula

1. Incompressible Flow

Is a fluid flow that has characteristics with no change in the amount of mass density or density of a fluid along the existing flow. Simple examples such as materials contained in incompressible fluid flows, including water, emulsions, all types of oil and others.

The form of the Bernoulli Equation for an incompressible flow is as follows:

 

with:

The above equation is valid for incompressible flow with the following assumptions:

• Flow is steady ( steady state )
• There is no friction ( inviscid )

In another form, the Bernoulli Equation can be written as follows:

 

2. Compressed Flow

Compressed flow is characterized by a change in the mass density or also called the density of the fluid along the flow. Examples of materials that include compressed fluid flow are air, natural gas and the like.

Compressed flow is a fluid flow which is characterized by a change in the density of the fluid along the flow. Examples of compressed fluids are: air, natural gas, etc. Bernoulli’s equation for compressed flow is as follows:

with:

Bernoulli’s law states that the amount of pressure is denoted by p, the kinetic energy per unit volume by (1/2 PV^2 ), the potential energy per unit volume or (ɋgh). All have the same value at every point along a current line, to carry out the discussion requires Bernoulli’s understanding to find the equation and write it down.

Bernoulli’s Law in Everyday Life

1. Leaky Water Tank

When draining the water tank, the first thing to think about is of course how long it will take to wait for the water to run out. This question can be answered using Bernoulli’s understanding, this legal equation can be used to find out how fast the water is coming out of the small hole in the water tank.

Open the lid of the water tank which is at the top, if it doesn’t have a lid and there are parts with holes it means that these two parts will directly meet the atmosphere in the air. The pressure in that section both comes from atmospheric pressure. After that, you can find the formula related to how long it will take to wait for the water to run out.

2. Riding a Motorcycle

Usually someone who rides a motorbike without a jacket and only wears a shirt, the back of the shirt flies and swells. Conditions that indirectly show the application of Bernoulli, why is that? when riding a motorcycle fast, the airspeed at the rear becomes smaller.

The air pressure that appears behind the body will be greater, because it is this difference in air pressure that ultimately makes the air pressure push the clothes back. Until it flew and bloated abysmally.

3. Pressing the Water Hose

Conditions that are usually done when watering flowers, cleaning motorbikes and the like are by pressing the water hose. The goal is for the water flow to be faster and the shot distance to be farther, this condition is related to Bernoulli’s equation. The smaller the surface area of ​​an object, the greater the pressure.

4. Aircraft Lift

If you pay close attention, when the plane is about to take off, it can be seen that the shape of the wings changes to bend downwards. This condition is not done without reason, this is because the aircraft manufacturers take into account the use of Bernoulli carefully. Speed ​​and pressure are inversely proportional, at high speed the pressure will be low.

The airplane lift formula itself is as follows:

Meanwhile, when the plane is already at a certain height and maintains its speed, then the following formula will apply

Information:

Examples of Bernoulli’s Law Problems

Example Question 1

Water flows through the pipe as shown above. At point 1 it is known from the measurement of the water velocity v ₁ = 3 m/s and the pressure P ₁ = 12300 Pa. At point 2, the pipe has a height of 1.2 meters higher than point 1 and flows at a speed v ₂ = 0.75 m/s. Using Bernoulli’s law, determine the pressure at point 2.

Discussion:

Bernoulli’s (Law) Equation Formula:

It is known that point 1 has no height (h ₁ = 0), so:

Then, the magnitude of P ₂  can be found by:

P ₂ = 4.080 Pa

Example Problem 2

A pipe system for the fountain is installed as shown above. The pipe is buried underground and then the water flow is flowed vertically upwards with a smaller diameter pipe. Calculate how much pressure (P ₁ ) is needed so that the fountain can work as it should.

Discussion:

We first write down the known quantities from the problem:

in ₁ = ?
P _{1 = ?}

Before looking for the pressure value at point 1 (P ₁ ), we must find the velocity value at point 1 (v ₁ ) so that Bernoulli’s law formula can be applied.

Using the law of the conservation of mass:

So, the magnitude of v ₁ is obtained  , namely:

Then, the Bernoulli equation formula can be used:

Since point 1 has no height (h ₁ = 0), then:

The magnitude of P ₁  can be found by:

For simplicity, we use the value of P ₂ = 0, so:

—

This is an explanation of Bernoulli’s law, starting from the definition, formula, to examples of easy problems to do. sinaumedia not only provides scientific material, such as Bernoulli’s law, but also invites students to practice directly applying Bernoulli’s law.

Benefits of Saving Energy – Indonesia is one of the most populous countries in the world with a population of more than 273 million people in 2020. Indonesia’s population density has an impact on very large energy consumption. Launching from Statista, Indonesia is ranked 12th in primary energy consumption in the world. The data also shows that Indonesia is the largest consumer of primary energy in Southeast Asia.

Indonesia does have abundant energy resources. In fact, Indonesia’s main foreign exchange earnings come from the oil and gas sector. However, the Ministry of Energy and Mineral Resources predicts that Indonesia’s gas reserves will run out in the next 20 years, while coal reserves will run out in 63 years.

Energy is essential for life and survival. To overcome this, various steps are being taken to secure oil and gas reserves, one of which is the use of renewable energy. Unfortunately, switching to renewable energy requires a lot of time and money. This is because various infrastructures need to be built by the government to support the use of alternative energy.

While the use of renewable energy is still being applied in stages, both the public and the government need to conserve energy use. Not only to secure national reserves, saving energy also has a healthier environment.

The following is an explanation of energy saving and the benefits that can be obtained from saving energy.

Energy Saving with Energy Efficiency and Energy Conservation

When discussing energy saving, we will refer to the concepts of energy efficiency and energy conservation. Both are two different things although they are often associated or even considered the same. Improvements in energy efficiency can be a means to achieve energy conservation, but not the other way around.

Energy Efficiency

Smith and Parmenter in the book Energy Management Principles: Applications, Benefits, Savings define energy efficiency as the use of alternative methods, processes or equipment to produce certain results (products or services, for example) with less energy. Implementation of this type of change is largely dependent on the availability of technology and economic justification.

According to Martinez, Ebenhack, and Wagner in the book Energy Efficiency: Concepts and Calculations, energy efficiency refers to the ability of energy conversion devices or processes to successfully convert one form of energy into another form that is more useful, while minimizing unwanted energy conversions that exist due to the law thermodynamics, such as low-level heat loss that cannot be used for a useful purpose. In addition, efficiency improvements refer specifically to technical improvements in devices and processes, which reduce the cost of any excess inputs while maintaining the same level of energy service over a measurable timeframe.

In an energy conversion process, for example coal that is burned to be converted into electric power, there is always energy that is wasted in its stages. This naturally occurs because it is a result of the laws of thermodynamics. However, the company or various parties involved will always try to minimize wasted energy. Usually they will change technical related factors such as device or method updates while still reducing input costs. This step is called energy efficiency.

Energy efficiency also sometimes refers to unit energy consumption which determines the amount of energy required to produce a given amount of product or service from a particular device or process. The smaller the amount of energy used to produce a number of valuable products or services, the more efficient the device or process is. An example of unit energy is the calculation of how many joules of energy are needed to produce one ton of steel or how many liters of fuel are needed to propel a vehicle 100 kilometers. In order to reduce unit energy consumption in a device or process, thus increasing efficiency, the device or process needs to undergo design or operational changes.

Energy Conservation

Energy conservation is often considered synonymous with energy efficiency. Though both have different concepts. Energy conservation does not refer to technical improvements in processes, but to policy decisions and behavioral choices. Efficiency is a technical function of the relative inflow of energy into a usable form. Meanwhile, choosing to eliminate an activity that does not increase efficiency, but can lead to measurable energy savings is called conservation.

According to Baharuddin and Ismail in the journal Development of Energy Saving Conservation for Educational , energy conservation is an effort made to reduce energy consumption in order to preserve resources for the future and reduce environmental pollution. This can be achieved through efficient use of energy (when energy use is reduced while achieving the same results) or by reducing the consumption of energy services.

Conservation refers to actions to reduce energy use. These measures could include savings options to reduce energy consumption activities or incentives to use more efficient technologies to do the same with less energy input. Conservation involves making choices, which often include decisions to eliminate some activities or change the way they are carried out.

Actions included in energy conservation can also be in the form of decisions to seek or invest in technology improvements. Policies can be designed to demand the development of energy efficiency (eg, fuel economy standards) and to encourage the development of energy efficiency products (eg, use of equipment labeled as energy efficient). This causes the concept of energy conservation to overlap with the concept of energy efficiency.

However, many conservation choices are voluntary behaviors to avoid or delay consumption. These choices can range from somewhat obvious and non-coercive choices, such as turning off lights and electronics when not in use, to choices that can reduce benefits, such as turning off the thermostat in the winter.

Efficiency and conservation are certainly related, though not identical. Improved efficiency usually leads to energy savings.

Benefits of Saving Energy

1. Economic Benefits

Saving energy can provide a number of important economic benefits for people, communities and entire national economies. Saving energy also impacts the economy both directly and indirectly, by influencing individuals, businesses or institutions directly involved in investing and by influencing others who are less directly involved. The following are the economic benefits that can be obtained by saving energy.

a. Reduced energy consumption costs

Saving energy is not only aimed at supporting environmental protection. By saving energy, we can also save costs incurred to pay for energy use.

An example is by turning off any electricity that is not needed, we save on electricity bills. Choosing to take a shower instead of a bathtub is an effort to reduce water consumption or water bills. If we save fuel energy by choosing public transportation or turning off the vehicle’s engine while waiting, we also save on fuel expenses.

In short, the energy savings that we do also have an impact on cost savings. Our revenue budget can be bigger by saving energy. This does not only apply to the household context, the reduced costs can also be felt by companies that run energy management programs.

b. Higher property values

Housing or buildings that implement energy saving (eco residence and eco building) have a higher selling price. If an eco building is intended for economic activities such as offices or buying and selling activities, energy consumption can be reduced. This has an impact on reducing the company’s production costs.

In addition to saving expenses, eco residences and eco buildings also have a good impact on the health of their residents. This is because buildings or residential areas that apply energy efficiency will create a healthier and cleaner environment from pollution. This reason makes this type of building have a higher selling value.

c. Increase in economic output

Energy-saving programs that stimulate new investment and spending within a country can increase output , which is defined as the total value of all goods and services produced in an economy, including all intermediate goods purchased and all value added. Higher sales of energy efficient goods in the local economy, increased government spending, greater levels of investment, and higher exports of energy efficient or renewable energy products by country industries will increase output .

In addition, the results of the production of goods and services can be increased by implementing energy savings. A company that saves energy will experience cost cuts for energy consumption. Companies can also allocate these funds for the production process, so that the amount of goods or services produced can increase.

d. Improved innovation

Energy savings can also result in increased innovation. Cost savings obtained from the results of saving energy can be used to create innovations or new breakthroughs for a business. Increasing innovation is one way for businesses to continue to grow and create profits.

e. Increasing competitiveness

With increased innovation, competitiveness in the market economy will also be boosted through funds obtained from energy savings. Various businesses or companies continue to strive to improve innovation to compete with competitors. This energy saving also plays an important role in creating a healthy business climate.

f. Creating new jobs

One way that can be done to save energy is to carry out energy efficiency and renewable energy initiatives. Both of these programs can create jobs. These jobs can be short-term or long-term, created directly from energy efficiency and renewable energy activities (for example, in companies that are growing due to increased demand for their products) and indirectly through economic multiplier effects (for example, from restaurants and retail stores that get more customers because of new job).

g. Increased revenue

Increases in net income associated with energy savings can occur due to increased employment or wages. The income effect of energy efficiency and renewable energy investments includes changes in personal income or disposable income.

2. Environmental Benefits

Environmental benefits are the main benefits that can be felt from energy saving measures. The less energy we use, the less energy we need to produce ready-to-use forms of energy. This means less damage to the earth.

a. Reduction of greenhouse gas emissions

According to the New Mexico Energy Association, United States (US), the main cause of the greenhouse effect is vehicle and factory exhaust. By saving energy through driving behavior, we can reduce greenhouse gas emissions. Examples of environment-based driving behavior are reducing the intensity of driving private vehicles, using public transportation more often, turning off vehicle engines while waiting, and many more.

Meanwhile, a factory needs to save energy by implementing energy management that supports energy efficiency and conservation. Factories that adopt energy-saving programs are expected to reduce the disposal of products that are destructive to the environment.

b. Maintain energy reserves

It is undeniable that the world is still very dependent on the supply of primary energy or energy that comes from nature and is not renewable. Environment-based daily behavior such as saving energy is very important to maintain energy supply. By reducing energy consumption, including water, fuel, and electricity, we are helping to maintain these energy reserves.

c. Energy price moderation

By conserving energy reserves, we also support the stability or moderation of world energy prices. Because, the scarcity of a product or conditions when demand is greater than supply, will result in an increase in the price of the product.

d. Air quality improvement

Pollution released from power plants contributes to climate change. Coal-fired power plants also release radiation. With small steps, starting with saving electricity, we will contribute to improving air quality. Energy efficiency and renewable energy policies that reduce air pollutant criteria can also improve air quality.

3. Health Benefits

Air pollution is cited as a major problem for many human health problems. In fact, a study found that air pollution is also a cause of cancer. Energy savings that have an impact on improving air quality produce direct health benefits for humans and other living things. Improved air quality can also strengthen ecosystem health, increase crop yields, and increase visibility.

With improved public health, the phenomenon of premature death, asthma attacks, and respiratory and heart diseases, as well as other health hazards can be avoided. There are fewer diseases that can infect the community, so students and employees take fewer sick days. Healthy employees will create better business productivity. Fewer worker deaths can also generate sustainable economic benefits for the country.

Conclusion

Saving energy is not just a lifestyle or a trend today. Saving energy is an obligation for every human being. Rapid climate change and a drastic decrease in the earth’s temperature are the main reasons for living an environment-based life.

Saving energy is a very simple action that can be done to save the environment. We can start from small things such as turning off electricity when not in use, saving water use, reducing the use of private vehicles and so on.

Apart from conserving natural resources, saving energy also has an impact on other sectors such as the economy and health. Sinaumed’s can support the productivity of economic activities through small actions to save energy. Creating a healthier and more comfortable environment to live in is another impact that can be obtained through saving energy.

Benefits of Living in Harmony – As social beings, humans have a tendency to survive by gathering and interacting with one another. In the social sciences, the existence of humans who gather will produce culture and communication between them. It is this tendency that makes humans need to have good relationships with each other because in truth they need each other to survive in order to achieve certain goals, one of which is the benefits of living in harmony.

Discussing further about a person’s social life, you will agree that this is not much related to social norms themselves. You need to know that every human being has unique traits and characters that are different from one another. That uniqueness is the color in a social relationship that will generally bring together many differences in a person in a particular group.

Then how can they coexist together? The answer is that they can still live together because they don’t need to be exactly the same, but synchronous and interrelated. So this synchronous situation requires norms so that they can still live together comfortably and peacefully even though they are different. These social norms are then known to us as harmony. In practice, the norms we use aim to achieve harmony itself.

You must have encountered a phenomenon in school, for example, there is one class that contains several students of different religions. In this case they can study together in one class comfortably without feeling disturbed by each other because they adopt a harmonious lifestyle that accepts differences. That is one small example, of the many forms of harmonious living patterns that greatly impact social benefits. The benefits of living in harmony as a person are very important because it determines the quality of a person’s life as a social being.

The pattern of living in harmony needs attention because this is a pattern of life that is important for everyone to do. This is because a pattern of living in harmony will guarantee healthy social continuity and of course make everyone live comfortably and peacefully. Who doesn’t yearn for peace? The answer is none. A pattern of living in harmony is needed in every environment, starting from living in harmony at home, at school, and in society.

A harmonious lifestyle certainly cannot come alone. To realize the importance of living in harmony you need to know in advance what living in harmony is, what are the benefits, and how to do it. In the following, let’s learn together about living in harmony and the benefits of living in harmony at home, school and society.

A. Knowing What Living in Harmony Is

Living in harmony is a pattern of life of a person or group that respects one another and loves one another among human beings. By adopting a harmonious lifestyle, a person or group will have good quality and harmonious relationships. The atmosphere created from this harmonious lifestyle will then make the environment more peaceful and peaceful because these individuals and groups can understand each other.

Shoulder to shoulder, helping each other, staying away from disputes, avoiding fights, respecting opinions are the visible conditions of a harmonious life. The fact is that there are many benefits of living in harmony that can be felt by someone if they succeed in creating good relationships between people.

So, it is clear that living in harmony will definitely bring good things rather than harm from it. Learn how to live in harmony in the book Z1 SD/Mi Kl/li Theme 1 Living in harmony K/13 Rev 2017.

B. Values ​​of Living in Harmony

You can feel the enormity of this lifestyle because living in harmony has broad values. The values ​​of living in harmony are as follows:

1. Togetherness Values

Living in harmony will create cohesiveness and togetherness in every action of each individual or between groups. This lifestyle will make a person or group feel the same fate.

2. Strength Value

Living in harmony means uniting to create great power. The pattern of living in harmony will further strengthen individuals or groups in a certain environment because they have a common goal.

3. High Tolerance

To be able to live in harmony, humans need to understand every difference from other people. So that the concept of understanding this will create high tolerance because someone can accept someone’s differences and not make a problem of it.

4. The Value of Unity

The value of unity will be very attached to the pattern of living in harmony because this pattern of life has a united goal for the welfare of others.

5. Hone, Asih, Foster

Sharpening, compassionate, nurturing values ​​will appear by themselves because a harmonious lifestyle will make a person or group of people to help each other out of difficulties that are very difficult to solve alone.

So, living in harmony can increase the sense of belonging to one another. it is one of the many benefits of living in harmony. Therefore, it is very important for us to instill existing values ​​and this is also discussed in the book SD/MI Interactive Books Kl.2 Theme 1 Living in Rukun Rev.2021 Kur.2.

In the following, I will discuss one by one the benefits of living in harmony at home, school and society so that we can benefit from the knowledge to be practiced in real life.

C. Lessons and Benefits of Living in Harmony with Families at Home

Who doesn’t want to have a harmonious family? Home as a place to go home must be coveted to be a comfortable and peaceful place. Having habits and awareness of harmonious living patterns will be very beneficial for families at home. Besides being useful for parents, children at home can also learn a lot about the values ​​of living in harmony at home. Here are the benefits of living in harmony at home with family members.

1. Prevent Premature Aging

Living in harmony at home will make the home atmosphere positive, harmonious, and fun. Indirectly, the condition of the house will also be filled with jokes, warm chats, who can make the occupants of the house happy.

This feeling of happiness directly affects a person’s mentality so that he is more youthful. Poor relationship conditions between fathers and mothers will also affect their children. So parents also have to get along well for the example of their children at home.

2. Lowers Stress Levels

A family must be busy what else if you have a baby. For example, both parents are busy working outside the home, but must still take care of the children. This can trigger stress and make relationships in the family less harmonious.

However, living in harmony at home will make members better understand each other’s roles and activities. This harmony will make family members in the house able to carry out their daily activities pleasantly.

3. Healthy Mental

Living in harmony at home will reduce conflicts in the household. This of course will be healthier for the mentality of family members. By living in harmony family members can live peacefully and understand each other.

There are even many terms that say no one can help you when there are problems except family. That is why harmony in family members can also strengthen family ties.

4. Physical Strengthening

The pattern of living in harmony apparently is also beneficial for the health of the body. All activities carried out at home become happiness in itself. A harmonious family must also have a healthy lifestyle to look after each other.

5. Helping Children’s Brain Development

A harmonious family must have good habits, especially how parents educate their children at home. Many studies have revealed that happiness and positive interactions in the family will help children’s brain development. Living in harmony at home will also create a good atmosphere for children to learn many things.

6. Maximizing Children’s Talents

Home may be where children learn something for the first time. That is why a comfortable, peaceful home will be better for children’s learning. Living in harmony at home with family will also bring family members closer, starting from knowing and what a child likes, what interests they have, and what talents they actually have.

Living in harmony with the family will make children more expressive with their talents without being afraid and ashamed to show them to other family members.

7. Respect Opinion

In our family, we often have different opinions about something or if we want to determine something. By living in harmony we will be more tolerant of other people and not force circumstances on our family.

For parents who want to invite their children to start learning to live in harmony, www.sinaumedia.com has an interesting collection of children’s books on living in harmony. These books will certainly help children learn simple harmonious living practices at home, school and in society. A collection of books with the theme of living in harmony at www.sinaumedia.com is available for all levels of education, starting from early childhood education, kindergarten, elementary school, to junior high school.

D. Benefits of Living in Harmony at School

Popular term school is the second home for a student. This is also true because we spend almost half a day at school when we are students. Even at school we can also get good friends or the closest people because of the intensity we interact with other people for a long time.

That is why one needs to live in harmony and socialize well at school. Comfortable with school conditions will also affect the quality of our learning at school. The following are the benefits of living a healthy life at school that you will experience if you can socialize well:

1. Comfortable Classroom Atmosphere and School Environment

Getting along well with friends at school will make you more comfortable at school. If you have good friends and best friends, you can definitely go through school, which may be hard for you because of the many assignments, difficult lessons, or fierce teachers.

Getting along well with people around the school will also make you more comfortable at school, for example with Mr. Security who always greets you, TU staff who will always deal with you, librarians who will help you, cleaning staff who you chat with, to security guards. friendly canteen. All of that will make it hard for you to forget the good times at school.

2. Conducive atmosphere

Living in harmony at school will certainly make the atmosphere in the classroom or in the school environment more conducive. This condition will further motivate students to be more diligent in learning and do it in a fun way.

3. The material will be easy to understand

If you get along well with your schoolmates, difficult material or assignments can definitely be completed together and it’s easier to understand. Living in harmony at school will create closeness between students, teachers and other school staff to help each other.

4. Not Much Uproar

Living in harmony at school will make students, teachers and other school staff get along better so that chaos rarely occurs. This happens because living in harmony at school shows mutual respect for one another even though they have differences.

5. There is always deliberation

Living in harmony at school will definitely practice deliberation in making decisions. This is because living in harmony does not stand with self-interest but common interests. You will also often find the phenomenon of deliberation in class, for example group work or other things.

6. Fights Rarely Happen

A harmonious school environment will rarely have fights because they will understand each other, respect each other, and be tolerant of each other.

7. Life Becomes Peaceful

Because there is rarely noise and fighting, a harmonious school will be peaceful for students, teachers and other school staff. they can live in harmony side by side with differences but still get along well.

Based on the various benefits above, it is very important for us to instill the value of living in harmony from an early age. Because of that, many schools are participating in making this a subject. Get the book SD/Mi Pr Thematic Kl.2 Theme 1 Living in Rukun Rev.2020 Kur.2013 below.

E. Benefits of Living in Harmony in Society

In a community environment, living in harmony must be very beneficial. This is because in society we will meet with big things that are different and affect our lives as social beings. Here are the benefits of living in harmony in society that you can feel.

1. Experience a Calmer Life

Living in harmony in society will certainly make you calm because you can coexist harmoniously with the community. Harmony will make society harmonious, respect each other, and appreciate one another.

2. Life is Easier by Helping Each Other

Getting along well with neighbors will be very beneficial for one’s life. A harmonious community will help each other. In Indonesian society, the behavior of helping each other is probably already familiar. There are many Indonesian cultures that make the people harmonious.

3. Creating a Safe Environment

Living in harmony will make people care for each other. This concern will also have an impact on taking care of each other in their environment.

4. People live well

Living in harmony will make people feel comfortable and happy. If there is a problem, the community will not feel alone because harmony with neighbors makes them stronger. The level of harmony in society determines the welfare of the community.

5. Strong Brotherhood

Living in harmony will further strengthen the bonds of brotherhood between communities. This is because they will feel the same destiny as people who live in a certain environment. Community harmony will also increase concern for one another because they feel they have the same vision, mission or goals as a community.

6. Avoid Conflict

The wider community context is very risky with conflicts and disputes between residents. But by living in harmony we can accept and understand each other so that serious conflicts are avoided. Prosperity and peace in society greatly minimize conflict between them.

7. More Tolerant Society

Harmony will awaken people to be more tolerant of the differences they have. The benefits of living in harmony can also be of greater benefit to societal tolerance even with the most sensitive issues, for example tolerance of differences in religion, race and ethnicity.

Well, that’s the benefit of living in harmony at home, school, and society. The impact is huge, isn’t it? Not grandiose beneficial to the nation and state, we can also feel the benefits of living in harmony in our immediate environment.

So now don’t hesitate anymore to be kind and get along well with others. Not only do you feel the benefits of living in harmony now, but in the future the pattern of living in harmony with your environment will also have an impact.

Talking about living in harmony, the current social phenomenon seems a little unsettling. Many problems arise in society because of a lack of tolerance. To add references to understanding tolerance which is the basis of living in harmony, you can read the following sinaumedia collection books.

Apart from broadening your repertoire with issues of tolerance, you can also learn to be wise in responding to issues of tolerance which are actually very important for the Indonesian nation which has many cultural and religious differences.

Related Book Recommendations

1. Paying Tolerance

2. Dialogue of Civilizations

3. (In)tolerance-Understanding Hate & Violence in the Name of Religion

Also read the article on “Benefits of Living in Harmony” :

• Characteristics of a Hypocrite
• Procedure for Ablution
• Definition of Al-Quran and Hadith
• Definition of Morals
• Noble Qualities
• Honest Behavior in Islam
• Definition of Zakat
• Understanding Aurat
• List of 99 Asmaul Husna and their meanings
• Understanding Faith In God’s Angels
• Pillars of Hajj

Infusion Drop Formula – To find out the formula for infusion drops, you must first know the volume of fluid, the duration of administration, and the drop factor. You can learn it yourself too. Knowing how to calculate the required infusion drops according to the patient’s needs is as important as understanding the type and dosage of medicine that must be given to the patient so that he recovers quickly.

This task is usually performed by medical personnel who monitor your condition. However, as a patient, there is nothing wrong with learning this basic technique with simple calculations.

Definition of Infusion

Intravenous infusion or therapy is the infusion of a liquid or drug into the body via the intravenous route at a constant rate over a period of time. Infusion is done for a patient who needs medicine very quickly or who needs to give medicine slowly, but continuously.

Administering drugs or fluids into the body through the mouth will enter the digestive process first, so they are not quickly absorbed by the body. During the digestion process, it is also possible that there are digestive enzymes that will change or break down the medicine you are taking, so it will be less effective and better if it enters the bloodstream directly through an IV.

Infusion is done by inserting a small needle into a vein. Usually, the needle is implanted near the patient’s elbow, wrist, or on the back of the hand. Apart from the hands, the infusion can also be placed on the legs. The speed at which the patient absorbs infusion fluids depends on the patient’s body condition and the disease he is suffering from. The number of infusion drops every minute will be monitored by a nurse using the infusion drip formula which will be explained in the next section.

Infusion Purpose

The purpose of infusion is differentiated based on the fluid given. The two types of fluids include:

1. Crystalloid Liquid

This type of liquid contains sodium chloride, sodium gluconate, sodium acetate, potassium chloride, magnesium chloride and glucose. Generally given to maintain electrolyte balance, hydrate the body, restore pH and as fluid resuscitation.

Three types are included in crystalloid fluids, namely:

• Saline liquid, which contains sodium and chloride as much as 0.9%.
• Ringer’s lactate, which contains potassium, calcium, lactate, sodium, water, and chloride.
• Dextrose, which contains simple sugars to increase blood sugar levels in hypoglycemia patients (low blood sugar).

2. Colloidal liquid

This liquid has a heavier molecular content than crystalloids. Colloid fluids are given to critically ill patients, major surgeries, and for fluid resuscitation.

Three types are included in colloidal fluids, namely:

• Gelatin, which contains animal protein to prevent reduced blood volume in the body.
• Albumin, which contains albumin to replace lost levels due to surgery, serious injury, or sepsis.
• Dextran, which contains glucose polymers to improve the recovery process for patients who have lost a lot of blood.

Benefits of Infusion

This method is given to patients who experience a lack of electrolytes and body fluids due to dehydration. Infusions are also given to patients who cannot eat and drink and whose nutritional intake is not met.

When to Do an Infusion?

Not all diseases require infusion. This method is only needed for patients with emergency conditions that require the drug to enter the body quickly. Some of these conditions include heart attack, poisoning, or stroke.

Some of the conditions mentioned earlier make it impossible to take medication by mouth because it takes longer for it to be absorbed into the bloodstream. This can cause exacerbation of the disease experienced. Infusions are also needed when the patient experiences vomiting and diarrhea and loses a lot of body fluids. With an infusion, the process of changing electrolytes and fluids becomes faster.

Conditions that require infusion include:

• Severe dehydration.
• Food poisoning.
• Strokes.
• Heart attack.
• Immune system disorders.
• Infection.
• Administration of chemotherapy drugs.
• Chronic inflammation.

Infusion procedure:

First of all, the medical team will determine the type of infusion to be given to the patient. Furthermore, the infusion is injected through the skin that has been cleaned beforehand into a vein. Infusion must be carried out by an experienced medical team. This method can be done at a health care provider or clinic. If you wish to do so, please make a hospital appointment for the procedure.

Preparation How to Count Infusion Drops

To learn how to count these infusion drops, you have to prepare basic equipment such as needles and syringes to remove medicine or liquid from the bottle. In addition, a flush is also needed to push the drug into the intravenous tubing or fluid bag.

There are two methods of administering intravenous fluids, also known as the drip factor, namely the macro set and the micro set.

1. Macro Set

To give 1 mL of infusion fluid, during the infusion process, the nurse will open the infusion drip hole with a larger diameter, so that the number of drops that comes out is also smaller, namely only 10-20 drops.

2. Micro Sets

To give 1 ml of infusion, the infusion drip hole is only slightly opened, so that the number of drops that comes out is also more, namely 45-60 drops.

Determination of macro or micro sets will depend on preferences and needs according to doctor’s instructions. However, the standard that is usually used depends on the type of fluid that must be put into your body. If the fluid is clear and watery, the nurse may infuse it at 20 drops/1 mL. Meanwhile, if the IV fluids are thicker like blood, you will probably get 15 drops/1 mL.

Infusion Drop Factor

1. Macro Drip Factor

There are only two macro drips used in Indonesia. It depends on the brand of the infusion set and the drip factor. For the Otsuka brand infusion set , the drop factor used was 15 drops/ml, while for the Terumo brand infusion set, the drop factor used was 20 drops/ml.

For a drop factor of 10 drops/ml, it is rarely used in Indonesia. However, they can usually be found in central public hospitals, national referral hospitals, and teaching hospitals. The macro drop factor is usually used to calculate the amount of fluid requirements for adults. For blood transfusions, a drop factor of 15 drops/ml is usually used.

2. Micro Drip Factor

In contrast to adults, children weighing less than 7 kg require different infusion sets and drip factors. Usually, for children, a drop factor called micro drip is used , which is 60 drops/ml.

Infusion Drop Formula

In administering infusion drops with an automatic machine, the nurse only has to input the amount of fluid that must enter your body and the time needed to put it into the body. Meanwhile, if intravenous fluids are added manually, how to count infusion drops is done by knowing the number of drops per minute (TPM).

The TPM calculation formula itself is:
(drop factor x fluid volume) / (60 x administration time in hours)

The drip factor is an important element in how to calculate infusion drops that medical personnel need to know. As explained above, the nurse can choose either a macro or a micro set. For example, a doctor instructs a patient to receive 500 mL of infusion fluids within 8 hours, while the set drop factor is 20. With this data, how to calculate the infusion drops that must be given to the patient, namely:

(500 x 20) / (60 x 8) = 20.83.

That is, you will get about 20–21 drops of IV fluids in 1 minute before the fluid in the IV bag runs out and is replaced with new fluid.

Know the Types of Infusion Liquids

After knowing how to calculate and the formula for infusion drops, it is also important for you to recognize the type of infusion fluid itself. Based on its use, the types of infusion fluids themselves are divided into four groups, namely maintenance fluids, replacement fluids, special fluids, and nutritional fluids.

1. Maintenance Fluid

This intravenous fluid is usually given to patients who cannot meet electrolyte needs, but are not yet at a critical or chronic stage. The goal of giving these fluids is to provide enough fluid and electrolytes to cover insensible losses (500–1000 mL), maintain normal body status, and allow renal excretion of waste products (500–1500 mL).

The types of infusion fluids that can be used are 0.9% NaCl, 5% glucose, glucose saline, and Ringer’s lactate or acetate. Giving intravenous fluids must still be recommended by a doctor or competent health worker.

2. Substitute Fluid

These intravenous fluids are given to patients with electrolyte deficiencies and internal fluid redistribution problems. These fluids are usually needed in patients who have problems with the gastrointestinal tract (ileostomy, fistula, nasogastric drainage, and surgical drainage) or urinary tract (eg, during recovery from acute renal failure).

3. Special Liquid

The special liquid in question is a crystalloid such as 7.5% sodium bicarbonate or calcium gluconate. The purpose of giving intravenous fluids is to relieve electrolyte balance disturbances that occur in the body.

4. Nutrition Liquid

When the patient doesn’t want to eat, can’t eat, or can’t eat by mouth, this nutrient-filled IV will be put into the body. This nutritional liquid is given if the patient experiences:

• Impaired absorption of food, such as enterocunateus fistula, intestinal atresia, infectious colitis, or small bowel obstruction.
• Conditions requiring bowel rest, such as severe pancreatitis, preoperative state with severe malnutrition, intestinal angina, mesenteric artery stenosis, and recurrent diarrhea.
• Bowel motility disorders, such as prolonged ileus, pseudo-obstruction, and scleroderma.
• Eating disorders, persistent vomiting, hemodynamic disturbances, and hyperemesis gravidarum.

Regardless of the type of liquid, the way to calculate infusion drops remains the same, namely using the infusion drops per minute (TPM) formula.

Sample Problem Counting Macro Infusion Drops

Problem 1

Patient A intends to be given 250 cc of 0.9% NaCl in 2 hours. It is known that the drip infusion factor is 15 drops/minute. The number of drops per minute (TPM) is…

Answer:

TPM = (fluid requirement x macro drop factor)/(time of administration x 60 minutes)
TPM = (250 x 15)/(2×60)
TPM = 3750/120
TPM = 31.25
TPM = 32 drops/minute (rounded)

Problem 2

Patient B intends to be given 250 cc of 0.9% NaCl in 10 hours. It is known that the drip infusion factor is 60 drops/minute. The number of drops per minute (TPM) is…

Answer:

TPM = (fluid requirement x macro drop factor)/(time of administration x 60 minutes)
TPM = (250 x 60)/(10×60)
TPM = 15000/600
TPM = 25
TPM = 25 drops/minute

Problem 3

The available 500 cc of liquid must be used up in 10 hours. How many drops per minute?

Answer :

TPM = (fluid requirement x macro drop factor)/drip determined (hours) x 60 minutes
TPM = (500 x 20)/(10 x 60)
TPM = 16.6
TPM = 17 drops/minute (rounded)

Problem 4

The available 500 cc of liquid must be used up in 12 hours. How many drops per minute?

Answer :

TPM = (fluid requirement x micro-drop factor)/(set time (hours) x 60 minutes
TPM = (500 x 60)/(12 x 60)
TPM = 41.6 drops/minute
TPM = 60 seconds/41.6 TPM drops
= 1.4 (1 drop every 1.4 seconds)

Problem 5

The available liquid is 500 cc of 0.9% NaCl. Administered by infusion titration of 40 drops/minute. How many hours will it take for the liquid to run out?

Answer :

TPM = (fluid requirement x microdrop factor)/(droplets determined (hours) x 60 minutes
TPM = (500 x 60)/(40 x 60)
TPM = 12.5 hours

—

That’s an article related to “Benefits of Infusion Along with Micro and Macro Infusion Drop Formulas for Patients” that you can use as a reference. If there are suggestions, questions and criticisms, please write in the comments box below. Also share this article on social media accounts so that your friends can also get the same benefit.

To get more information, Sinaumed’s can also read books available at sinaumedia.com . As #FriendsWithoutLimits we always try to give the best. To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight and knowledge, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithMemreading information . Hope it is useful!

Related Book and E-Book Recommendations

1. Analysis of Health Sector Research Data

Health is one indicator of human health development. This is because health is a basic need in productivity efforts for life. Health consists of three elements, namely mentally, socially and physically healthy and free from disease. These three elements are important things that must be met and paid attention to by the government. This is because the existence of good quality public health will increase productivity and will have an impact on the country’s productivity as well.

In photographing a picture of health and determining the causes of health problems, a fast research effort is needed using the right research design and samples. To make decisions on research results, we need a tool called statistics.

The use of these statistics is adjusted to the field conditions and the research design used. This book discusses, among other things , parametric statistics, non-parametric statistics, different proportion tests, correlation tests, mean difference tests, validity tests, normality tests, types of statistical analysis, validity and reliability tests, statistics and research, as well as discussion of other matters related to statistics.

At present, there are still many health students who are confused about the steps of analyzing research data and determining the appropriate statistical analysis for the conditions of the research being carried out. This is a serious problem because it will affect the quality of research results.

This book answers these problems in an easy-to-understand and applicable way. There are steps in conducting research analysis using SPSS, research case examples, steps for determining the appropriate analysis according to the conditions of the research being carried out, and there are examples of interpretation of statistical results so that readers are not confused in reading statistical output tables.

Some of the materials discussed in this book include parametric statistics, non-parametric statistics, test of different proportions, correlation test, mean difference test, validity test, normality test, types of statistical analysis, validity and reliability tests, statistics and research, as well as several discussions of other matters relating to statistics. Thus, this book is suitable for use by health students at various health colleges (universities, institutes, high schools, and polytechnics), and this book can be used by health agencies and health practitioners.

2. Working as a Midwife: Career Guidance Reference

This “working as” series aims to provide information to readers, especially junior/high school/vocational high school students, regarding various types of professions in Indonesia. This book discusses the midwifery profession. What are they doing? What qualifications are required of them? How is their career path? What philosophy must be adhered to? We can get all that information in this book. The midwifery profession is a profession full of dedication and sacrifice. He is tasked with assisting deliveries to providing care for newborns and toddlers.

Benefits of Cassava Tape – Cassava tape is one of Indonesia’s traditional traditional foods which is usually used as a snack or even processed into various foods.

Who would have thought, this one food apparently has a myriad of good benefits for the body. One of the benefits of cassava tape is that it can increase the body’s immunity. In addition, cassava tape has other benefits that are good for the body.

Come on, find out the various benefits of cassava tape below!

Benefits of Cassava Tape

There are two known types of cassava tape, namely dry cassava tape which is usually hung and has the appearance of white powder and ordinary tape which is softer and wetter.

Both have nutritional content that is not much different and good benefits for the body. Here’s an explanation of some of the benefits of cassava tape.

1. Increase immunity

Cassava tape contains lactic acid which is believed to be able to increase the body’s resistance or immunity. So that the body will not be easily infected by viruses or diseases and become healthier.

According to the Agritech Journal, cassava tape is believed to be able to ward off flu or seasonal colds. The flu is a disease caused by a virus and can be cured if the body’s immune system is strong.

So, if you consume a certain amount of cassava tape, not too much and not too little, it can ward off the seasonal flu virus.

2. Prevent anemia

Besides being able to increase the body’s immunity, another benefit of cassava tape is that it can prevent anemia. According to the Mayo Clinic, anemia is a disease caused by decreased red blood cell production, so the body will feel weak and powerless.

Cassava tape is made by a fermentation process where during the process, there are several microorganisms that increase the production of vitamin B12. This vitamin is very important to support the production of more red blood cells in the body and prevent anemia.

3. Strengthen muscle functions

When the cassava tape fermentation process takes place, there will be many chemical processes that occur, one of which is to increase thiamin production.

Thiamin is known to function to improve the muscular system and human neurons. So when consuming cassava tape, the body will feel fresher and energized.

Because of this, cassava tape is suitable for consumption by people with back pain or back pain, because it can strengthen muscles.

4. Smooth digestion because it functions as a probiotic

Cassava tape also functions as a probiotic which is certainly beneficial for digestion.

According to a World Journal of Pharmaceutical and Life Sciences, the fermentation process that occurs to make cassava tape can increase the production of probiotics and lactic acid.

These two essences are very useful for improving the digestive system by killing all bad bacteria and helping good bacteria to improve digestion.

By consuming a certain amount of cassava tape, of course, in the right portion, it can effectively help get rid of toxins from the body by the process of secretion and prevent constipation.

5. Prevent hypertension and cardiovascular disease

As is known, that hypertension is one of the common diseases suffered in Indonesia. This disease is quite serious, because it can stimulate other diseases such as strokes to heart attacks.

Hypertension sufferers can prevent and even control high blood pressure by consuming cassava tape. Because cassava tape contains quite a lot of potassium and can help control blood pressure, maintain heart rate and keep blood vessels clean and smooth.

6. Lower cholesterol levels

According to the International Journal of Agricultural Technology, it was found that in cassava tape there are ingredients that can lower plasma cholesterol levels.

Through the fermentation process to make cassava tape, tape then has good bacteria and lactic acid content in it which plays a role in reducing cholesterol levels in the body.

High cholesterol is often one of the triggers for heart attacks and strokes in elderly patients. Thus, cholesterol sufferers are advised to consume the right amount of cassava tape to make the body feel healthier.

7. Killing free radicals in the body

Tape cassava does contain lactic acid which can help control plasma cholesterol levels in the body.

In addition to preventing cholesterol, lactic acid seems to have other benefits, namely being able to prevent the formation of cancer-causing cells and kill free radicals in the body because they contain high antioxidants.

8. As an anti-inflammatory

Besides having a myriad of good benefits for the body, cassava tape also has good benefits for skin health. Cassava tape can be useful as an anti-inflammatory which accelerates the healing process of wounds or minor irritations that occur on the skin.

9. Helps treat acne

Who would have thought, apparently cassava tape can overcome common facial skin problems, namely acne. To treat acne, cassava tape can be used as an alternative to get rid of acne on the skin of the face or body, because cassava tape can help the body neutralize toxins that can clog skin pores.

As it is known that skin pores that are clogged with dirt or toxins, of course, will increase the risk of the skin experiencing problems such as acne. How to treat acne with cassava tape is to consume it directly.

10. Increase sexual arousal

Carbohydrates contain carbohydrates and proteins which are a source of energy. These two ingredients apparently can also stimulate sexual function slowly.

In addition, in several regions in Indonesia, cassava tape is also consumed for its benefits, namely increasing the function of sexual arousal, even cassava tape is considered more effective than drugs.

11. As an alternative to rice

As it is known that cassava tape is made from cassava which contains high carbohydrates.

Because it contains high carbohydrates such as rice, cassava tape is said to be an alternative to rice. Because it will give the same effect or not much different when consuming rice as a source of carbohydrates.

But of course, cassava tape should not be consumed as much as Sinaumed’s consumes rice in general. So if you want to replace rice with tape as a source of carbohydrates, it can be applied only under certain conditions and the portions are not excessive.

As a source of carbohydrates, cassava tape can also be useful as a very potential source of energy for the body and helps break down protein to feed cells, so the body will feel fit and fresh.

12. Warms the body

Through the fermentation process, cassava tape has a low alcohol content. Even though it is low, the alcohol content in cassava tape can help warm the body and stimulate the skin to be warmer.

In general, a warm feeling that is felt by someone who consumes cassava tape is felt in the chest and stomach. Because of this, cassava tape is good for Sinaumed’s who are feeling lethargic or have a fever.

Manufacturing Process and Nutrition in Cassava Tape

Tape cassava is known as a special food from Purwakarta and Subang which is often used as a souvenir. Cassava tape has a distinctive aroma and taste, because it is made by fermenting it.

Cassava that is processed into tape is usually sweet cassava and is white or yellow in color. So that it can produce a sweet but also sour taste of tape from the fermentation process.

Before going through the fermentation process, cassava is usually washed first and steamed until cooked. After that, then the cassava sprinkled with yeast.

The fermentation process is usually carried out by wrapping the cassava in banana leaves or placing the cassava in a special airtight container for about two to three days.

The longer the cassava fermentation process lasts, the more tender the texture of the cassava tape will be.

With the right fermentation process, cassava tape will taste slightly sweeter, sour and has a distinctive aroma like alcohol. The sweet taste produced by tape comes from yeast which works to break down carbohydrates in cassava into simple sugars.

Because of this, the tape becomes sweet even though it is not given sugar. In addition, cassava is chosen to be used as tape, usually cassava which has its own taste.

Because of this distinctive taste, tape is often used as a processed food such as fried foods, brownies, cakes, compote, pudding or even as a mixture in fruit ice.

Apart from its delicious taste, cassava tape has nutritional content like other fermented foods such as tofu, tempeh, kefir, cheese and yogurt.

According to the List of Composition of Indonesian Food Ingredients published by the Central Leadership Council of the Indonesian Nutritionist Association (DPP PERSAGI) 100 grams of cassava tape has the following nutritional content.

• 173 calories
• 0.5 grams of protein
• 0.1 grams of fat
• 42.5 grams of carbohydrates
• 30 grams of calcium
• 30 milligrams of phosphorus
• 56 grams of water

From the nutritional content recorded in cassava tape, Sinaumed’s certainly knows that tape is a good food for the body. Even so, it is not recommended to consume tape in large quantities at one time.

Fermented foods such as cassava tape do contain good bacteria that are beneficial to the body.

However, if consumed in excess, it will endanger health, because it is feared that good bacteria can accumulate in the body which causes gas and bloating in the stomach.

In addition, tape also produces a by-product in the form of alcohol, even though the alcohol content in cassava tape is only a little.

However, when consumed in a certain amount, it will affect the health of the body. So, eat cassava tape in reasonable portions and not overdo it.

How to Make Home-style Cassava Tape

After knowing the myriad benefits of cassava tape, Sinaumed’s can try making his own cassava tape at home in an easy way.

It should be noted that when making cassava tape, you need to pay attention to the type of yeast used. Usually the yeast used to make cassava tape is Saccharomyces cerevisiae and usually takes approximately two to three days.

Here are the steps to make cassava tape easily at home.

Materials needed:

• 2 kg of fresh cassava
• 2 pieces of yeast tape
• Some clean banana leaves

How to make cassava tape:

• Clean the cassava skin and scrape the outer part.
• Cut cassava according to taste and wash thoroughly.
• Boil or steam cassava until about ¾ cooked. The maturity level of cassava can be seen when the cassava is soft when it is poked with a fork or toothpick.
• After the cassava is ¾ cooked, remove the cassava and let it cool. Allow the cassava to cool completely, about 10 hours.
• After it’s cold, prepare a plastic container with an airtight lid and line the container with banana leaves.
• Crush more or less two pieces of cassava tape yeast until completely smooth.
• Arrange cassava in a container that has been lined with banana leaves.
• Then sprinkle cassava with mashed yeast.
• Cover cassava that has been given yeast with banana leaves. Cover again with the container lid. For the record, for the fermentation process to be successful, make sure that all the cassava is properly covered and perfectly coated with yeast.
• Store the container in a dry place, ring and at room temperature. Leave the cassava for about two to three days.

There are several tips that Sinaumed’s can pay attention to when making cassava tape at home.

Pay attention right after steaming or boiling the tape until it’s ¾ cooked, try not to touch the cassava with your hands. This is done to prevent cassava from being contaminated with bacteria on hands and to thwart the fermentation process.

Instead of touching by hand, Sinaumed’s can use sterile gloves, tongs or a fork when he wants to move the cassava.

Also make sure the cassava is cooked to the desired level of doneness, by checking it using a tool such as a toothpick, stick, knife or fork.

After being cooked and going through the fermentation process, you should immediately store cassava tape in the refrigerator. Also make sure that the cassava is cold before placing it in a container and sprinkling it with yeast.

If you want to get the benefits of tape, but are bored with the same tape taste, Sinaumed’s can also process tape into various kinds of delicious snacks. One of the healthy and delicious snack ideas from cassava tape is rondo royal.

For those who don’t know, rondo royal is a typical Jepara fried tape that has a sweet taste. The main ingredients are cassava tape, rice flour, wheat flour and brown sugar.

To make rondo royal, Sinaumed’s needs to crush the cooked cassava tape a little, then mix it with other ingredients. Once mixed perfectly, fry the tape until cooked and ready to be enjoyed while warm.

Apart from rondo royal, cassava tape is also commonly processed into steamed cakes, prol tape, apem and other typical traditional snacks. The distinctive taste of cassava tape with a mixture of ingredients to make traditional cakes will create a sweet but unique taste.

If you don’t want to go through the hassle of making cassava tape, Sinaumed’s can bake cassava tape and add your favorite toppings such as cheese, chocolate missis, milk or even grated coconut that has been sprinkled with palm sugar.

That is an explanation of the benefits of cassava tape which has good ingredients for the body and skin. Besides having good content for the body, cassava tape also has a delicious taste, so it is suitable as a snack and can be created with traditional Indonesian cake recipes.

Those are the various benefits of cassava tape and if Sinaumed’s is interested in making cassava tape, or wants to process cassava tape into traditional food creations, you can find the recipe by reading books at sinaumedia.com . As #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia always provides a variety of interesting and useful books for Sinaumed’s!

Benefits of Cycling in the Morning – Currently, cycling is still a trend in various circles. Young and old, men and women, adults and children from officials, business people, office workers, freelancers, and so on, pedaling bicycles together.

In the morning, especially weekends or national holidays, the streets are busy with cyclists. Likewise in the afternoon and at night. There are those who cycle alone or in pairs, many also cycle with groups or bicycle associations that they follow.

This trend raises an appeal for cyclists to continue to comply with applicable traffic rules in order to maintain their own safety and that of other road users.

Cycling has indeed become one of the favorite sports because it is easy to keep the body healthy, as well as a means of refreshing (releasing fatigue) during the Covid-19 pandemic. As is known, the call to stay at home causes us difficulties to travel far because of the risks that lurk. Cycling can be an option to express your longing to see the “nature around you” and maintain your health.

This trend then makes the demand for purchasing this environmentally friendly means of transportation increase significantly. Shops selling bicycles are in demand.

Cycling does have many health benefits, not only physical, but also mental. Cycling is a low-impact exercise option , which is a type of exercise that is generally recommended for people who are just starting to exercise, are obese, or are prone to injury. Check out the complete information regarding the benefits of cycling in the morning!

Benefits of Cycling

Cycling is a recreational or sporting activity, and is a mode of land transportation that uses bicycles. Bicycles were first introduced in the 19th century AD.

Many cycling enthusiasts carry out these activities in various types of terrain, such as hills, steep terrain or just in rural and urban areas.

People who use bicycles as a routine mode of transportation may also be referred to as commuters. The use of bicycles as a routine mode of transportation is not only carried out by workers who work in the non-formal sector, but also by workers who work in the formal sector. Apart from workers, bicycles are also widely used by school children.

Most of the formal sector workers in Indonesia who use bicycles as a routine mode of transportation are members of the cycling community, known as Bike To Work Indonesia (B2W Indonesia).

Apart from the fact that using a bicycle does not require additional costs, cycling can also be done on even less good roads. The benefits of cycling in the morning for school children can also reduce the danger of driving accidents.

Benefits of Cycling in the Morning

Cycling is very easy to do, but if you just want to start, it’s good to know some of the benefits of cycling in the morning for physical and mental fitness as explained below.

1. Increase Leg Strength

The benefits of cycling in the morning can improve overall function in the lower body and strengthen the leg muscles without overstressing them, especially the quadriceps, gluteus, hamstrings and calves. To make our legs stronger, try weightlifting exercises, such as squats, leg presses, and lunges several times per week to increase cycling performance.

2. Core Muscle Training

The benefits of cycling in the morning also train our core muscles, including the back and abs. Keeping the body upright and keeping the bike in a steady position requires a certain amount of core strength. Strong abdominals and back muscles support our spine, increase stability and increase comfort while cycling.

3. Suitable for someone with joint problems

The benefits of cycling in the morning are easy for our bodies. This activity makes it a good choice for people who want an intense workout without stressing their joints. Cycling is a great option for people with joint problems or overall stiffness, especially in the lower body.

Dr. Safran-Norton of Harvard Health Publishing suggests cycling for people with age-related joint pain and lower body stiffness. This exercise can still be done at moderate to high intensity, without worrying about burdening the joints.

When sitting on a bicycle seat, we will put the weight of a pair of pelvic bones called the ischial tuberosities . Cycling is different from walking or jogging, which puts more weight on the feet and is more prone to triggering injury.

4. Controls Weight

Getting used to cycling, especially at high intensity, helps reduce body fat levels and control healthy weight. In addition, the benefits of cycling in the morning will increase metabolism and build muscle, which allows us to burn more calories, even at rest.

So that you can get effective results, make sure the energy expenditure from cycling is greater than the food intake. If you are trying to lose weight, you need a combination of cycling with a healthy and balanced diet. The number of calories burned while cycling will depend on the duration, distance and speed of your cycling.

5. Stabilize Diabetes

Lack of sports activity is a risk factor for diabetes. Diabetes is a dangerous and deadly disease. It’s not only very mature people who are at risk of suffering from diabetes, today’s young people are also very likely to be at risk of diabetes, especially if they don’t have a healthy lifestyle.

One way to avoid a lazy lifestyle is by cycling. Cycling regularly for more than 30 minutes per day can help reduce the risk of diabetes and other diseases.

6. Prevent High Blood Risk

Cycling is a very good healthy activity for preventing the risk of high blood pressure. Cycling can also control heart rate, melt fat in the body, and strengthen body muscles, especially the legs.

7. Prevent Heart Risk

Besides being very good at preventing the risk of high blood pressure, cycling also helps prevent heart risks. Cycling for at least 20 minutes each day will help control heart rate, prevent the risk of fatigue, and prevent obesity.

8. Increases Brain Power

Exercise has repeatedly been linked to brain health and a reduction in cognitive changes that can make us vulnerable to dementia later in life. Not only that, cycling keeps blood flow in some areas up to 40 percent, even after exercise. At least, we have to cycle for 45-60 minutes every four times a week.

9. Increase Sex Ability

Cycling can build several important muscle groups. Dr. Matthew Forsyth, a urologist and cyclist from Portland, Oregon, says all the muscles formed while cycling are used during sexual intercourse. The better develop these muscles, will improve sexual ability.

10. Overcoming Insomnia

For those of you who experience insomnia, cycling is believed to overcome this disorder that you are experiencing. Try cycling for 20–30 minutes every other day. That way, your bedtime will come faster. The benefits of cycling in the morning when the sun is not too hot can help the biological clock return to normal, and get rid of the hormone cortisol which can cause insomnia.

11. Lowers Cancer Risk

Another benefit of cycling that you can get is reducing the risk of cancer. Someone who has a fit body, even old age, has a lower risk of developing lung cancer and colorectal cancer. In addition, the benefits of regular cycling are that it can reduce the risk of colon and breast cancer.

If you maintain a healthy and balanced diet along with cycling regularly, these two things will help you reduce your risk of cancer. Someone who has a fit body into old age has a lower risk of developing lung cancer and colorectal cancer. Meanwhile, for cancer survivors, cycling can reduce the side effects of cancer treatment and improve overall quality of life.

12. Lowering the Risk of Depression

Cycling in the morning or evening can help reduce stress, depression and anxiety. Cycling will also increase the quality of happiness and comfort in the heart.

13. Preventing vascular disease

Cycling as a cardio sport can stimulate and improve lung health, blood circulation, and help reduce the risk of cardiovascular disease. The benefits of cycling also include helping strengthen the heart muscle and reducing blood fat levels.

Incorporating cycling into daily exercise can help prevent the risk of high blood pressure (hypertension). Exercising with a certain intensity such as cycling can improve hypertension. The effects are the same as when the person is taking prescription drugs. Even so, still consult a doctor to get the best medical advice.

14. Increases the Power of Balance and Coordination

Maintaining an upright posture while riding can help improve balance strength and overall body coordination. Improved balance as one of the benefits of cycling can prevent the risk of falls and fractures.

Although it doesn’t directly reduce risk, cycling is an ideal form of exercise for people with osteoarthritis (chronic inflammation of the joints due to breakdown of cartilage). The reason is, the benefits of cycling can put a little pressure on the joints.

15. Improves Mental Health Disorders

The benefits of cycling and other physical activities can help our bodies produce more dopamine hormones. The hormone dopamine functions to increase feelings of happiness, so it can relieve feelings of stress, depression, and other natural anxiety disorders. Cyclists experience fewer mental health problems than other sports, such as aerobics, including those who don’t do any physical activity at all.

16. Prevents the Risk of Parkinson’s Disease

One of the other serious diseases that can be prevented by cycling is Parkinson’s. Exercising at moderate to high intensity can reduce the risk of Parkinson’s disease which affects men. Based on this, of course you have to adjust the speed, duration and distance traveled to help reduce the risk of this disease.

17. Helps Extend Age

High-intensity exercise by cycling has benefits for preventing aging down to the cellular level. Strenuous physical activity can increase mitochondrial capacity and function, thus making a person more youthful. Doing regular exercise can also reduce the risk of premature death, as well as extend life.

18. Make Body Fitter

If you are new to fitness or recovering from an injury or illness, you can go for a low intensity bike ride. When your body is fitter, you can increase the intensity of cycling.

Tips to Look For When Cycling

Make sure your friends follow safety cycling tips to prevent the risk of injury, even accidents that you don’t want. Here are some tips that you need to pay attention to so that cycling activities are safer and your health is maintained.

• Before starting cycling, make sure you consult your doctor first if you suffer from heart disease, arthritis, or bone loss;
• For people with balance, vision and hearing problems, it is more advisable to use stationary bicycles rather than outdoor cycling;
• Do not just choose a bicycle, choose the right bicycle so that you can pedal more easily, efficiently, and reduce pain;
• Check the condition of the bicycle before riding, such as tires, brakes, handlebars, seats and other bicycle parts;
• Always wear head, elbow and knee protection to minimize cuts and injuries if you fall off the bicycle;
• Consider wearing sunscreen, sunglasses, and a hat if you ride during the day for long periods;
• Avoid cycling if the air pollution conditions are not good;
• Use cycling-specific clothing or avoid loose clothing that can easily get caught in bicycle chains;
• Obey traffic regulations and pay attention to motorized vehicles and pedestrians around. Better, use a special bicycle lane if available;
• Use bicycle lights when cycling at night;
• Even though it is often underestimated, you need to choose the right and comfortable saddle;
• For mountain bikes, use the gear to go up an incline or hill so you don’t tire your knees;
• Not pedaling in high gear for long periods of time as it will strain your knees;
• When riding a bicycle, occasionally move your hands on the handlebars and move your seat from the saddle so you don’t feel numb;
• When riding a bicycle, raise your head so that your view can reach obstacles far ahead;
• Avoid cycling with a headset because this will make you not aware of your surroundings;

Good Cycling Duration

Until now, there has been no research that specifically mentions the best time to cycle. Because, cycling in the morning or at night, each has its own advantages and disadvantages.

Morning can indeed be the right time for cycling. However, not a few people have difficulty setting aside their time, especially on weekdays. For some people, cycling in the morning is difficult to make a routine. Even so, cycling at night might make it difficult for someone to sleep. It’s best to choose the right time to cycle at night so as not to disturb your sleep schedule.

Adults are recommended to get at least 150 minutes of moderate aerobic exercise, such as cycling, per week. We can divide it into several sessions, such as 30-60 minutes once cycling 3-5 days a week. We can also adjust the time of cycling with the activities that are undertaken.

To ride safely, start by warming up first. Cycle slowly for the first 5 to 10 minutes. After that, increase the speed until it starts to sweat. When ending your cycling session, take 5 minutes to cycle at a slow pace to cool off.

That’s a brief explanation of the benefits and tips of cycling for physical and mental health, especially for beginners. So, are you guys ready to cycle to school or work? If the distance is not too far, it is more advisable to cycle or walk times. Guaranteed healthier, you know!

sinaumedia can also visit sinaumedia’s book collection at www.sinaumedia.com to obtain additional references on how to repair bicycles. The following are recommendations for sinaumedia books that Sinaumed’s can read to study them in full. Happy reading.

Find other interesting things in www.sinaumedia.com. sinaumedia as #FriendsWithoutLimits will always present interesting articles and recommendations for the best books for Sinaumed’s.

• 8 Benefits of Sunbathing in the Morning
• Types and Benefits of Jamu and its Explanation
• The Founder of the Game of Football in Indonesia and Its History
• The history of bicycle inventors and their development in Indonesia
• Tips for Maintaining Health While Studying at Home

Animals have various types. Not only do they have a variety of species, it turns out that animals also have benefits for the surrounding environment besides plants. As he already knows that humans, nature, plants and animals have a special symbiosis that can bring benefits to each ecosystem and its habitat.

A. Some of the Benefits of Animals for the Surrounding Environment

The benefits of animals for the surrounding environment are actually very diverse and you need to know about them. Then, what are the benefits of animals for the environment? Here are some of the benefits of animals for the surrounding environment, including:

1. Benefits of Animals as Producers of Food for the Surrounding Environment

Animal meat is a high source of protein and very good for humans. Not only that, the products of this animal can also be used as a food source, such as honey, milk, and others.

2. Benefits of Animals as a Means of Transportation for the Surrounding Environment

For humans, animals can be used as a means of transportation. Animals such as horses and cows are often used by humans as rides or means of transporting goods.

Where, horses and cows have been used by the community since ancient times as a means of transportation. Either it is used as a cart or ridden directly. Indonesia itself has many traditional means of transportation that use horses, for example gigs, golden carriages, and delman.

This is the benefit of animals for the surrounding environment, especially humans. In fact, horses are so attached as a means of transportation for international units to show the amount of vehicle engine power or commonly known as horse power.

3. Benefits of Animals as Consumers in the Food Chain for the Surrounding Environment

Animals are consumers who eat plants or even other animals in the food chain. If there were no animals, then producers such as plants would live very prolific and uncontrollable. So that it can invade human habitation.

Therefore, animals have benefits for the environment as consumers in the food chain.

4. Benefits of Animals as Producers of Organic Fertilizers for the Surrounding Environment

Animal manure is naturally used as plant fertilizer. This animal waste is broken down by decomposers into substances needed by plants, for example nitrogen.

5. Benefits of Animals as Helpers for the Pollination of Flowers for the Surrounding Environment

Butterflies, bees and birds are animals that help pollinate plants. With the help of these animals, plants can reproduce better.

These animals pollinate plants, such as trees, plants, and so on. In addition, this animal can also be used as a sign that scientists study in seeing what is happening to environmental and climate change.

These butterfly animals tend to migrate to other areas when the temperature increases. They will live in a climate that is milder and more hospitable to them. Therefore, you will know that an environment can be promising as a place to live for humans or not when there are butterflies.

6. Benefits of Animals as Plant Seed Dispersers for the Surrounding Environment

Bats are one of the largest insect consumers. These animals help the environment in controlling the insect population. Insect animals themselves have the ability to destroy plants and plant life if not controlled, especially insect pests.

Bats can also help control mosquito populations in areas where malaria and other mosquito-borne diseases or viruses may be a problem. Bat droppings can also help the process of dispersal of seeds and help plants reproduce and various types.

7. Benefits of Animals as Human Friends for the Surrounding Environment

Dogs are one type of animal that is very loyal to humans. There are several types of dogs that have duties in various service institutions, for example as bomb sniffer dogs, rescue dogs, and so on. That is the reason why dogs are called man’s best friend.

Because, these dogs are very useful for humans. Where, many dogs work in the police and military. There are also dogs trained to help people with disabilities. Also, there are also dogs that are trained to feel seizures, and others. Of course, this one animal can help humans get treatment.

In addition, several studies state that dogs have benefits for a person’s mental health and can even support someone with mental health problems, such as depression, anxiety, and many others. Therefore, many dogs are used as life companions or friends who are loyal and willing to sacrifice for humans who take good care of them.

8. Benefits of Animals as Oxygen Producers for the Surrounding Environment

Plankton are microscopic organisms that you can find in the ocean. This animal can actually be classified as a plant as well as an animal. These plankton absorb energy from the sun and nutrients from water.

This one animal produces about half of the world’s oxygen production through the process of photosynthesis. Meanwhile, the other half comes from land seaweed, plant life, and trees. Plankton may be threatened in the long term if the world’s oceans continue to warm. When plankton decreases, the supply of oxygen for living things to breathe will be threatened in the future.

9. Benefits of Animals as Guardian Primates of the Tropical Rain Forest for the Surrounding Environment

Primates are important ecologically and in tropical and subtropical climates. They disperse seeds and pollen when eating, defecating, and other activities. In addition, they also help keep rainforests healthy, diverse and thriving. This becomes something very important because tropical rain forests can affect rainfall patterns globally.

10. Benefits of Animals as Ecosystem Balancing for the Surrounding Environment

Balancing the ecosystem is one of the benefits of animals for the environment. There are herbivorous and carnivorous animals. Where, carnivorous animals eat the meat of other animals. Meanwhile, herbivorous animals are grass or plant eaters.

These herbivorous animals obtain food from weeds, tree leaves, and so on. So that animals and the natural environment around them interact like that.

In addition to the benefits of animals for the surrounding environment which have been mentioned above. Animals also have other benefits, namely as a producer of craft materials. For example, wayang kulit comes from cowhide.

Clothes made of animal skins and fur are known to be able to maintain human body temperature. So it can survive in cold weather. The skin and fur of these animals are still used in the world of fashion as materials for clothing, robes, jackets, bags, shoes and wallets. Although for several other reasons, it is prohibited and considered illegal.

So, those are some of the benefits of animals for the environment that you need to know about. Hopefully the discussion above can add to your knowledge and be useful for you.

Signs of a Shifting IUD – “ Intrauterine device (IUD) is a contraception which is considered effective in preventing pregnancy if it is installed correctly. However, for several reasons, the birth control device can move from the uterus. Actually, it is recommended that you check the position of the IUD contraception regularly at home to find out if there are any changes. However, when the contraceptive has moved from the uterus, there are usually a number of signs that women can feel.

The IUD is a contraceptive method commonly used by women. These contraceptives are T-shaped, small and made of plastic that are inserted into the uterus to prevent pregnancy and other purposes.

Depending on the type and brand of IUD, these contraceptives can last for 3–12 years. So, during that time, you don’t need to think about your contraception. Even so, in rare cases, the IUD contraception can also shift from the uterus, or even fall. If the IUD contraception is not in the right place, you can get pregnant. Therefore, it is important to know the signs that the IUD has moved from the uterus here.

What Causes the IUD to Move?

IUD contraception that has been installed correctly actually rarely shifts or moves. However, it can still happen, especially in the first few months after inclusion. Here are some things that can cause the IUD contraception to shift:

• You experience strong uterine contractions during your menstrual period.
• You have a small uterine cavity.
• Your uterus is tilted.
• The IUD is installed by a doctor who is not experienced in performing this procedure.

Apart from that, there are also several factors that can make your IUD KB more likely to shift, including:

• Under 20 years old.
• Currently breastfeeding.
• IUD installation is done immediately after delivery.

Examination of IUD contraception Position Can Be Done Independently

Did you know that IUD birth control has a string hanging from the cervix that you should be able to feel? To make sure your IUD doesn’t move, some experts recommend checking the threads every month after you get your period. This is because the contraceptive is more likely to shift during your period.

Here’s how to check whether your IUD contraception is still installed properly or not:

• First of all, wash your hands first.
• Then, sit or squat so you can easily access your vagina.
• Insert your finger into your vagina until you feel the cervix.
• Feel for the end of the string that should come out past the cervix.
• Avoid pulling on the rope.

If you can feel the strings, chances are your IUD contraception is still attached. If you can’t feel the strings, they are longer or shorter than usual, or you can feel the plastic of your birth control IUD, chances are the device has moved. However, not being able to feel the strings does not mean the IUD has moved. Most likely the cord is coiled inside the cervix.

Signs that the IUD contraception has shifted from the uterus

The following are signs that the IUD has shifted from the uterus:

• You can’t feel the rope. When you do an examination and can’t find the IUD birth control strap, there is a possibility that the rope is coiled in the uterus, but there is also a possibility that the contraceptive has shifted. Talk to your doctor to be sure.
• The IUD strings feel shorter or longer than normal. If the length of the rope is different, there is a possibility that the IUD contraception will shift. Checking your leash regularly makes it easier for you to notice these changes.
• You can feel the IUD contraception. When the IUD is in the right place, you should just feel the strings. However, if you can feel the hard plastic part of the IUD poking out, it means that the device has moved.
• Couples can feel the IUD contraception. When the IUD is still installed properly, you and your partner shouldn’t feel it during intercourse. Your partner may feel the string, but not the plastic. If your partner can feel the hard plastic part, the device may have moved.
• Pain. If you experience excruciating pain, get worse, or don’t go away 3–6 months after you get the IUD, chances are the device isn’t in place.
• Heavy or abnormal bleeding. Spotting and bleeding are common after you’ve just gotten an IUD, but heavy or abnormal bleeding can be a sign the device is in the wrong place.
• Severe cramping, abnormal vaginal discharge, or fever. These can all be signs your contraceptive device has shifted, but they may also be signs of infection.

The IUD can also move from the uterus without causing signs. So check the strap regularly to see if the tool is still in the right place or has shifted.

Signs of a Problematic IUD to Watch Out for

Signs that the IUD contraception has shifted can be caused by a number of factors, one of which is because the KB spiral has shifted or has expired. If you experience the following problematic spiral birth control characteristics, contact your doctor immediately:

1. Position of the IUD Shifts

If the sign is that the position of the IUD has only shifted slightly, this condition may not cause symptoms or the complaints are very mild, so you won’t feel them. However, if the shift in position is classified as severe, it will show the characteristics of the IUD family planning shift with the following signs:

• The IUD strings cannot be felt with the fingers.
• The partner feels that his penis is touching the IUD during sex.
• Bleeding outside the menstrual cycle.
• The vagina is bleeding badly.
• Abdominal cramps that are severe and exceed menstrual cramps.
• Lower abdomen hurts.
• Unusual discharge.

The causes of the IUD contraception shifting and triggering signs of a problematic IUD include:

• Strong uterine contractions during menstruation.
• Small uterine cavity.
• Highly tilted uterus.
• Improper IUD installation.

2. The IUD Has Expired

Apart from shifting, using an expired IUD will also cause complications for the user. The effect of using an IUD that exceeds the usage time limit will cause inflammation or bleeding.

Signs that IUDs have problems due to expiration can cause symptoms such as the following in users:

• Terrible pain.
• Vomiting.
• Fever.
• Inflammation and bleeding.

So that you don’t experience these problems, it’s important to know the expiration date of the IUD spiral contraception. IUD expiration period is generally 3 to 5 years. However, IUD spiral contraception which is made of copper layers can last longer, which is up to 10 years.

3. Pregnancy Occurs

Although rare, another sign of a problematic IUD can be pregnancy. At least, one study states that 0.8 percent of spiral birth control users can still get pregnant. One of the reasons pregnancy can still appear is that spiral birth control users have sexual intercourse within seven days after insertion, removal, and shifting of the IUD.

Experiencing pregnancy even though you have used an IUD will usually bring up a series of symptoms typical of pregnant women in general. Starting from nausea, fatigue, no menstruation, breasts that are more sensitive to touch, cravings, and mood changes.

The Risk of Ectopic Pregnancy When Using an IUD

Pregnancy while still using spiral birth control is also more at risk in the form of a medical disorder called an ectopic pregnancy. This condition occurs when the embryo does not grow inside the birth, but outside the uterus. Generally, the location of the growth is in the fallopian tubes, aka the ovaries. This condition can be characterized by:

• Mild or severe pain in the abdomen or pelvis.
• Lower back pain.
• Unusual vaginal bleeding.
• Cramps on one side of the pelvis.
• Weak.
• Dizzy.
• Faint.

Risks of Problematic IUDs in Pregnant Women

Some women may be more at risk of having problems with inserting an IUD, such as loose or shifted spiral birth control. Who are they?

1. Young Women

A research shows that young women and teenagers are more at risk of having loose spiral birth control. Their ages range from 14 to 19 years. The risk of releasing this spiral birth control will decrease in women over 19 years of age.

2. Recently Undergo a Medical Abortion

Another group of women who are at risk of having their IUD dislodged are those who have had an abortion procedure (curette) for medical reasons. Certain studies suggest that if the IUD is inserted two weeks after the abortion, it is more at risk for it to fall out. This risk will be slightly reduced if the insertion is done at least three weeks after the curettage.

If the IUD is inserted earlier, 6.7 percent of women may experience signs of a problematic IUD due to its release within six months. Meanwhile, if done after three weeks, the percentage drops to 3.3 percent.

What to do if the IUD contraception shifts?

If you feel that the IUD has moved from the uterus, don’t try to put it back on yourself, but contact your doctor and make an appointment to see him as soon as possible. The doctor will carry out examinations and tests to see if the contraceptive has shifted. If so, the doctor will talk with you about options for dealing with it. If you plan to have sex before seeing the doctor, use a backup method of contraception.

—

Basic Elements of Dance – Dance is a form of art and culture. In Indonesia itself has various types of dance from each region. You could say that every region has a different type of dance.

From the different types of dance that are owned by each region, it makes a unique culture and continues to be maintained today. Different types of dance can also be the identity of a region.

Maybe you have heard in school lessons that the art of dance has supporting elements in it. So, let’s learn together about all things related to the art of dance.

One of the discussions that will be explained in this article is about the basic elements of dance. Therefore, so that you also understand more about all things related to the art of dance, see the explanation below.

Definition of Dance

Simply put, dance is a movement of the whole or part of the body that is done rhythmically. Dance is also performed at certain times which can express a purpose, feeling and thought. In addition, dance can be performed with musical accompaniment or without using musical accompaniment.

In dance that uses musical accompaniment, the dancers will follow the rhythm of the music. This means that those who play the music will arrange all the dancers’ movements according to the rhythm so that the message, meaning and purpose can be conveyed properly to the audience.

Even though it has movements that are almost the same as everyday life. But actually the movements in dance are so different from the movements in everyday life. An example is the movement of walking and running in the art of dance will be different from the movements that are carried out every day.

It should be noted that in dance every movement is always very rhythmic. It can even be said that every movement in dance is an elastic and expressive movement. In addition, the movement in dance also comes from three elements, namely wiraga or body, wirama or rhythm and wirasa or taste.

According to the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), dance is an art that involves dancing or rhythmic movements. Then for the definition of dance in the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI) is a rhythmic movement of the body (hands and so on), usually accompanied by sounds (music, gamelan, and so on). From the explanation above, it can be concluded that the element in the art of dance is the movement itself.

Basic Elements of Dance

In the art of dance there are basic elements. According to Eko Purnomo, the basic element of dance is motion. Where the motion includes space, time and energy. An explanation of the scope of the basic elements of dance is below.

1. Space

Space is an area that is used to perform dance movements. Whether it’s a closed room or open space, dance can be done. Some examples of spaces used for dance performances are stages, stages or other places that can be used for dance performances.

2. Time

Every move you make always takes time. Both aesthetic and functional movements always have their own time. Aesthetic movement is a movement that exists in the art of dance and is so pleasing to the eye. While functional movement is a movement that is usually done in everyday life such as walking and running.

In time there is a tempo. This means that each movement always has a different tempo. If the movement is done with a fast tempo. Then the time needed will also be less.

Meanwhile, if a vibration has a very slow tempo. Then the time needed for the movement will also be longer. In dance, tempo is used to create a dynamic impression. Of course this will also make the audience more comfortable enjoying the dance being demonstrated.

3. Energy

Every movement you make requires energy. In the art of dance, the energy used also includes several important things. Among them are as explained below.

• Intensity related to the quantity of energy in dance and produces a certain level of tension in the movement.
• Accents or pressure will appear when a dance movement is carried out suddenly and in contrast.
• Quality relates to the energy used. Where when the dance moves have a high intensity. Then the power used will also be stronger and vice versa.

Elements in the Art of Dance

As explained earlier, if there are several elements in the art of dance. These elements include hero, hero and hero. So that you also understand more about the elements. Here is an explanation of unusr in the art of dance.

1. Body or Body

Wiraga or raga element is one of the elements in the art of dance. The presence of this heroic element will show movements such as jumping, sitting, standing and other movements in the art of dance.

You could say that the element of wiraga is the main element in the art of dance. Because every dance art always has movements that are full of meaning. Every movement in the art of dance is usually known as the choreographer. The existence of the wiraga element makes the movements in dance look so beautiful.

2. Rhythm Or Rhythm

Next there is the element of wirama or element of rhythm. The element of rhythm in dance is created by the accompanists playing music. Basically the dancers must be able to adjust or adapt their movements to the rhythm of the music that accompanies them. Not only that, because the dancers must also be able to follow the tempo of the music.

3. Sense Or Taste

Lastly, there is wirasa or the element of taste. A dance art cannot be displayed just like that without an element of taste in it. When a dance art that is shown does not have a sense in it.

So the art of dance cannot touch the feelings of the audience. Because of this, the element of taste in dance is very important. The element of taste in this dance art can be shown by dancers through expressions and also rhythmic movements. The existence of expressions and rhythmic movements carried out by the dancers will make the audience able to be touched by the dance art that is being displayed.

From the explanation above, it can be concluded that the elements in the art of dance must exist. Every movement shown cannot be called a dance if it does not have these three main elements in it.

Supporting Elements in Dance

The art of dance does not only have main elements. But in it there is also a supporting element. Some of these supporting elements can make the audience so interested to see the dance which is full of rhythmic movements in it.

So that you also understand more about the supporting elements in the art of dance. Then the explanation below will help you more easily.

1. Accompaniment

The first supporting element is the accompaniment element. This accompaniment element can be from the music as well as the dancers themselves. The existence of musical accompaniment will be able to make every movement made by the dancers more rhythmic and more rhythmic.

The combination of musical accompaniment and dance will make the audience more interested in watching it. This is because the attraction given by this combination makes the art of dance more attractive.

Next is the accompaniment of the dancers themselves. An example is shouting, pounding, clapping and so on. The accompaniment of the dancers will make the art of dance look more beautiful to watch.

2. Costumes

Next is the costume which can be a supporting element of the art of dance itself. Each costume worn by the dancers must be adapted to the atmosphere and type of dance itself.

Even dance from each region also has its own costume. From the dance costumes that are different in each region, it will be able to show a more prominent regional element when witnessed by the audience.

3. Makeup

Makeup can also be a supporting element in the art of dance. When dancers don’t use maximum make-up. So there is a possibility that if the expressions shown by the dancers are not optimal at the same time the message and atmosphere of the dance performed will not be conveyed to the audience.

This means that the make-up used in dance must be in accordance with the dance to be performed. Make-up can be done by the dancers themselves or by using the services of a make-up artist.

4. Floor Pattern or Blocking

The art of dance which can always focus on rhythmic movements will make the dancers not only remain silent on the stage. The dancers will be able to move to and fro. Therefore it is very important for a dancer to be able to master the stage.

This is also done so that every movement made by the dancer is able to captivate the attraction of the audience. Mastery of the stage can be done in several ways such as rehearsals before performing, the position of the audience to the size of the stage or place.

When a dancer can master the stage. Then the dance moves that he brings will be able to captivate the audience who witnessed his performance. Then when the dance moves are performed in groups, stage control must also be carried out more thoroughly. This is done so that the dance movements performed by the group of dancers can be seen even more optimally.

5. Movement

Finally, there is movement which also enters into one of the supporting elements in the art of dance. Every dance movement performed by the dancers can be combined with additional movements. Examples are claps, stomps and so forth.

The movements are not only from the hands and feet. However, facial expressions should also be paid more attention. When the art of dance is performed it can be combined with additional movements as well as facial expressions. Then the dance art will look more aesthetic and more stunning.

Dance Function

Dance performance on stage has several functions. You can read some of the functions of this dance in full as the explanation below.

1. Performing Arts

Dance can have a function as a form of performance from art performances, especially for regional arts. The existence of art performances that present dance can make people know the beauty of every dance movement performed by dancers.

Especially when the dance movements that are delivered are already conceptualized. So the art of dance performed by dancers can have its own charm. Even the audience can be more touched by the dance moves on the stage. Besides that, the existence of dance in art performances is also able to increase the tourism aspect of the local area.

2. Traditional Ceremonial Facilities

Indonesia is rich in culture such as dance which is displayed to coincide with traditional ceremonies. Even the art of dance is sometimes also displayed during certain religious rituals.

There are certain goals that are expected when dance is performed during certain traditional ceremonies or religious rituals such as asking for a smooth harvest, begging for rain and so on.

3. Entertainment Facilities

Spectators who watch dance art do not only want to get the meaning that the dancer wants to convey. But the audience also wants to get entertainment from the dance that is being presented before them.

Therefore dance also has a function as a means of entertainment, both for dance lovers and for the common people as well. The more interesting the art of dance that is displayed. Then the audience will be easier to entertain.

4. Association

The final function of dance is as a means of association. Where the existence of dance will facilitate association while increasing social relations from one person to another. Both for fellow dancers and those who help the success of the dance performance.

 

 

Types of Dance Arts

The types of dance are divided into two groups, namely types of dance based on the number of dancers and types of dance based on genre. The two groups are further divided into several other categories. So that you also know more about the types of dance. Then the explanation below will help you.

1. Types of Dance Based on the Number of Dancers

Types of dance based on the number of dancers can be categorized into three categories as explained below.

a. Single or Solo Dance

As the name suggests, this type of solo or solo dance is only performed by one dancer on stage, both male and female dancers.

b. Pair or Duet Dance

Next is the type of dance in pairs or duets. Where later two dancers, be it male dancers with male dancers, female dancers with female dancers or even male dancers with female dancers will bring dance art.

c. Group Dance or Group

Finally, there is the type of group or group dance, in which later dance performances will be performed by a group of dancers. In this type of dance can be done by anyone. This means that both male dancers and female dancers can perform dance performances.

2. Types of Dance by Genre

Types of dance based on genre are still divided into several categories as explained below.

a. Traditional dance

Traditional dance is a dance art that has existed in an area for a long time. Traditional dance arts will be passed on from one generation to the next continuously to create an artistic culture.

b. New Creation Dance

New creation dance is a dance art that keeps up with the times. Several new creations in the art of dance were created from traditional dances which were developed with choreographers who kept up with the current times.

c. Contemporary Dance

Finally, there is the type of contemporary dance. Where in contemporary dance art will use symbolic movements, have uniqueness and have certain meanings in it.

Thus a review of the basic elements of dance as well as the elements and various types of dance. Sinaumed’s can increase their knowledge about the art of dance by reading books available at sinaumedia.com . As #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia always provides the best products so you have #MoreWithReading information.

Author: Hendrik

Basic Concepts of Economics – Since the writing and publication of a book entitled “The Wealth of Nation” in 1776 by Smith, economics has experienced rapid development. 1776 is often considered the birth year of economics. Smith is also called the father of economics.

Economics was growing and Smith’s ideas became the basis for other economists, namely Malthus, Ricardo, and John Stuart Mill. The later economists are classified as classical economists.

This classical economist was later developed by the Austrian School and then continued by Leon Walras, Alfred Marshall, and others in the 1890s, then gave birth to the development of a part of economic theory known as microeconomic theory .

The economic situation that occurred in the 1930s gave rise to new economists. In 1936, a book “The General Theory of Employment, Interest and Money” was born, published by John Maynard Keynes, a great economist who succeeded in giving birth to other works in the economic field.

The work convinced economists and stakeholders in overcoming the economic crises that were experienced at that time. These two major works in the world of science, especially economics, continue to grow in both developed and developing countries.

1. Definition of Economics

The word economy comes from the Greek word “oikonomia” , which means household management. The origin of the word “oikos” which means family or household, and “nomos” which means rules, rules, or law. ” Oikonomia ” is defined as the rules of society as a natural law that determines a good household.

Whereas science, according to the Big Indonesian Dictionary, is a field that is systematically arranged according to certain methods that can be used to explain certain phenomena in that field of knowledge.

So, economics as stated by the father of economics, Smith defines economics as systematically studying human behavior in an effort to allocate limited resources to achieve goals.

Sadono Sukirno (2016) in his book Microeconomics defines economics to analyze costs and benefits and improve patterns of resource use, both natural resources and human resources.

In a book entitled “Economic” by Paul Samuelson it is stated that economics is a study of the behavior of people and society in choosing to use scarce resources and have alternative uses in order to produce various commodities to continue distributing them both now and in the future to various individuals and groups in a society.

According to Bangun (2007), economics begins with the gap between available resources and human desires . As it is known that resources with human desires have different properties. Resources are limited in nature while human wants are unlimited. Then a gap arises between the two which results in problems related to the use of resources.

Robert B Ekelund Jr and Robert D Tollison explain, economics is that the study of how individuals and societies, experiencing virtually limitless wants, prefer to allocate scarce resources to best satisfy their wants.

Which means that economics is a science that studies how people and people who have unlimited wants choose to allocate limited resources to fulfill their wants.

Based on several definitions of economics put forward by experts, it is clear that economics is a science that studies human endeavors in meeting their unlimited needs with limited resources.

In understanding economics from understanding to other things, Sinaumed’s can read the book Introduction to Economics which is below.

2. Classification of Economics

a. Descriptive Economics

The descriptive economic group works by collecting information or factual information about economic problems and describing the actual economic situation in society.

Descriptive economics provides an explanation that involves initial determination (identification), providing understanding, compiling information, measuring conditions, and collecting data. With this activity, some knowledge is obtained about existing facts or empirical data, for example: the number of the workforce, the origin of economic institutions, the structure of labor unions, and so on.

b. Economic Theory (Economic Theory)

Economic theory (economic theory) is a science that studies theoretically and the basic concepts of individual and community behavior in determining the allocation of scarce resources in an effort to fulfill and improve the quality of life.

This means economic analysis that explains, seeks understanding, causal relationships, and the workings of the economic system. This economic theory is a conceptual framework derived from some real data that is compiled, processed, and tested so as to form general assumptions. This economic theory is divided into two, namely macroeconomics and microeconomics.

1) Macroeconomics

Part of economics that specifically studies the working mechanism of the economy as a whole. Macroeconomics covers broad economic phenomena such as unemployment rates, economic growth rates, inflation, national income, and price levels. The goal of macroeconomics is to understand economic events and to formulate and improve economic policies. There are basic concepts in Macroeconomic Theory and this can be learned by Sinaumed’s in the book Introduction to Macroeconomics.

 

2) Microeconomics

Microeconomics is a part of economics that studies the behavior of individuals and production households or companies in making decisions to allocate limited resources. Examples are consumer or producer behavior, demand, supply, production costs, and others. Economics also learns about mathematical analysis which is discussed in the Microeconomic Theory book which is below.

 

c. Applied Economics

Applied economics (applied economics) means economics that examines theoretical economics to be applied in real life where it is practical and can be applied in various fields.

This applied economics is an analysis of theoretical economics to formulate appropriate policies and guidelines for dealing with economic problems on certain issues such as economics in companies, banking economics, and others.

As one of them is in making business decisions within a company that are in accordance with expectations and this is discussed in the book Managerial Economics by Iman Supriadi, ST., MM.

3. Branch of Economics

Economics is divided into eight branches, including:

a. Monetary economics

Monetary economics is a branch of economics that discusses money, banking and other financial institutions such as inflation , interest rates, the amount of money in circulation, and so on. Or simply, it is part of economics that studies the nature, function, and influence of money in various economic activities, which Sinaumed’s can learn from the book Monetary Economics: A Case Study of Indonesia.

 

b. Public economics

Public economics is a branch of economics that talks about government policies in the economy. Matters discussed in public economics include the APBN , APBD , government debt, taxes , levies, and others that Sinaumed’s can learn from in the book Public Economics by Bambang Suprayitno below.

 

c. Industrial economics

Industrial economics is a branch of economics that focuses on the interaction of companies in an industry. The interaction can be in the form of company performance or business competition. The discussion on this branch of industrial economics is included in the scope of microeconomics. You can learn about topics such as market structure, market competition behavior, monopolies and many others in the book Industrial Economics by Muhammad Teguh below.

 

d. International economics

International economics is defined as a branch of economics that discusses economic activity between countries. This economic activity can be in the form of trade transactions between countries, state investment flows, and balance of payments. International Economics itself has an important role in the international business cycle according to the International Economics book below.

 

e. Regional economics

Regional economics is a branch of economics which, among other things, discusses economic interactions between regions and the development process of a region. In order to better understand both the theory and practice of economics, Sinaumed’s can read the book Regional Economics Theory and Practice.

 

f. Natural resource economics

Natural Resource Economics (SDA) is a branch of economics which discusses the problems and optimal allocation of natural resources from an economic perspective. The subject matter of natural resource economics includes positive and negative externalities.

g. Human resource economics

Economics Human Resources (HR) is a branch of economics that discusses the factors of production of labor in. Discussions in this branch include: the issue of unemployment, minimum wages, and the education level of prospective workers which Sinaumed’s can learn from in the Revised Edition of The Economics of Human Resources: In Perspective of Development by Mulyadi Subri.

 

h. Islamic economics

Islamic economics is economics that aims to implement Islamic economics. The main points of discussion include the principle of profit sharing, the elimination of usury, zakat, and others which are discussed in the book Sharia Economics by Chatarina Vista Okta Frida below.

 

4. Economic Problems

In general, people must have diverse needs ranging from personal needs to community needs, both primary needs, secondary needs, and tertiary. Human needs are unlimited while the means of satisfying needs are very limited. This is the main problem in economics, where there is a gap between expectations and reality, there is a gap between needs and means of satisfying needs.

a. According to the classical flow

The main economic problems according to the classical school are production (human activities to produce goods or services), distribution (activities of channeling goods or services from producers to consumers), and consumption (human activities reduce the use value of a product, namely goods or services).

b. According to the modern flow

The main economic problems according to modern schools are what (what), how (how), and for whom (for whom). What means what goods and services will be produced and in what quantity.

To determine production, one must understand the goods needed by society, so it is necessary to take into account natural resources and human resources. How means discussing the process of the goods being made and how to combine the factors of production or natural resources in production . With limited economic resources available, producers must be able to combine.

For whom (for whom the goods are produced) means for whom the goods will be produced or for which layer of society will enjoy the goods and services provided and how the goods and services will reach the hands of consumers.

In studying economic issues, the book Contemporary Problems of the National and Regional Economy below specifically discusses various national economic issues such as exchange rates, exports of the manufacturing industry, and many more.

 

5. Methodology of Economics

In general, the method of economics in analyzing economic problems starts from observing the object of the problem, determining the relationship of the problem with related economic theory, determining hypotheses, identifying problems through questions, determining the variables to be studied, and determining the assumptions and models used to obtain solution.

a. Make observations and choose a theory

Observation and theory also have a relationship in the economic field. For example: an economist who lives in another country outside Indonesia experiencing an increase in the price of goods is quickly moved to make observations of this phenomenon. The economist can use the theory of inflation.

This theory could conclude that high inflation occurs because the government prints too much money. To confirm this theory, the economist collects data on price increases and the amount of money in circulation from several different countries.

If the amount of money printed has no effect on price increases, the economist will doubt the suitability of the inflation theory to explain the conditions under study. If these facts have a strong correlation with price increases, the economist will be more convinced of the truth of the inflation theory.

b. Identify problems and determine variables and hypotheses

The next methodology is to identify the problem in the form of a question. Questions that will be asked to parties related to the object to be analyzed must be precise so that problems can be identified clearly.

Then the appropriate variables can be determined in determining hypotheses or temporary answers to the problems that occur, economics uses the ceteris paribus assumption. The term ceteris paribus assumption is often used to simplify various formulations and descriptions of various economic assumptions.

According to the definition of ceteris paribus, the focus of attention is only on certain variables. While the other variables do not affect the analysis being carried out. After the hypothesis is obtained, then a hypothesis test is carried out by focusing on the variables studied. At the same time, other factors are assumed to be considered in the trial.

c. Using assumptions and models

The limitations commonly faced by economics include:
1) The object of research in economics cannot be localized.
2) In economics, humans are the subject and object of investigation. Therefore the conclusions and generalizations generated cannot be absolute.
3) Economics does not have a laboratory to conduct economic experiments.

Some economists devise a theory, collect data, then analyze the data to prove the theory. To draw a conclusion, economists usually use the model assumption method.

Economists make assumptions to simplify a complex problem to make it easier. To examine the effect of international trade, for example, it can be assumed that there are only two countries that produce two types of goods in the world.

Even though the world actually consists of hundreds of countries, each country produces different types of goods. By understanding international trade in the assumption of two countries and two types of goods, it will be easier to understand international trade .

6. Benefits of Economics

Everyone needs to master or study economics because everyone may face scarcity in meeting their needs. Some of the benefits of studying economics include:

a. Teaches ways of thinking that can be used every day when you need to make decisions

The way of thinking in question is the three fundamental concepts in economics, namely opportunity costs, marginality, and efficient markets. Opportunity cost is the best alternative that is sacrificed or stopped when making a decision.

Marginality is the process of analyzing the additional costs or benefits that arise from a decision. And an efficient market is a market where the opportunity to earn profits is almost instantly eliminated because some people are looking for the same profit opportunities so there are only a few opportunities left.

b. To understand society better

By studying economics, you can find answers to several questions such as why people decide to shop, build buildings, buy transportation or manufacture it, build factories, and so on.

c. To understand global issues

A good understanding of economics is very important in helping one understand the world’s problems. Just an example of war in other countries. The war in Iraq and the Venezuelan attack in 2003 caused the world oil market to experience turmoil which resulted in rising energy costs around the world.

Recommendations for Economic Books and Articles

For those of you who are studying economics, here are some recommendations for studying economics that you can have:

1. Globalization, Constitutional Economics, and the Economics Nobel

2. Monetary Economy: Case Study of Indonesia

3. Indonesian Economic Politics

Reference:
Wake up, Wilson. 2007. Microeconomic Theory. Bandung: PT Refika Aditama.
Sukurno, Sadono. 2016. Microeconomics. Jakarta: Raja Grafindo Persada.

Basic Accounting and Basic Concepts of Accounting – A business or business is certainly closely related to the basic concepts of accounting. Why is that? This is because the basic concepts of accounting are the foundation or main foundation in carrying out the process of recording, summarizing, clarifying, displaying and processing data.

This is what makes the basic concept of accounting inseparable from every business or business activity. A company that uses basic accounting concepts in running its business will certainly get convenience in every matter related to company finances. 

If you have a business entity or business, it is very important for you to understand every financial record. By knowing the amount of debits and credits in the company, the company’s financial reports become easier to do. However, the process of such financial records is certainly not easy. You need basic and mature accounting concepts first. 

1. Basic Concepts of Accounting

The basic concept of accounting itself is defined as a formula or concept that applies in general to obtain a unified analysis, views and opinions from parties providing financial information to other parties. 

This concept needs to be understood carefully and carefully. A mature understanding will help companies avoid mistakes in making financial records. If this risk occurs, it can cause a lot of losses or lead to bankruptcy for the company. Overall, these basic accounting concepts serve as guidelines in preparing various types of financial issues, especially for accounting practices. 

In understanding accounting concepts and related topics such as the accounting cycle, trading company accounting, cash and control, and many more, Sinaumed’s can learn the Essentials of Basic Concepts of Accounting.

2. Formulation of the Basic Concepts of Accounting

The opinion of Paton and Littleton quoted from Suwardjono in 2005 states that the basic concept of accounting consists of the concept of business entity or entity theory , business continuity or going concern , award agreement, effort and results or effort and accomplishment, attached price or cost attached, assumptions and the last consists of verified evidence. 

Then, Anthony, Hawkins, and Merchants also added details about this basic accounting concept. Quoted by Suwardjono in 2005, they explained

if the basic concept of accounting has several points such as the concept of measurement with units of money, the entity concept, the concept of business continuity, multiple aspects, conservatism, the concept of cost, accounting period, realization, matching, materiality and consistency.

Also find an explanation of the basics of accounting that you should know before going further through the book Basics of Accounting by Lili M.

To better understand the formulation of the basic accounting concepts that have been mentioned. The following are some of the basic accounting formulas in more detail. 

 

2.1 Accounting Unit

The accounting entity is the data and information provided in the financial statements. The data and information must clearly state the unit or company being reported. Clear financial data and information from a company will make it easier for companies to carry out financial reporting. 

 

2.2 Corporate Continuity

Company continuity in the basic concept of accounting is very necessary. With the continuity of the company, the company’s financial information can also be monitored. If a business entity only runs for a few weeks or only in a matter of months, of course the accounting information obtained is just in vain. 

Therefore, a company must continue to exist or continue to run continuously. Thus, various information or company financial data can be continuously monitored. 

 

2.3 Accounting Period

The existence of an accounting period is needed by a company in monitoring its financial position. This accounting period is also closely related to the reporting of financial information within the company where a sustainable company can be divided into periods in the form of financial reports.

A certain period in the company can be used as a benchmark for the financial condition of the company. Thus, company management can use financial reports as a strong foundation in making further company decisions. 

2.4 Measurement in the Value of Money

Accounting information in a business must also have language uniformity which is called the value of money. Language uniformity with money is important in presenting company information or data. 

If the units of measurement are different, of course it will be difficult to compare any available information. Overall, the monetary value and financial position or results of operations of a company form the basis of unity in the language of accounting. 

 

2.5 Basic Accounting Acquisition Price

Any assets acquired must be recorded in the financial statements. Any value paid in obtaining these assets is the value that will be recorded in the financial statements. Furthermore, this value will be presented in the company’s financial statements. 

Various information related to basic accounting that is also needed by the community in everyday life is also discussed in Basic Accounting: A Smart Book for Beginners.

2.6 Determination of Income and Expenses

For the problem of determining income and costs, the company must clearly indicate the reporting period. Reporting of income and expenses is also closely related to the assets and debts of the company or related parties. Basically, the determination of income and costs requires that transparent records also require consistent recording every year. 

 

2.7 Consistency of the Basic Concepts of Accounting

The principle of consistency in the basic concepts of accounting is also important for a company. A company that consistently applies this principle from one period to the next will make it easier for them to obtain financial data and information presented in financial reports. Accurate financial reports can be the basis for making important decisions in the company. 

 

2.8 Objectivity and Materiality

Objectivity can be defined as data and financial information presented without considering one or certain parties. The notion of materiality can be interpreted as data or financial information arising from transactions with small amounts. This materiality can be said to have no effect on the company’s financial statements, so it can be ignored. 

 

2.9 Conservatism and Realization

The concept of conservatism and realization should be emphasized in the basis and concept of accounting. The concept of conservatism itself focuses on presenting financial information where those who record and receive fees must be more careful. 

By emphasizing the principle of conservatism, the financial information that will be presented will be accurate. Then, the notion of realization is that the financial data and information presented must be transparent. The financial statements must display the basis for recognizing revenue that already exists in the profit and loss summary.  

 

2.10 Open Statement

An open statement relates to various known information or data as well as information that has the potential or could occur. All of this information should be presented in the financial statements. The form of the statement can be in the form of a footnote or in the form of a note in the financial statements. 

3. Accrual Basic

The accrual basis is also known as the accrual basis and accrual basis. This accrual basis is the basis of accounting where economic transactions or financial transactions are recognized, recorded and presented in the financial statements. The financial statements are based on the effects of transactions when these transactions occur without regard to when cash is received or when it is paid.  

 

4. Basic Cash ( Cash Basic )

In contrast to the accrual basis, the cash basis or cash basis is a recording model on the basic accounting concept in which the process of recording transactions is carried out when cash is received or disbursed. 

So, if there is a transaction in the form of payables and receivables, but there is no incoming or outgoing cash, then this type of transaction cannot be included in the financial records with the basic cash model. 

For example, if your company gets income from a company but the money will be given at a later time then this transaction event will not be recorded. This is because there is no incoming cash so it is not considered as company income. 

5. Concept of Business Unity

The concept of a business entity can be interpreted as the presentation of data or financial information about the company that provides information on the company’s own financial problems. Basically the company’s financial concept is separate from anyone, including the owner of the company.

 The company’s finances must also be separated from the finances of its employees and so is the case with the finances of the company’s directors. Therefore, the company is considered as a body or organization that stands alone without the interference of any party. 

In addition, the principle of business unity is also considered important in the world of accounting because all types of transactions recorded by accounting must be viewed from the perspective of a business entity. Thus, accounting displays performance results, financial condition and other financial information about the company as an independent entity and separate from its owners. 

In simple terms, it can be said that although most of the company’s assets come from company owners, these assets must still be under the auspices of the company and not the company owner. 

You can find various basic accounting information which is a combination of conceptual and procedural in the Accounting Fundamentals book, With Simple Examples for a More Concrete Picture.

6. Continuity ( Going Concern )

A productive company will certainly carry out various activities so that its business can run continuously at any time. During the period when the company is running, it takes the name of the company’s financial statements. 

The company’s financial reports that are made every period or at a certain time will be very useful to be used as a comparison of the company’s progress from time to time. With these financial reports, accurate data and information will be obtained regarding the ebb and flow of income and expenses in a company. 

 

Thus, the company can make new decisions or stick to the old strategy in developing its business through data from the financial statements. 

Basically, most accounting principles are based on the going concern assumption. A business company will still have a long life, this is what underlies the concept of the assumption of survival in accounting. 

Experience indicates that some companies even though they have experienced many failures, they still survive and experience a long viability. 

 

7. Determination of Expenses and Income ( Matching Concept )

Determination of expenses and income or known as the matching concept can only be recognized in a certain period so that the company’s expenses or income that have actually been incurred have been realized. 

As for the process of calculating company profits and losses, it must be reported with an overview that is in accordance with the circumstances that occur and for a certain period of time within a certain period. Small-scale business entities can use the concept of cash basis because they only have a few trade receivables and payables. However, for large companies, they are required to use the accrual basis concept.

8. Acquisition Price ( Cost )

Every transaction with a business entity or company when purchasing goods must be recorded in the financial statements. For example, if a company buys equipment for 10 million rupiah and then the tool is charged an installation fee of 2 million rupiah, the acquisition price will be 12 million rupiah. 

The burden or cost of installation must be added up with the price of the tool so that the total is 12 million rupiah. This value is then entered in the company’s accounting records. Thus, the acquisition price is the amount of money spent when obtaining goods or services. 

Some experts also have their own views regarding this acquisition price. According to Haryono Jusup, the acquisition cost is the total amount of expenses sacrificed by a person. 

Meanwhile, according to Wit and Erhans, the acquisition cost is the purchase price plus all the costs used. Overall, fixed assets and acquisition costs are a very important component in every company. 

Therefore, these two elements cannot be separated from one another. This is because, both assets and acquisition costs are a single entity that supports the success of a business entity. If the two do not go hand in hand then the risk of loss can occur within the company. 

To answer questions related to basic accounting concepts, book 225 Basic Accounting Questions and Answers is here to help you answer all the questions.

9. Accounting Period

The accounting period plays a major role in the principles of a company’s financial statements. Therefore any financial data or information must be reported periodically. The reporting period can be calculated monthly, quarterly, every six months, or once a year. Reporting of this type of financial information is referred to as the accounting period. With this accounting period system, the company will also find it easier to determine the next company strategy or policy. 

In Indonesia, the most frequently used accounting periods are monthly, quarterly and annually. From a big company to even the smallest business entity, if you want to develop into a bigger company, then of course you need periodic reports. This periodic report will support the development of the company from time to time. 

 

10. Measurement of the Value of Money

Every type of transaction that exists in a company must be measured using a certain unit of money. The same is true for matters of assets, debts and capital in a business entity. With this measurement using the value of money, the value of all the company’s wealth or income can be calculated. 

Accounting related articles

• Public Sector Accounting: Definition According to Experts, Objectives, Types
• Closing Journal: Definition, Examples of Closing Journals, How to Make

 

11. Examples of Basic Books and Accounting Concepts

One of the books that can be used as a guidebook in studying the basics and concepts of accounting is a book entitled Digest of Basic Concepts of Accounting. This book was written by one of the Indonesian accounting experts or experts, namely Mr. Hery, Se, M.si., Crp., Rsa., Cfrm. 

This book, entitled Digest of Basic Accounting Concepts, was created to help readers, especially novice accountants, to become proficient in mastering accounting principles independently. At the beginning of this book, you will be presented with topics that address the accounting cycle. Then readers will also find other accounting topics such as Accounting for Trading Companies, Cash and Control, Accounts Receivable Accounting, Inventory, Fixed Assets, Bonds Payable, to Bond investments and also Stocks. As for the second part of this book, it will also invite readers to better understand accounting concepts using the accounting dictionary format. 

Examples of other basic accounting introductory books

 

Material Related to Basic Accounting

Barista is – Barista is a very popular contemporary term, especially among today’s youth. With the expansion of cafes and coffee shops, the word “barista” no longer feels foreign. In general, the barista is someone who is in charge of preparing and serving coffee. So, is this 100% true?

Barista turns out to be someone who then specializes in making and serving various drinks. Plus, most baristas do more than just make great-tasting drinks. In fact, the barista is also tasked with helping to manage inventory, run the cash register, and solve various other problems.

Many of the baristas then receive an hourly fee, but are often able to earn tips in addition to their hourly wages. In addition, to become a barista, special skills are needed in preparing drinks.

Want to know, what skills are needed by baristas, especially coffee baristas? To find out the info, then you can refer to this review, Sinaumed’s. So, what are you waiting for, see the review until it’s finished, OK?

Barista Skills

The word barista comes from Italian, which means “bartender”. Baristas in Italy serve alcoholic and non-alcoholic drinks, including coffee and espresso drinks. In the United States and Indonesia the term itself is limited to coffee-based drinks.

Below are some coffee barista skills that you need to have if you want to become a coffee barista, starting from technical skills and also soft skills :

1. Knowledge of Coffee

Baristas must have technical skills and knowledge about coffee. There are many things a barista should know about coffee. For example, knowledge about the different types of coffee and their different tastes. For example, Arabica coffee has a more sour taste when compared to Robusta coffee.

Differences in the size of the coffee bean grinder, the right temperature to use for steaming milk, roasting (temperature and time affect the final result and taste of coffee), coffee brewing methods, and so on. With basic knowledge about coffee and good technical skills , a barista can then work optimally and be able to serve quality coffee with the right taste.

2. Good Communication

In addition to knowledge about coffee, a barista must also have good communication skills. Baristas must be able to receive and convey information properly. For example, he must be able to accept customer orders as well as provide information about drinks, food, recommend menus, as well as discounts and various other information related to coffee shops.

The barista approach does not only apply to customers, but also to fellow co-workers. This is important to do in order to avoid miscommunication and create a more conducive working atmosphere.

3. Teamwork (Teamwork)

When it comes to rush hour for a coffee shop, there is a lot of work to be done. For example, with the number of incoming orders, tables that must be cleaned, payments that must then be processed, and so on. In order for conditions like this to remain conducive, good teamwork skills are also needed so that customer satisfaction can then be fulfilled.

Teamwork itself can be done by dividing tasks, such as someone in charge of preparing orders in the kitchen, someone in charge of receiving orders and processing payments at the cashier, also in charge of keeping the coffee shop clean.

4. Multitasking

Multitasking is a skill that allows a barista to be able to handle several tasks at once. This is often required in coffee shops, especially during rush hours. In terms of multitasking , a barista then needs to complete all tasks quickly and precisely.

During peak hours, a barista is required to take orders, receive payments, operate the cash register, deliver orders, all at the same time. Therefore, multitasking skills and also focus are then needed in a barista.

5. Must be detailed and thorough

This detail and thoroughness is necessary for a barista so that a barista can reduce the possibility of making mistakes and increase customer satisfaction. For example, by remembering customer orders, making orders correctly, also cleaning the espresso machine thoroughly. Apart from that, a barista must also understand customer special orders, present orders according to the order in which orders were received, and so on.

6. Customer Service Skills

Customer service skills are a customer service skill. According to Kotler and Keller (2007), the quality of this service then affects customer satisfaction which will increase interest in buying or reusing the product. So, the better the quality of service provided by the barista to customers, it will increase the likelihood of customers coming back to the coffee shop.

Barista Responsibilities

The duties of a barista do not only make coffee, here are 5 responsibilities of a barista:

1. Preparing and Serving Coffee

The barista’s first task is to make and serve good coffee to customers. Not only coffee, but all types of drinks on the menu list. This is because there are also coffee shops that provide non-coffee menus such as chocolate, green tea, pulled tea, thai tea, and so on.

So, not infrequently, a barista is then in charge of preparing snacks or various snacks. Each coffee shop may have a different way of making coffee. Some use machines, some are still manual, or use both of these methods simultaneously.

2. Maintaining and Cleaning Espresso Machines

Apart from having to be able to operate an espresso machine, a barista is also responsible for maintaining and maintaining the cleanliness of the machine. Cleaning the espresso machine itself has its own way so that the machine can stay clean, then it can operate properly and is not damaged.

How to clean the porta filter can be done by soaking it in hot water for approximately 30 minutes after use. Or cleaning the steam wand (to make milk froth) is also different. This machine must also always be clean, so every time you finish using it, you must wipe the steam wand using a damp cloth. This cloth itself is specifically used to clean the steam wand so that the cleanliness of the machine is maintained.

3. Keeping the Coffee Shop Clean

Coffee shop cleanliness can also be part of a barista’s duties. A clean and tidy coffee shop will make customers feel comfortable and want to come again. The cleanliness of the coffee shop that needs to be maintained includes the dining area such as the dining table, cashier area, kitchen, and so on.

4. Receiving And Serving Customer Orders

If you go to a coffee shop, you can also see the number of employees, which are usually only 2-3 people. Therefore, the barista is also in charge of receiving and serving customer orders. Not only that, a barista is also in charge of receiving and processing customer payments. So, a barista must have a friendly attitude and be able to operate a cash register.

5. Explaining and Suggesting Menus for Consumers

Customers who come to coffee shops certainly vary. Some are used to drinking coffee and know what to order. However, there are also customers who are still very new to coffee and are still confused about what to order. A barista is then tasked with explaining and recommending the menu to his customers.

For example, the barista could ask “How do you like coffee?” After hearing an explanation from the customer, the barista then explains and recommends a menu according to what the customer wants. Or when a customer asks “what’s the most recommended drink here, sis?” You can explain the details of the menu well so that customers have an idea of ​​the coffee they want to order.

Barista Salary

Barista is one of the jobs that young people or millennials then dream of. The barista looks cool while making coffee for the visitors who come. So, how much is a barista salary?

Take a peek at the barista salaries at the newest Starbucks in 2022. Barista salaries are divided into two, namely the salary of a barista who works full time and the salary of a part-time barista. According to various sources, the salary of a full time barista according to the local UMK (City Minimum Wage), is around IDR 4,000,000-IDR 4,500,000.

This nominal itself does not include intensive. Meanwhile, part-time baristas will be given a salary of IDR 1,500,000-IDR 2,000,000, depending on working hours. Because the part time barista is then calculated per 4 hours of work or 8 hours of work.

Criteria Required Barista

If you are interested in becoming a barista, there are several specific criteria that you need to meet, including:

1. Can operate an espresso machine. This is the main thing that is needed for a barista because the main responsibility of a barista is none other than making coffee.
2. Assessing the quality of the ingredients, whether the coffee used is good and suitable for use, whether the available materials are still suitable for serving coffee, and so on.
3. Can use a grinding machine. A machine used to grind coffee beans.
4. The barista is in charge of dispensing drinks according to a predetermined measure.
5. A barista must be patient, thorough, and diligent. These three characteristics need to be owned by a barista. Accuracy, patience, and persistence are closely related in producing a delicious coffee concoction.

From all the discussion above, it can be said that a barista is someone who works as a concoction or drink maker. In Indonesia, the term barista is better known as someone who mixes coffee.

Thus the discussion about the barista along with the skills that must be possessed. Hopefully all the discussion above can add to your insight. So, are you interested in becoming a barista?

Are you interested in deepening your knowledge about coffee? If you want to find books about coffee, then you can get them at sinaumedia.com . To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

Author: Sofyan

Source: From various sources

Recommended Books Related to Barista

Trubus Bundle 2017 Vol 3: Coffee Business With Low Capital

Coffee business people take advantage from the plantation by selling fresh fruit, roasted beans, and ready-to-serve drinks in cafes which are now mushrooming. Then in which segment are coffee’s big profits? Which segment is capital efficient, but the profit is big? The answer to that question can be found in the 2017 Trubus Special Collection (TCS) 3. Apart from coffee business opportunities, TCS also provides other information that is no less interesting. Call it the trick to opening the world’s organic market, quail business opportunities, portraits of the orange market, and how to dilute oranges in Italian-style pots. You can also learn from the experiences of young entrepreneurs and heroines who are successful in agriculture. All of this information is fully presented in this TCS which is supported by attractive photos and illustrations.

 

Home Brewing Coffee; An Easy Way to Make Barista-style Coffee at Home

 

Coffee Gardening

 

Trubus Bundle 2017 Vol 3: Coffee Business With Low Capital

To make it easier for someone to identify goods, usually using a barcode. Therefore, on the back of a product there are usually lines accompanied by numbers. Then, what exactly is meant by a barcode? Find the answer here, Sinaumed’s.

Definition of Barcodes

Barcode is a unique identification system consisting of horizontal and spaced lines that have different lengths and spacing. Barcodes can be read by scanners or cameras, and can be used to identify data precisely and quickly.

Barcodes were first created by Bernard Silver and Norman Woodland in 1948. They managed to find a way to convert text information into machine-readable lines and spaces. At first, barcodes were only used to identify products in grocery stores, but along with technological developments, barcodes began to be used to identify products in various fields.

Currently, there are several types of barcodes that can be used, including Barcode EAN-13, Barcode UPC-A, Barcode Code 39, Barcode QR Code, Barcode Code 128, Barcode Datamatrix, Barcode PDF417, and Barcode MaxiCode. Each type of barcode has advantages and disadvantages, so it must be selected according to needs.

Using barcodes has several advantages, including increasing efficiency and accuracy in store services, facilitating product search, and being able to store more complete information about products. However, there are also some disadvantages of using barcodes, such as the costs that must be incurred to purchase the required equipment and software, as well as the difficulty in reading barcodes that read blurry or damaged.

Even so, the use of barcodes is still considered an effective way of identifying products in stores. With barcodes, product search and service processes can be carried out more quickly and accurately, thereby increasing customer satisfaction and the smooth running of business in stores.

History of Barcodes

The history of barcodes begins in 1948, when Bernard Silver and Norman Woodland managed to find a way to convert text information into machine-readable lines and spaces. This discovery is very useful in increasing efficiency and accuracy in servicing in grocery stores.

After the invention of the barcode, Bernard Silver and Norman Woodland continued to develop barcode technology to increase its storage capacity and reading speed. In 1952, they founded a company called International Business Machines (IBM) to sell barcode equipment and software to grocery stores around the world.

In 1973, the UPC-A (Universal Product Code) became the first barcoding standard used in the United States. UPC-A can hold up to 12 alphanumeric characters, and is typically used to identify small products such as snacks or drinks.

In the 1980s, barcode technology began to develop rapidly, and several types of barcodes were found, including Barcode EAN-13, Barcode Code 39, Barcode QR Code, Barcode Code 128, Barcode Datamatrix, Barcode PDF417, and Barcode MaxiCode. Each type of barcode has advantages and disadvantages, so it must be selected according to needs.

Currently, the use of barcodes is still considered as an effective way of identifying products in stores. With barcodes, product search and service processes can be carried out more quickly and accurately, thereby increasing customer satisfaction and the smooth running of business in stores.

Figure Inventor Barcode

Barcode inventors are Bernard Silver and Norman Woodland. Bernard Silver was born on June 28, 1922 in New York City, United States. He is a scientist and engineer known for his inventions in the field of information technology.

After graduating from Columbia University in 1943, Bernard Silver worked as an engineer for the National Defense Research Committee during World War II. After the war, he joined the Drexel Institute of Technology in Philadelphia as an assistant professor of mathematics.

At Drexel, Bernard Silver met Norman Woodland, a mathematics student who was looking for ideas for his thesis. Together, Bernard Silver and Norman Woodland developed the idea of ​​converting text information into machine-readable lines and spaces.

In 1948, Bernard Silver and Norman Woodland managed to find a way to create barcodes. They use ultraviolet light to measure the distance between lines and spaces on a barcode, so it can be read by a scanner. Their invention is very useful in increasing the efficiency and accuracy of service in grocery stores.

After inventing the barcode, Bernard Silver and Norman Woodland continued to develop barcode technology to increase its storage capacity and reading speed. In 1952, they founded a company called International Business Machines (IBM) to sell barcode equipment and software to grocery stores around the world.

Bernard Silver died on May 24, 1963 in Philadelphia, United States. He is known as one of the inventors of barcodes that contributed to increasing efficiency and accuracy in services at grocery stores.

Barcode Types

1. Barcode EAN-13

The EAN-13 barcode is the most commonly used barcode type in the world. This barcode consists of 13 digit numbers that can be read by a scanner or camera. The EAN-13 barcode is usually used to identify products in supermarkets.

Barcode EAN-13 (European Article Number) is a type of barcode that can contain up to 13 alphanumeric characters. This barcode is usually used to identify products that have more complete information.

The EAN-13 barcode uses symbols that can be read by a scanner or camera. These symbols consist of horizontal, vertical, and diagonal lines that have different lengths and spacing. Each symbol has a different meaning, so it can be used to identify data correctly.

EAN-13 barcodes can be generated using special software available on the internet or can be purchased at stores that sell computer equipment. Once created, the EAN-13 barcode can be printed and affixed to the products to be sold. When the product is checked at the cashier, the scanner will read the existing EAN-13 barcode and display information related to the product, such as price, description, and so on.

The EAN-13 barcode is very useful in identifying products that have more complete information. With the EAN-13 barcode, these products can be identified precisely and quickly, thereby helping to improve efficiency and accuracy in store services.

2. Barcode UPC-A

The UPC-A barcode is a type of barcode that is similar to the EAN-13 barcode, except that this barcode consists of 12 digit numbers. The UPC-A barcode is typically used to identify products in the United States.

The UPC-A barcode is a type of barcode that is similar to the EAN-13 barcode, except that this barcode consists of 12 digit numbers. The UPC-A barcode is typically used to identify products in the United States.

UPC-A barcodes use symbols that can be read by scanners or cameras. These symbols consist of horizontal lines and spaces that have different lengths and spacing. Each symbol has a different meaning, so it can be used to identify data correctly.

UPC-A barcodes can be generated using special software available on the internet or can be purchased at stores that sell computer equipment. Once created, the UPC-A barcode can be printed and affixed to the product to be sold. When the product is checked at the checkout, the scanner will read the existing UPC-A barcode and display information related to the product, such as price, description, and so on.

UPC-A barcodes are very useful in organizing and managing product data in stores in the United States more efficiently and accurately. The UPC-A barcode can also help improve the quality of service in stores, so consumers can feel more satisfied and comfortable.

3. Barcode Code 39 

Barcode Code 39 is a type of barcode that can contain up to 39 alphanumeric characters. This barcode is usually used to identify products that have long names.

Barcode Code 39 is a type of barcode that can contain up to 39 alphanumeric characters. This barcode is usually used to identify products that have long names.

Barcode Code 39 uses symbols that can be read by scanners or cameras. These symbols consist of horizontal lines and spaces that have different lengths and spacing. Each symbol has a different meaning, so it can be used to identify data correctly.

Barcode Code 39 can be made using special software available on the internet or can be purchased at stores that sell computer equipment. Once created, the Code 39 barcode can be printed and affixed to the product to be sold. When the product is checked at the cashier, the scanner will read the existing Code 39 barcode and display information related to the product, such as price, description, and others.

Barcode Code 39 is very useful in identifying products with long names. With the Code 39 barcode, these products can be identified precisely and quickly, so that they can help improve efficiency and accuracy in store services.

4. QR code barcodes

Barcode QR Code is a type of barcode that can contain up to 4000 alphanumeric characters. This barcode is usually used to identify products that have more complete information.

Barcode QR Code is a type of barcode that can contain up to 4000 alphanumeric characters. This barcode is usually used to identify products that have more complete information.

Barcode QR Code uses symbols that can be read by a scanner or camera. These symbols consist of horizontal, vertical, and diagonal lines that have different lengths and spacing. Each symbol has a different meaning, so it can be used to identify data correctly.

Barcode QR Code can be made using special software available on the internet or can be purchased at stores that sell computer equipment. Once created, the QR Code barcode can be printed and affixed to the product to be sold. When the product is checked at the cashier, the scanner will read the existing QR Code barcode and display information related to the product, such as price, description, and so on.

Barcode QR Code is very useful in identifying products that have more complete information. With the QR Code barcode, these products can be identified precisely and quickly, so that they can help improve efficiency and accuracy in store services.

5. Barcode Code 128

Barcode Code 128 is a type of barcode that can contain up to 110 alphanumeric characters. This barcode is usually used to identify products that have very complete information.

Barcode Code 128 is a type of barcode that can contain up to 107 alphanumeric characters. This barcode is usually used to identify products that have more detailed information.

Barcode Code 128 uses symbols that can be read by scanners or cameras. These symbols consist of horizontal lines and spaces that have different lengths and spacing. Each symbol has a different meaning, so it can be used to identify data correctly.

Barcode Code 128 can be made using special software available on the internet or can be purchased at stores that sell computer equipment. Once created, the Code 128 barcode can be printed and affixed to the product to be sold. When the product is checked at the cashier, the scanner will read the existing Code 128 barcode and display information related to the product, such as price, description, and so on.

Barcode Code 128 is very useful in identifying products that have more detailed information. With the Code 128 barcode, these products can be identified quickly and precisely, so that they can help improve efficiency and accuracy in store services.

6. Barcode Datamatrix

Datamatrix barcode is a type of barcode that can accommodate up to 2,335 alphanumeric characters. This barcode is usually used to identify products that have very sensitive information.

Datamatrix barcode is a type of barcode that can hold up to 2335 alphanumeric characters. This barcode is usually used to identify products that have very complete information.

Datamatrix barcodes use symbols that can be read by scanners or cameras. These symbols consist of horizontal, vertical, and diagonal lines that have different lengths and spacing. Each symbol has a different meaning, so it can be used to identify data correctly.

Datamatrix barcodes can be made using special software available on the internet or can be purchased at stores that sell computer equipment. Once created, Datamatrix barcodes can be printed and affixed to the products to be sold. When the product is checked at the cashier, the scanner will read the existing Datamatrix barcode and display information related to the product, such as price, description, and so on.

Barcode Datamatrix is ​​very useful in identifying products that have very complete information. With Datamatrix barcodes, these products can be identified precisely and quickly, thereby helping to improve efficiency and accuracy in store services.

7. Barcode PDF417

Barcode PDF417 is a type of barcode that can contain up to 1,800 alphanumeric characters. This barcode is usually used to identify products that have very important information.

Barcode PDF417 is a barcode type that can hold up to 1890 alphanumeric characters. This barcode is usually used to identify products that have quite a lot of information.

PDF417 barcodes use symbols that can be read by scanners or cameras. These symbols consist of horizontal, vertical, and diagonal lines that have different lengths and spacing. Each symbol has a different meaning, so it can be used to identify data correctly.

PDF417 barcodes can be created using special software available on the internet or can be purchased at stores that sell computer equipment. Once created, the PDF417 barcode can be printed and affixed to the products to be sold. When the product is checked at the cashier, the scanner will read the existing PDF417 barcode and display information related to the product, such as price, description, and so on.

Barcode PDF417 is very useful in identifying products that have quite a lot of information. With the PDF417 barcode, these products can be identified precisely and quickly, thereby helping to improve efficiency and accuracy in store services.

8. Barcode MaxiCode

Barcode MaxiCode is a type of barcode that can contain up to 93 alphanumeric characters. This barcode is usually used to identify products that have highly confidential information.

Barcode MaxiCode is a type of barcode that can contain up to 93 alphanumeric characters. This barcode is usually used to identify products that have complex information.

Barcode MaxiCode uses symbols that can be read by scanners or cameras. These symbols consist of horizontal, vertical, and diagonal lines that have different lengths and spacing. Each symbol has a different meaning, so it can be used to identify data correctly.

MaxiCode barcodes can be made using special software available on the internet or can be purchased at stores that sell computer equipment. Once created, the MaxiCode barcode can be printed and affixed to the product to be sold. When the product is checked at the checkout, the scanner will read the existing MaxiCode barcode and display information related to the product, such as price, description, and so on.

Barcode MaxiCode is very useful in identifying products that have complex information. With the MaxiCode barcode, these products can be identified precisely and quickly, thereby helping to improve efficiency and accuracy in store services.

Barcodes function

The function of the barcode is to identify data accurately and quickly. Barcodes can be read by scanners or cameras, and are usually used to identify products in stores.

By using a barcode, the search process and product service can be done more quickly and accurately. Barcodes can also store more complete information about products, so that they can help increase customer satisfaction and smooth business in stores.

In addition, barcodes can also be used to identify data in other fields, such as logistics, health, education, and others. With barcodes, data processing and monitoring can be done more quickly and accurately, so that it can help increase efficiency and productivity in this field.

Some of the functions of the barcode are as follows:

1. Identify products in the store precisely and quickly. With barcodes, products can be identified easily, thereby helping to improve efficiency and accuracy in store services.
2. Store more complete information about the product. Barcodes can store more complete information about products, such as prices, descriptions, categories, and so on. With more complete information, services in stores can be done better and more precisely.
3. Facilitate product search. With barcodes, the product search process can be done quickly and accurately. Scanners or cameras can read barcodes on products, so they can display information related to these products.
4. Reducing the possibility of errors in service in the store. With barcodes, the service process in stores can be carried out more accurately and precisely, thereby reducing the possibility of errors in service.
5. Identify data in other fields. Barcodes can also be used to identify data in other fields, such as logistics, health, education, and others. With barcodes, data processing and monitoring can be done more quickly and accurately, so that it can help increase efficiency and productivity in this field.

Benefits of Barcodes

Some of the benefits of barcodes are as follows:

1. Increase efficiency and accuracy in store services. By using barcodes, the search process and product service can be carried out more quickly and accurately, thereby increasing customer satisfaction and the smooth running of business in stores.
2. Facilitate product search. Barcodes can help in finding the desired product quickly and accurately. Scanners or cameras can read barcodes on products, so they can display information related to these products.
3. Store more complete information about the product. Barcodes can store more complete information about products, such as prices, descriptions, categories, and so on. With more complete information, services in stores can be done better and more precisely.
4. Reducing the possibility of errors in service in the store. With barcodes, the service process in stores can be carried out more accurately and precisely, thereby reducing the possibility of errors in service.
5. Identify data in other fields. Barcodes can also be used to identify data in other fields, such as logistics, health, education, and others. With barcodes, data processing and monitoring can be done more quickly and accurately, so that it can help increase efficiency and productivity in this field.

Conclusion

Barcode is a marking system that uses a machine-readable pattern of horizontal stripes to identify certain information. Barcodes are commonly found on products sold in stores and can assist with shipping, stock keeping, and payment processes. Barcodes also make it possible to read information quickly and accurately. Based on this, of course this Barcode is very useful for human life today, Sinaumed’s friends! Surely you also feel the benefits right.

Well, Sinaumed’s, our article about a technology called Barcode has been completed. After knowing what Barcode is, its history, types, and benefits, do you feel that you have gained new knowledge?

Or, Sinaumed’s friends, are you interested in learning about stories of technological inventions that make things easier for humans, such as Barcodes? sinaumedia as #FriendsWithoutLimits, participates in providing knowledge and information, therefore sinaumedia presents books that can add to the knowledge and information that readers need.

If Sinaumed’s friends are interested and want to learn more and more about technological advances such as Barcodes? then sinaumedia.com is ready to accompany and fill your reading with books available at sinaumedia. #MoreWithReading.

author : Mutual

Reference:

• https://www.aturtoko.id/en/blog/technology/arti-barcode-pengertian-tipe-dan-fungsinya-pada-product

Definition of Banking Law – In this modern era, various methods of saving money have developed with the guarantee of maintaining and managing money properly offered by financial institutions commonly referred to as banks. Apart from saving money, banks can also be used as a place to borrow capital or make transactions that are easier and more efficient in terms of distance and time.

The presence of a bank as a mode of financial transactions based on mutual trust between the bank and the customer to entrust the customer’s finances to the bank makes it very easy for us in various needs. Having a bank also minimizes the money we have that is damaged or lost in the house because the bank guarantees our finances which they will save and manage in their own way, which of course has established an agreement between the two parties between the bank and its customers.

However, from this brief explanation about the bank, did Sinaumed’s’ friends already know about banking law? In general, banking law is known as everything that regulates banking affairs, work systems, and activities such as: money transactions, saving, or borrowing capital that has been regulated according to banking laws. For this reason, in order to make it easier for Sinaumed’s friends to understand banking law, in this discussion we have summarized various information related to banking law that you can refer to as additional insight.

You can see further discussion regarding banking law below!

Definition of Banking Institutions – Currently, technological developments are sophisticated. All fields have used technology to save time and achieve convenience, of course. In financial services, it is known as fintech or financial technology .

This fintech has a function to maximize the various services provided by financial institutions. Even though there are many financial institutions, users still have to be careful and choose a trusted financial institution.

In the era of modern economic life, banking institutions have a very important role. Banking institutions in Indonesia have a crucial role in the national financial system. Because of the important role of financial institutions, financial institutions need to be protected by legal instruments such as laws.

What is meant by a banking institution? What are the functions of financial institutions and types of financial institutions? To understand more about banking institutions, see the article below.

Definition of Banking Institution

Based on Law no. 14 of 1967 which was replaced by Law No.7 of 1992 article 1,

Banking is everything related to banks, including institutions, business activities and methods and processes in carrying out their business activities.

Financial institutions are all bodies which, through their activities in the financial sector, withdraw money from and channel it into society. Meanwhile, according to Kep. Decree of the Minister of Finance of the Republic of Indonesia no. 792 of 1990, financial institutions are all business entities in the financial sector, where these institutions collect funds, distribute them to the community and provide development investment costs.

Services or services provided by financial institutions to the public are money transfer services, collection services, foreign currency sales services, clearing services, and others.

To help Sinaumed’s better understand banks and their scope as well as various other financial institutions, the book Banks and Other Financial Institutions is here to assist in solving these problems.

History of Banking in Indonesia

The banking institutions that were present in Indonesia for the first time certainly could not be separated from the Dutch East Indies colonialism. in 1746, the VOC established De Bank van Leening to facilitate VOC trading activities in Indonesia.

Along the way, De Bank van Leening did not operate properly. Finally, on September 1, 1752, De Bank Courant en Bank van leening was established. However, De Bank Courant en Bank van leening also failed to operate properly which ended in bankruptcy.

At the end of the 18th century, the VOC in Indonesia was taken over by the Dutch royal government. The East Indies fell to the British after the reigns of Herman William Daendels and Janssen. History records that there were several banks that played an important role in the Dutch East Indies. These banks are De Javasce NV, De Post Poar Bank, Hulp en Spaar Bank, De Escompto bank NV nationale Handles Bank, De, Algemenevolks Crediet Bank and Nederland Handles Maatschappij.

The Dutch bank that succeeded in developing and becoming the forerunner of Indonesia’s central bank was De Javasche Bank. De Javasche Bank was established in 1828. The Dutch East Indies government gave a monopoly to De Javasche Bank to issue money in which the circulation of money was handled by its own government. Since then, De Javasche Bank has been known as a bank of issues or a circulation bank.

Although not yet a full-fledged central bank, De Javasche Bank had a function as a banker for the Dutch East Indies government. This is because De Javasche Bank only carries out a number of tasks that can be carried out by the central bank. Some of the tasks carried out by De Javasche Bank include discounting notes and short-term notes, issuing banknotes, serving as a government cashier, storing foreign exchange funds and serving as a clearing center.

As time went on and the development of the Indonesian economy, other foreign banks finally began to operate. Some of them are The Chartered Bank of India, Australia and China, Hong Kong and Shanghai Banking Corporation, Yokohama Specie Bank, Taiwan Bank, Mitsui Bank, China and Southern Ltd, and Overseas China Banking Corporation.

On the eve of World War II, the Dutch East Indies liquidated three Japanese banks that were operating at the time. however, when Japan controlled Asia Pacific, Dutch, British and several Chinese banks were liquidated by the Japanese. At that time Japan only wanted to control all finances in one bank. The bank is Bank Rakyat Indonesia, a bank operated by Indonesian sons.

After Indonesia’s independence, De Javasche Bank began to operate again and function as the central bank. Even though at that time De Javasche Bank was still a private business entity and some of its shares were still owned by foreigners. Finally in 1951, De Javasche Bank was nationalized under Law number 24 of 1951.

Since Indonesia’s independence and the allies have succeeded in defeating Japan, finally Dutch banks and foreign banks have resumed operations. On January 2, 1946, the Governor General of the Dutch East Indies gave permission to reopen Dutch banks in Indonesia. De Javasche Bank still operates as a central bank with its status as a private business entity.

Finally, in 1953 to make it easier to carry out monetary and other economic policies, the Basic Bank Indonesia Law was enacted as stated in Law no. 11 of 1953. This law was issued considering that De Javasche Bank was still legally incorporated as a Limited Liability Company and was not yet able to freely implement economic policies.

In the following years, the Government of Indonesia inaugurated Bank Rakyat Indonesia as the first state-owned bank in Indonesia. Bank Rakyat Indonesia had stopped operating, but the bank resumed operations after the formation of the Renville agreement. In 1960, the Farmers and Fishermen Cooperative Bank was formed. The Farmers and Fishermen Cooperative Bank is the result of a fusion of Bank Rakyat Indonesia, Bank Farmers and Fishermen and the Nederlandsche Maatschappij.

In 1946, Bank Negara Indonesia was established, serving as the central bank. The Poesat Bank Indonesia Foundation was merged into Bank Negara Indonesia. Over time, the Indonesian government strengthened the position of Bank Negara Indonesia. Finally, during the Round Table Conference, the Governments of Indonesia and the Netherlands agreed to change the function of Bank Negara Indonesia to become a commercial bank, which was originally a central bank.

Laws Governing Banking in Indonesia

Currently, the applicable Banking Law is Law no. 10 of 1998, which is an amendment to Law no. 7 of 1992. There are several articles that have been amended, such as the article regarding the licensing authority for opening bank offices. Initially the licensing authority was the authority of the Ministry of Finance, but in the end this authority was handed over to the central bank, Bank Indonesia.

Bank is a business entity that is different from other business entities or institutions. Bank is a profit-oriented business entity. Banks are part of the national financial system and national economic system. As a trusted institution, banking is a pillar of the banking industry. The existence of banks is interrelated, if one bank collapses, of course it will affect the other banks.

Because of these conditions, Bank Indonesia has taken steps to develop banks over time. Bank Indonesia even assigned coaching duties to the Directorate of Bank Supervision and Development. Until the end of 1999, apart from being given monetary authority, Bank Indonesia was also given authority as the Lender of the last resort. As a lender of last resort, Bank Indonesia can provide credit in the Bank Indonesia Liquidity Credit scheme and also Bank Indonesia Liquidity Assistance.

Over time, Bank Indonesia was positioned as an independent institution and no longer extended credit. This is also stated in the Bank Indonesia Law. However, until now, people still do not understand the difference in the functions of banks and cooperatives because both institutions are both institutions that collect funds from the public.

Functions of Banking Institutions

The following are some of the functions that banking institutions have, namely:

1. As an Intermediary Institution

Banking institutions have a function as intermediary institutions. The intermediary institution in question is an institution that collects funds from the public in the form of deposits by providing deposits to the public. For example, such as hajj savings, time deposits, school savings and other savings.

2. As a distributor of funds to the community

Banking institutions apart from being intermediary institutions also have the benefit of being institutions that channel funds to the public in the form of loan products. This loan is also determined by credit interest rates which are useful for increasing the country’s economic growth .

3. Helping the People’s Economy

Banking institutions can be elements that help the people’s economy so that they can overcome modern economic problems that are often faced by business people.

4. As a Payment System

Banking institutions are providers of payment systems such as demand deposits, checks, money transfers, credit cards, interbank clearing and others, so they can assist in payments between businesses.

As explained above, where banks have many functions in society, Sinaumed’s can deepen the basic concepts of banking and other financial institutions through the book Banks and Financial Institutions Edition 2.

5. As a Service Provider for Economic Activities

Banking institutions become providers of services that are closely related to economic activities. Bank services such as safekeeping of valuables, bill settlement services and guarantee services.

6. As a Development agent

Banking institutions become agents of development. Banks have the task of collecting funds and channeling funds to the public which is very important for the smooth running of the real sector. These activities allow people to invest, and also consumption related to money.

Financial institutions become trusted agents. The basis of bank activities is a trust. If people want to deposit their funds with banks, of course, it must be based on trust.

 

Type of Banking Institution

The following are the types of banking institutions namely,

1. Central banks

The central bank is a financial institution that has the responsibility to maintain the stability of currency exchange rates. The central bank in Indonesia is Bank Indonesia. As a central bank, Bank Indonesia has the main objective of maintaining the value of the currency or maintaining the stability of the rupiah currency. This stability includes stable goods or services, stable exchange rates with foreign currencies.

Bank Indonesia has an operational legal basis as regulated in Law no. 23 of 1999 which was amended by Law no. 3 of 2004. The duties of the Indonesian bank are to establish and implement monetary policy, regulate and maintain the payment system, regulate and supervise commercial banks. Bank Indonesia is an institution that is part of the Indonesian government.

Bank Indonesia can issue business licenses as a commercial bank or a people’s credit bank. In addition, Bank Indonesia must also pay attention to the requirements that must be met. Bank Indonesia must also pay attention to the existing competition among banks in Indonesia, the saturation level of the number of banks in certain areas and also the distribution of national economic development.

Bank Indonesia as the central bank is authorized to distribute Bank Indonesia Liquidity Credit and to regulate money in circulation and control inflation. This authority is often considered vulnerable because it can be intervened by anyone, including the government.

Apart from being the central bank, Bank Indonesia is also the Lender of the last resort. Lender of the last resort is a liquidity facility provided to a financial institution in response to turmoil that could lead to a soaring increase in demand. The concept of Lender of the last resort was put forward by Henry Thornton in the 19th century. Henry Thornton put forward the elements of a good central bank.

In its own implementation, the central bank has policies that fall into the theoretical and empirical foundations of Monetary policy as well as applicable principles and practices. Learn it all in the book Central Bank Policy : Theory & Practice.

2. Commercial banks

Based on Law no. 10 of 1998, the definition of a commercial bank is a bank that carries out business activities conventionally and or based on sharia principles which in its activities provide services in payment traffic.

Based on sharia principles, in providing credit, commercial banks are required to have confidence based on analysis and the customer’s ability and ability to pay off their debts as promised. This is stated in Law no. 10 of 1998 article 8. In addition, commercial banks must also have and apply guidelines for credit and financing based on sharia principles that have been established by the central bank or Bank Indonesia.

According to Law no. 10 of 1998 article 12, Commercial banks can cooperate with Bank Indonesia and the government to implement programs to improve people’s living standards through cooperatives, small or even medium businesses. Commercial banks can also buy part or all of the collateral through an auction or not through an auction. Conditions for purchasing collateral are further regulated in government regulations.

The legal form of a commercial bank can be a Limited Liability Company, a cooperative or a regional company. The establishment of a commercial bank can only be done by Indonesian citizens or legal entities in Indonesia. Indonesian legal entities with foreign nationals in partnership can also establish commercial banks.

Commercial banks are further divided into two types, namely foreign exchange commercial banks and non-foreign exchange commercial banks. Examples of commercial foreign exchange banks are Bank Bukopin, Bank BCA, Bank CIMB Niaga, Bank BRI Agroniaga and others. Meanwhile, non-foreign exchange commercial banks, for example, are Bank BCA Syariah, Bank Mayora, Bank Panin Syariah and others.

Sinaumed’s can learn the workings of commercial banks as well as other explanations about commercial banks which are certainly important through the book Management of Commercial Banks by Julius R. Latumaerissa.

3. Rural Credit Banks

According to Law no. 10 of 1998, people’s credit banks have the meaning of banks that carry out business activities conventionally or based on sharia principles which in their activities do not provide services in payment traffic.

If there are people’s credit banks that carry out their financial business activities based on sharia principles, they are not allowed to carry out their financial activities according to conventional principles. This also applies vice versa, if rural credit banks carry out their financial activities based on conventional principles, they are not allowed to carry out financial activities based on sharia principles.

In carrying out financial activities, rural credit banks are not much different from commercial banks. These activities include collecting funds from the community and channeling funds to the community. However, there is a slight difference between people’s credit banks and commercial banks, namely that people’s credit banks are not allowed to provide financial services such as accepting demand deposits, foreign exchange and insurance.

There are 1545 people’s credit banks currently spread across Indonesia. This is based on data submitted by the Financial Services Authority. An example of a people’s credit bank in Indonesia, namely Pt. BPR Pesona Letris Pratama, PT. BPR Nusantara and PT. Business Fund BPR.

Related Books & Recommendations

Banker is – In modern civilization, the existence of a bank is sometimes underestimated by many people. In fact, the existence of a bank allows a person to save money, whether it’s gift money or income money safely. If there is no bank, it may be difficult for us to find a safe place to save.

What’s more, with advances in technology in the digital era, it’s easier for us to put the money we have into a deposit. We don’t have to bother coming to a bank branch office and then queuing and filling out forms, before finally we can put money into a deposit.

Even so, bank branch offices are still needed by a handful of people, especially those who don’t understand technology. Therefore, many banks try to provide the best service for people who need their services at branch offices.

There are many workers that Sinaumed’s can find in branch offices and bank head offices. Among all these workers, it can be said that a banker is one of the workers who plays an important role in the continuity of the bank, both bank workers and their customers.

Definition of Bankers

Sinaumed’s may have heard the term “banker”. From the name, you can definitely conclude that a banker is a person who works at a bank. However, do you know what a banker means and what bankers do in their jobs?

First of all, we will first study the meaning of a banker. For this reason, we will open two types of dictionaries in order to gain a deeper understanding of bankers. The two dictionaries are the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI) and the Oxford Dictionary in English.

If you open the KBBI, you can find three definitions of banker. A banker, or in formal terms referred to as a “banker”, is a person who manages a bank, a person who trades money, or a person who is a supporter in financial matters, also known as a “cukong”.

Meanwhile, the definition of banker from the Oxford Dictionary is not much different from the KBBI. Translated into Indonesian, a banker is an official or owner of a bank or a group of banks. Even so, there are also other definitions of bankers that are not in accordance with the topic this time.

Banker according to the Oxford Dictionary can also be interpreted as a person who runs the table, controls the game, or acts as a dealer in some gambling or board games. This term is only used in gambling, and is rarely heard in everyday life.

Therefore, Sinaumed’s can conclude that a banker is a person who serves as one of the most important workers of a bank. They have a big hand in the circulation of money in a bank, and take care of the bank’s finances in general.

The job of a banker is actually not a job that is foreign to the ears of the general public. Even so, there are still a handful of people who have not got an idea about this work. The book “ Ok to the Bank – 8 Notes of a Banker @work ” can at least provide a rough overview of the work and daily life of a banker.

Jobdesk Banker

Generally, the higher a position in a company, the more jobdesk they have. Even if in the end the jobdesk with this position is not as many as expected, the jobdesk should have a heavier weight than the other positions below it.

The explanation above also applies to bankers. Although not the highest position in a bank, a banker also has a number of important job desks. As previously said, its role in a bank is quite vital and can even affect the sustainability of the bank’s ecosystem.

Basically, bankers have a duty to assist clients’ personal and commercial needs through questions related to their needs and financial conditions at that time. This task may involve setting up accounts, planning a budget or offering financial advice.

In addition, bankers also have the responsibility to raise capital for the financial institutions where they work so they can provide loans to clients. This loan is also useful for investing in a number of other business opportunities.

So, if we outline, there are at least 5 things or jobdesks that bankers need to do in their jobs. The following is a summary of the tasks that a banker must perform.

• Opening and closing various accounts, such as checking and savings accounts.
• Provide valid and appropriate advice to customers regarding financial services.
• Promote and sell products and services, including loans and investments.
• Provide customer service, including welcoming new clients and handling customer complaints.
• Raising capital to enable banks to issue loans.

For Sinaumed’s, who have started to be interested in the job of a banker, you may be wondering how you can be accepted to work in this position. This includes what degree can be used to apply for a banker position, qualifications, and hard skills or soft skills required.

To answer some of the questions above, you need to know what abilities a person has so that they can be accepted to work as a banker. At least, there are 7 skills both soft skills and hard skills that must be possessed by bankers. The 7 skills are:

• Thorough understanding of banking and financial solutions.
• Good interpersonal and communication skills.
• Excellent number crunching skills and an understanding of how banking software works.
• Knowledge of regulations and best practices regarding personal, commercial or business banking.
• Ability to find opportunities for sales referrals.
• A customer-focused approach to solving problems
• Careful attention to detail

Apart from a number of soft skills that can be learned by anyone from various majors, some of the hard skills above are generally only found in several departments on campus. These majors are the Department of Management, the Department of Mathematics, the Department of Economics, and of course, the Department of Banking.

Even so, Sinaumed’s, who comes from that department, shouldn’t be too quick to have fun. Generally, banker jobs do not accept fresh graduates to work in this position. Generally, banks look for people who have experience working in a bank for at least 2 to 3 years before being able to work as a banker.

Banker salaries can be said to be above average, although when compared to other higher positions, the difference will be quite significant. Generally, bankers receive a salary of around 5 million to 6 million rupiah per month.

In closing on the topic of banker work, Sinaumed’s needs to know that the jobdesk, qualifications, job criteria, and salary mentioned above are not information that applies to all bank companies, but only general information.

If Sinaumed’s is really interested in working as a banker, it would be better if you make sure yourself regarding the jobdesk, criteria and qualifications, and salary. This is because each bank office has different policies, so they cannot be generalized from one to another.

It was already explained that a banker is one of the most important positions in a bank, and whether someone is successful or not in carrying out that role can affect the condition of a bank. Sinaumed’s can read the book ” The Existence of Bankers in Indonesian Banking Dynamics ” to prove the truth of the facts above.

Other Bank Workers

It is true that the existence of a banker is important for a bank. However, that does not mean that other positions in a bank can be ruled out just like that. In every field of work, the smallest position still plays an important role.

For example, a job that many people may underestimate is a security guard unit or commonly called a security guard. Even though it seems trivial, the presence of a security guard can actually guarantee security at a location.

Of course the same thing also applies in positions in the bank. Whether it’s a position that is quite below or a position that is above, all have their respective roles. Not if someone feels that their position is more important than the others.

In this closing session, Sinaumed’s will study a number of positions or positions that you can find in offices at banks. The hope is that Sinaumed’s’ knowledge of work in a bank can increase, and you can also appreciate and not underestimate other jobs.

1. Tellers

Salary range: 3 million rupiah – 4.5 million rupiah

The first job we will cover is a teller, or also known as a bank teller. A bank teller has the responsibility of assisting their customers in cashing checks, withdrawing money, transferring transactions to different accounts, setting up checking and savings accounts, and presenting checks to customers.

Therefore, bank tellers are required to have ethical skills and be able to maintain confidentiality and must uphold account information held by their customers. In addition, bank tellers must also have good problem solving skills and be able to communicate verbally.

In general, prospective bank tellers require at least a high school diploma (SMA). Someone who has a diploma, bachelor’s degree or other higher degree can certainly be of added value in the eyes of recruiters.

2. Credit Analyst

Salary range: 3.5 million rupiah (junior) – 8 million rupiah (senior)

Credit analysts, or in Indonesian they are also known as credit analysts, usually work for investment banks, investment firms, credit card companies, or other institutions and companies that involve the process of lending money to their customers.

They are responsible for reviewing the financial history and also the credit scores of customers requesting credit loans. The main difference between credit analysts and other professions in similar fields is that they can only provide recommendations whether or not customers can request loans.

To become a credit analyst, generally the degree that recruiters are looking for is a Bachelor of Finance or Bachelor of Economics degree. In addition, applicants are also required to have extensive knowledge of statistical topics, financial reports and ratio analysis.

3. Mortgage Consultants

Salary range: 5 million rupiah – 6 million rupiah

Also known as a mortgage consultant in Indonesian. This position is usually filled by casual workers in a company. It could also be that the worker is the owner of a business engaged in the mortgage sector and its surroundings.

The mortgage consultant’s job is basically to help companies or individuals identify their mortgage needs, assess the client’s financial history and determine the type of mortgage that suits their needs and abilities. From the jobdesk above, they can help clients determine which lending institution is most likely to give them a loan.

Mortgage consultants who work freelance can use a high school diploma, provided they have extensive knowledge in that field. While those who wish to work in a bank or agency, it is more advisable to have a bachelor’s degree in finance, real estate or a related field.

4. Financial Advisors

Salary range: 3.5 million rupiah – 6 million rupiah

Commonly referred to as financial advisors in Indonesian, they usually work as part of financial institutions such as banks to assist clients and customers in determining their financial goals and the best way to achieve them.

Therefore, financial advisors should also be involved in the stock market of customers or clients to review their financial records and provide customers or clients with advice on the best decisions they can make for their finances.

Typically, financial advisor candidates must have at least a bachelor’s degree in a field such as economics, statistics, finance or business. They must also have at least several years of experience in a finance-related field, such as an investment specialist, banker or credit analyst.

5. Relationship Managers

Salary range: 4.5 million rupiah (junior) – 12 million rupiah (senior)

Relationship managers work for banks or other similar financial institutions and act as the main communicator between customers and the financial institution itself. The main jobdesk of a relationship manager is to maintain customer loyalty, generally by contacting them via email or telephone.

In addition, the relationship manager is also burdened with the responsibility of fostering relationships with customers or new customers by helping them get bank membership and making them the type of savings they need.

Those wishing to work as relationship managers are usually required to hold a bachelor’s degree in communications, finance or business administration. In addition, they must also have good communication skills, especially with customers and clients.

With the many explanations above, starting from the definition of a banker, jobdesk banker, to other jobs at a bank, it can make Sinaumed’s confused in absorbing the information. If so, Sinaumed’s can try to find additional information from articles or other books related to banks, such as the book ” Understanding the Bank’s Business “.

From the article above, it is also possible that some of the Sinaumed’s understand how broad the world of work is. The majority of this article only discusses related to bankers, starting from understanding and jobdesk. However, the topic broadens and leads to other topics of discussion that are in line with the previous banker theme.

We hope that, apart from being able to open up Sinaumed’s’ insight into something that you did not know before, this article can also make Sinaumed’s dare to dream about your work in the future. Because, it doesn’t matter what job you want in the future, as long as it’s halal and able to support you.

The Roles and Functions of Banks and Their Types That We Should Know- Modern society like us must have used many bank services for various types of financial-related activities such as saving, borrowing money, and making various transactions that make it easier for us not to bother using Cash, of course, will also be at high risk if we carry large amounts of cash.

The presence of a bank as a mode of financial transactions based on mutual trust between the bank and the customer to entrust the customer’s finances to the bank makes it very easy for us in various needs. Having a bank also minimizes the money we have that is damaged or lost in the house because the bank guarantees our finances which they will save and manage in their own way, of course with the agreement of both parties between the bank and its customers.

But do we all know what the role of the bank is? Which is actually one of the most vital human needs, namely money transactions, where when it comes to money matters, great caution is needed so that our money is guaranteed to be safe. And, maybe what we know about banks is only a place to keep money in general without knowing as a whole that there are many types of banks based on their functions that we don’t know yet.
So, in this discussion we will try to discuss the role of bank functions and the types that we need to know below.